The Organic Law of 19 June, of Qualifications and Vocational Training, aims at the organisation of an integral system of vocational training, qualifications and accreditation, which will respond effectively and transparency of social and economic demands through the various forms of training. To this end, it creates the National System of Qualifications and Vocational Training, defining it in Article 2.1 as the set of instruments and actions necessary to promote and develop the integration of vocational training offerings, through the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, as well as the evaluation and accreditation of the corresponding professional skills, in order to promote the professional and social development of the people and cover the needs of the production system.

The National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, as set out in Article 7.1, is designed to facilitate the integrated nature and adequacy of vocational training and the labour market, as well as training throughout life, the mobility of workers and the unity of the labour market. This catalogue consists of the qualifications identified in the production system and the training associated with them, which is organised in training modules.

Article 5.3 of the Organic Law of 19 June, gives the National Qualifications Institute the responsibility to define, develop and maintain the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, in its quality of technical organ of support to the General Council of Vocational Training, whose regulatory development is set out in Article 9.2 of Royal Decree 1128/2003 of 5 September, which regulates the National Catalogue of Qualifications Professionals, in accordance with Article 9.4, the obligation to maintain permanently updated by its periodic review which, in any case, shall be carried out within a period of not more than five years from the date of inclusion of the qualification in the catalogue.

Therefore, this order is issued in application of Royal Decree 817/2014 of 26 September 2014 laying down specific aspects of professional qualifications for the purposes of which it is amended, Article 7.3 of the Organic Law of 19 June 2002 on qualifications and vocational training, which was obtained by the Council of State of the Council of State 618/2014 of 23 July 2014, is applicable to the approval and effects of the legislation.

Thus, in this order they are updated, as a complete replacement of their annexes, fourteen professional qualifications of the professional family Manufacturing Mechanics that have an age in the National Catalogue of Professional qualifications equal to or greater than five years, to which Royal Decree 817/2014 applies, of 26 September. In addition, certain professional qualifications are partially modified by the replacement of certain cross-cutting competence units and their associated training modules, including up-to-date professional qualifications. listed in the attachments of this order.

In the process of drafting this order, the Autonomous Communities have been consulted and the General Council of Vocational Training and the State School Council have issued a report.

Under the joint proposal of the Minister for Education, Culture and Sport and the Minister for Employment and Social Security, I have:

Article 1. Object and scope of application.

This ministerial order aims to update fourteen professional qualifications for the professional family Manufacturing Mechanics, with the corresponding annexes being replaced and amended. (a) in the case of certain professional qualifications by the replacement of certain competitive units and associated training modules, in application of Royal Decree 817/2014 of 26 September 2014 laying down Point (a) of Article 4 (1) of Directive the procedure for approval and effects is applicable to Article 7.3 of the Organic Law of 19 June 2002 on qualifications and vocational training.

Updated and partially modified professional qualifications are valid and are applicable throughout the national territory, and do not constitute a regulation of professional practice.

Article 2: Updating of certain professional qualifications of the professional family Manufacturing Mechanics, established by Royal Decree 295/2004 of 20 February establishing certain qualifications (i) vocational training courses, which are included in the national catalogue of professional qualifications, as well as their corresponding training modules which are incorporated into the modular vocational training catalogue.

As set out in the unique additional provision of Royal Decree 295/2004 of 20 February 2004, the updating of professional qualifications, the specifications of which are set out in Annexes XXXI, is appropriate. XXXII, XXXIII, XXXIV, XXXVI, XXXXVII, XXXVIII and XXXIX of the aforementioned royal decree:

One. A new wording is given to Annex XXXI, Professional Qualification "Mechanical Manufacturing Auxiliary Operations". Level 1. FME031_1, which is listed as Annex I to this order.

Two. A new wording is given to Annex XXXII, Professional Qualification "Mechanized by Road Start". Level 2. FME032_2, which is listed as Annex II to this order.

Three. A new wording is given to Annex XXXIII, Professional Qualification "Mechanised by abrasion, electroerosion and special procedures". Level 2. FME033_2, which is listed as Annex III to this order.

Four. A new wording is given to Annex XXXIV, Professional Qualification "Mechanized by cutting and shaping". Level 2. FME034_2, which is listed as Annex IV to this order.

Five. A new wording is given to Annex XXXVI, Professional Qualification "Surface Treatments". Level 2. FME036_2, which is listed as Annex V to this order.

Six. A new wording is given to Annex XXXVII, Professional Qualification "Design of mechanical manufacturing products". Level 3. FME037_3, which is listed as Annex VI to this order.

Seven. A new wording is given to Annex XXXVIII, Professional Qualification "Design of sheet metal processing useful". Level 3. FME038_3, which is listed as Annex VII to this order.

Eight. A new wording is given to Annex XXXIX, Professional Qualification "Design of molds and models". Level 3. FME039_3, which is listed as Annex VIII to this order.

Article 3. Updating of a professional qualification established by Royal Decree 813/2007 of 22 June, supplementing the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, by establishing a professional qualification corresponding to the Professional Family Manufacturing Mechanics.

As set out in the single additional provision of Royal Decree 813/2007 of 22 June, the professional qualification is to be updated, the specifications of which are contained in Annex CCLIV of the abovementioned Regulation. royal decree:

A new wording is given to Annex CCLIV, Professional Qualification "Design in the shipbuilding industry". Level 3. FME254_3, which is listed as Annex IX to this order.

Article 4. Updating of certain professional qualifications of the professional family Manufacturing Mechanics, established by Royal Decree 1699/2007 of 14 December, supplementing the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, through the establishment of eight professional qualifications of the professional family manufacturing.

As set out in the single additional provision of Royal Decree 813/2007 of 22 June, the updating of professional qualifications, the specifications of which are contained in the CCCLI Annexes, is appropriate. CCCLII, CCCLIII, CCCLV and CCCLVI of the aforementioned royal decree:

One. A new wording is given to Annex CCCLI, Professional Qualification "Manufacture and assembly of industrial piping installations". Level 2. FME351_2, which is listed as Annex X to this order.

Two. A new wording is given to Annex CCCLII, Professional Qualification "Assembly and commissioning of goods of industrial equipment and machinery". Level 2. FME352_2, which is listed as Annex XI to this order.

Three. A new wording is given to Annex CCCLIC, Professional Qualification "Thermal treatments in mechanical manufacturing". Level 2. FME353_2, which is listed as Annex XII to this order.

Four. A new wording is given to the Annex CCCLV, Professional Qualification "Industrial pipeline design". Level 3. FME355_3, which is listed as Annex XIII to this order.

Five. A new wording is given to Annex CCCLVI, Professional Qualification "Production management in mechanical manufacturing". Level 3. FME356_3, which is listed as Annex XIV to this order.

Article 5. Partial modification of a professional qualification established by Royal Decree 1699/2007 of 14 December, supplementing the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, by establishing eight qualifications professional family professional manufacturing professionals.

As set out in Royal Decree 1699/2007 ' s single additional provision of 14 December, the updating of the professional qualification whose specifications are contained in the CCCLIV of the Quoted royal decree:

The professional qualification established as "Annex CCCLIV: Design of Calderwork and Metal Structures" is amended. Level 3. FME354_3 "replacing, respectively, the competition unit" UC1148_3: Preparing the technical documentation of metal construction products "and the associated training module" MF1148_3: Technical documentation for building products metal (180 h) "by the competition unit" UC1148_3: Develop the technical documentation of metal construction products "and the associated training module" MF1148_3: Technical documentation for metal construction products (180 h) ", corresponding to " Annex XIII: Design of industrial piping. Level 3. FME355_3 " of this order.

Final disposition first. Competence title.

This order is dictated by the powers conferred on the State by Article 149.1.1. and the 30th of the Constitution, on the regulation of the basic conditions that guarantee the equality of all Spaniards in the exercise of rights and in the fulfilment of constitutional duties, and for the regulation of the conditions for obtaining, issuing and approval of academic and professional qualifications.

Final disposition second. Entry into force.

This order shall enter into force on the day following that of its publication in the "Official State Gazette".

Madrid, October 1, 2015. -Government Vice President and Minister of the Presidency Soraya Saenz de Santamaria Anton.

ANNEX I

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION: AUXILIARY MECHANICAL MANUFACTURING OPERATIONS

Professional Family: Mechanical Manufacturing

Level: 1

Code: FME031_1

General Competition

Perform basic manufacturing, assembly and installation operations of mechanical equipment and facilities, as well as, feed and assist automated machining, assembly and casting processes, meeting standards of quality and the applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

Competition Units

UC0087_1: Perform basic manufacturing operations

UC0088_1: Perform basic mount operations

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its professional activity in the production department, dedicated to mechanical manufacturing, in entities of a private nature, small, medium or large companies, for hire, regardless of their form legal. It develops its activity depending on its case, functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. The principles of universal accessibility are applied in the development of professional activity in accordance with the applicable regulations.

Productive Sectors

It is located in the production sector of metal and non-metallic products, in the subsectors of automobile construction, shipbuilding and ship repair, construction and repair of railway equipment, construction and repair of aircraft, construction of bicycles and motorcycles as well as manufacture of other transport equipment, mainly.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs

The terms of the following relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomprensivo character of women and men.

Peons of manufacturing industries

Automated process auxiliaries

Mechanical machinery assemblers

Associated Training (390 hours)

Training Modules

MF0087_1: Manufacturing operations (210 hours)

MF0088_1: Mount operations (180 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: PERFORM BASIC MANUFACTURING OPERATIONS

Level: 1

Code: UC0087_1

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Prepare tools, tools, machines and equipment for manufacturing processes, complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 Technical drawings and specifications are interpreted according to the rules of graphical representation, obtaining the information required for the process.

CR 1.2 The working areas of your responsibility are kept clean and tidy, allowing the process to be developed under security conditions.

CR 1.3 The means, tools and equipment to be used are maintained under established conditions of use, ensuring the quality of operations.

CR 1.4 Machines, ovens, and tools are prepared according to established procedures and parameters.

RP 2: Operate basic manufacturing equipment and tools to obtain mechanical manufacturing products, complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 2.1 Manufacturing operations are performed in accordance with the established procedure, ensuring compliance with established technical specifications.

CR 2.2 Equipment and tools are regulated, adjusting the manufacturing parameters based on the data set.

CR 2.3 The tool and machine of the workshop, once used, is cleaned and stored taking into account the maintenance conditions.

RP 3: Feed and unload machines, ovens or automatic systems for the production of machining, processing or casting operations, complying with the applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CR 3.1 Automatic machining, processing, or casting processes are fed and downloaded according to established procedures.

CR 3.2 The operation parameters are adjusted according to the instructions received.

CR 3.3 Automatic processes are monitored, checking their proper operation, and stopping the system from any failure that puts the product quality or system or person integrity at risk.

RP 4: Verify the pieces obtained, to check the quality of the pieces, using the basic measuring and control instruments.

CR 4.1 The pieces to be checked are prepared, removing the burrs and cleaning the surfaces, following the established procedures.

CR 4.2 The calibration of the verification instruments is checked to ensure the accuracy of the measurement.

CR 4.3 Verification is performed using the required equipment based on the characteristics of the part, following established procedures.

CR 4.4 The product is validated based on the verification performed and meeting the established quality standards.

Professional context:

Production media:

Measurement and verification instruments (meter, king foot, micrometer, calibers, goniometers, heavy scales, pyrometer, among others). Machine tools (drilling, mH of second operations, screw, bending, folding, punching, presses, riveting, polishing, debarter, among others). Automatic machine tools (tornos, machining centres, grinding machines, presses, transfer lines, SFF, etc.). Manual machining tools (saws, limes, screw and earths). Freight and transport systems. Melting furnaces. Spoons for transfer. Moulds and males. Injection machinery.

Products and results:

Tool and machinery ready for manufacturing. Parts finished by manual procedures of deburring, grinding, polishing, among others. Stamped pieces. Parts obtained by automatic machining. Auxiliary machining operations. Assistance to machines and automatic production systems. Support for the casting process. Molten metal. Moulds and sand males. Parts obtained by casting. Verified pieces.

Information used or generated:

Manufacturing plans. Work processes. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment. Metrology procedures.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: PERFORM BASIC MOUNT OPERATIONS

Level: 1

Code: UC0088_1

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Prepare materials, machinery and elements necessary for the realization of unions, complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 Technical drawings and specifications are interpreted according to the rules of graphical representation, obtaining the information required for the process.

CR 1.2 The working areas of your responsibility are kept clean and tidy, allowing the process to be developed under security conditions.

CR 1.3 The means, tools and equipment to be used are maintained under established conditions of use, ensuring the quality of operations.

CR 1.4 Machines and tools are prepared according to established procedures and parameters.

RP 2: Unir parts by means of fixed, removable or adhesive bonding techniques, to assemble mechanical manufacturing products, complying with applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment environment.

CR 2.1 The means to use are selected based on the operation to be performed and following the established procedure.

CR 2.2 The mounts are performed according to the instructions received and ensure the junction specifications.

CR 2.3 The tool and machine of the workshop, once used, is cleaned and stored taking into account the maintenance conditions.

RP 3: Unir parts by means of basic welding techniques, to assemble mechanical manufacturing products, complying with applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 3.1 The pieces to be joined are prepared according to the established procedure, guaranteeing the quality of the welding.

CR 3.2 The equipment and materials to be used are selected based on the operation to be performed and following the established procedure.

CR 3.3 The welding parameters are adjusted according to the pieces to be joined and according to the instructions received.

CR 3.4 The welding operation is carried out on the basis of the indications given and complying with the applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 3.5 The equipment used and the pieces obtained are manipulated and stored according to the established procedure, minimizing the risks and conserving the equipment.

RP 4: Verify the joins made, to check the quality of the joins, using the basic measurement and control instruments.

CR 4.1 The joins to be checked are prepared, removing the burrs and cleaning the surfaces, following the established procedures.

CR 4.2 The calibration of the verification instruments is checked to ensure the accuracy of the measurement.

CR 4.3 Verification is performed using the required equipment based on the characteristics of the union, following established procedures.

CR 4.4 The assembly is validated based on the verification performed and meeting the established quality standards.

Professional context:

Production media:

Lifting and transport apparatus. Riveting. Tools and assembly tools. Adhesives. Instruments for verification. Electric arc welding equipment. Resistance point welding equipment.

Products and results:

Assemblies joined by screws, rivets, adhesives. Pieces welded by resistance, parts welded by electric arc.

Information used or generated:

Constructive and detailed plans. Regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment. Mounting specifications. Instructions for use of adhesives. Metrology procedures. Instructions for the use of welding equipment. Instructions for handling and storing equipment and parts.

TRAINING MODULE 1: MANUFACTURING OPERATIONS

Level: 1

Code: MF0087_1

Associated with UC: Perform Basic Manufacturing Operations

Duration: 210 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Prepare materials and machines according to information, instructions and technical documentation related to basic manufacturing processes.

CE1.1 Interpret information, technical specifications, and graphic information regarding the auxiliary machining processes.

CE1.2 Describe means, tools, and equipment used in auxiliary mechanical manufacturing processes.

CE1.3 Prepare the tools and machinery required for auxiliary mechanical manufacturing processes, taking into account the applicable regulations for the prevention of risks and environmental protection.

CE1.4 Organize the job, performing the necessary cleaning and maintenance tasks, taking into account the applicable regulations of risk prevention and environmental protection.

C2: Perform basic manufacturing operations (drilling, threaded with macho or terraja, deburring, liming, among others) to obtain parts or parts of them.

CE2.1 Describe basic manufacturing operations based on the technical information of the process and relating operations, operating parameters, tools and tools used, and operating parameters.

CE2.2 Interpret speed parameters, advances, steps, threads, or composition, among others, own of manufacturing processes.

CE2.3 Perform the basic manufacturing operations required in a defined process, taking into account the applicable regulations on risk prevention and environmental protection.

C3: Analyze the procedures for feeding and unloading automatic mechanical manufacturing processes, as well as auxiliary processes in casting, machining, welding, calendering, treatments, among others.

CE3.1 Describe the procedures for feeding automatic systems of mechanical manufacturing in foundry, machining, assembly, welding, calderry, treatments, or others.

CE3.2 Describe load handling procedures.

CE3.3 Describe the auxiliary processes of mechanical manufacturing in foundry, machining, welding, calderry, treatments, among others.

C4: Operate basic measurement and control instruments to verify the quality of the products obtained.

CE4.1 Identify and describe basic measurement and control instruments (boundary calibers, king foot, squadron, comparator clock, plot marble, goniometer, micrometer, among others) and how it works.

CE4.2 Operate with verification and control instruments according to standardized procedures.

CE4.3 Perform records and annotations of the measurements made.

CE4.4 Develop incident parts indicating detected failures and deficiencies.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 full; C2 full; C3 complete.

Other capabilities:

Maintain the work area with the degree of order and cleanliness required by the organization.

Respect the organization's internal procedures and rules.

Interpret and execute the work instructions.

Comply with the production rules set by the organization.

Demonstrate responsibility for errors and failures, paying attention to improvements that can be presented.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Contents:

1. Graphical representation

Industrial drawing: normalized lines, views, cuts, sections, and croquized.

Normalization, tolerances, surface finishes, among others.

2. Manufacturing auxiliary processes

Auxiliary and loading and unloading operations of raw materials and parts in foundry, machining, assembly, treatment or other processes.

Basic machining operations (drilling, threaded with males and terrajas, riveting, liming, deburring, grinding, among others).

3. Machines and tools

Machines and hand tools (drilling machine, machine tool for second operations, screwing, bending, folding, punching, presses, rivets, polishing machines, etc.): applications and mode of use.

Machine power and unload systems.

Auxiliary tools: keys, screwdrivers, hammers, tools for cutting, turning and hitting.

Machinery and equipment for handling loads.

4. Measuring and control instruments

Verification instruments (meter, king foot, micrometer, goniometers, pyrometers, among others).

Verification processes.

5. Applicable rules on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection

Applicable labour risk prevention regulations applicable to auxiliary mechanical manufacturing operations.

Applicable environmental protection regulations applicable to auxiliary mechanical manufacturing operations.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the performance of basic manufacturing operations, which shall be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 2: MOUNT OPERATIONS

Level: 1

Code: MF0088_1

Associated to UC: Perform Basic Mount Operations

Duration: 180 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Prepare materials, machines and elements, interpreting the information, instructions, and technical documentation related to the assembly operations.

CE1.1 Interpret graphical information: drawings, drawings, and sketches, identifying views, cuts, and sections of the mounting elements.

CE1.2 Identify material and technical needs based on the mount to be performed.

CE1.3 Prepare machines and tools by proceeding to their sharpening and tuning, taking into account applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CE1.4 Organize the job, performing the tasks of cleaning and maintenance established, taking into account applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

C2: Mount metal assemblies or structures by means of fixed or removable joints, taking into account the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards and the protection of the environment.

CE2.1 Relate more suitable join types for assemblies to mount.

CE2.2 Perform fixed joins: pressed joins, glues, zunked joins, and anchors.

CE2.3 Perform detachable joins by screws and nuts, bolts, washers, pins, chavettes, and tabs.

CE2.4 In a practical case of joining metal parts using fixed and removable systems, characterized by the technical specifications of the assembly:

-Select the items and tools to use in the mount.

-Perform the move, hold, and put operations.

-Perform the required operations to obtain fixed and removable joints (drilling, threaded, riveting, and glued, folding, among others).

-Verify that the joins and assembly conform to the required specifications, ensuring the quality of the process and the product.

C3: Unir parts by simple soldering by resistance and by electric arc, following established procedures and complying with applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CE3.1 List pre-release operations, justifying their need.

CE3.2 Describe the welding and electric arc welding equipment, indicating the application thereof, the function of each component, and the precautions to be taken in its handling.

CE3.3 Identify consumables used in welding processes, explaining their function.

CE3.4 List the basic parameters that can be regulated in the welding equipment and their effect on the union.

CE3.5 In a practical case of joining parts by means of basic electric arc welding techniques, characterized by precise instructions, equipment and raw materials:

-Prepare the parts based on the weld to be performed.

-Select the required equipment and materials for the welding to be performed.

-Regular the parameters based on the instructions received.

-Solder the parts by applying established environmental and labor risk prevention standards.

-Collect equipment and manipulate parts by taking the required measures to prevent damage.

CE3.6 In a practical case of joining parts by means of basic resistance welding techniques, characterized by precise instructions, equipment and raw materials:

-Prepare the parts based on the weld to be performed.

-Select the required equipment and materials for the welding to be performed.

-Regular the parameters based on the instructions received.

-Solder the parts by applying established environmental and labor risk prevention standards.

-Collect equipment and manipulate parts by taking the required measures to prevent damage.

C4: Operate with basic measurement and control instruments to ensure the quality of the assembled products.

CE4.1 Identify and describe the measurement and control instruments used in the auxiliary assembly processes.

CE4.2 Verify dimensions and characteristics of mounted assemblies using metrology instruments specific to the magnitude of measurement, according to established procedures.

CE4.3 Develop incident parts indicating detected failures and deficiencies, as well as the measures taken.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 complete; C2 with respect to CE2.4; C3 with respect to CE3.5 and CE3.6.

Other capabilities:

Maintain the work area with the degree of order and cleanliness required by the organization.

Respect the organization's internal procedures and rules.

Interpret and execute the work instructions.

Comply with the production rules set by the organization.

Demonstrate responsibility for errors and failures, paying attention to improvements that can be presented.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Contents:

1. Graphical representation

Industrial drawing: normalized lines, projections, cuts, sections and croquizado. Standardisation, tolerances and surface finishes.

2. Fixed and removable joints

Join and mount techniques.

Fixed joins: pressed joins, glues, zunked joins, and anchors.

Removable joins: screws and nuts: types and applications, bolts, washers, pins, chavettes, and tabs.

3. Basic welding techniques

Electrical welding types.

Pre-welding operations: Preparing equipment and preparing surfaces.

Materials and consumables.

Regulation of equipment.

Soldeo operations: by resistance and by electric arc.

4. Auxiliary tools

Keys: types, applications, and mode of use.

screwdrivers: types, applications, and mode of use.

Marches, tools for cutting, turning and hitting: types, applications, and mode of use.

5. Verification and control instruments

Verification instruments (meter, calibers, squadron, level, goniometer, among others).

Verification processes.

6. Applicable rules on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection

Applicable Labor Risk Prevention Regulations applicable to auxiliary assembly operations.

Applicable environmental protection regulations applicable to auxiliary assembly operations.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the performance of basic mechanical manufacturing assembly operations, which shall be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

ANNEX II

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION: PATH-START MACHINING

Professional Family: Mechanical Manufacturing

Level: 2

Code: FME032_2

General Competition

Perform the machining processes by road start, controlling the products obtained and taking responsibility for the maintenance of the first level of the machines and equipment, with criteria of quality, safety and respect to the environment environment.

Competition Units

UC0089_2: Determine the machining processes by path boot

UC0090_2: Prepare machines and systems to proceed to the path boot machining

UC0091_2: Mechanizing products by path boot

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its professional activity in the production department, dedicated to mechanical manufacturing, in entities of a mainly private nature, in companies of any size, both self-employed and employed, with independence from its legal form. It develops its activity, depending on its case, functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. You may have staff in your position at times, for seasons or in a stable way. The principles of universal accessibility are applied in the development of professional activity in accordance with the applicable regulations.

Productive Sectors

This qualification is located in the sector of metal processing industries, in the subsectors of construction of machinery and mechanical equipment, electrical, electronic and optical equipment and equipment, transport.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs

The terms of the following relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomprensivo character of women and men.

Tool machine operators

Machine tools operators

Turners

Freters

Mandrinators

CNC Machine Tool Programmers in Plant

Machine-tool preps in general and CNC

Associated Training (600 hours)

Training Modules

MF0089_2: Viroute boot processes (120 hours)

MF0090_2: Preparing and scheduling machines and chip-start systems (270 hours)

MF0091_2: Path-boot mechanized (210 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: DETERMINE THE MACHINING PROCESSES BY PATH START

Level: 2

Code: UC0089_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Get the technical information required for manufacturing, interpreting the plane of the piece and the manufacturing plane.

CR 1.1 The type, characteristics and starting dimensions of the material to be used are identified in the technical documentation.

CR 1.2 The thermal and surface treatments to be applied are identified in the manufacturing plane.

CR 1.3 The shape and dimensions of the piece to be obtained and the geometric, superficial, and other tolerances that delimit the piece to be machined are identified in the plane of the piece.

CR 1.4 The surfaces and reference elements for machining are identified in the manufacturing plane.

RP 2: Establish the machining process from the cutting planes and the technical specifications, ensuring the feasibility of machining.

CR 2.1 The machining phases are determined according to the geometry of the part.

CR 2.2 Cutting tools are determined according to the geometry of the piece and the type of material.

CR 2.3 Measurement instruments are determined according to the required tolerances.

CR 2.4 The machining operations are determined according to the geometry, quantity and quality of the parts to be obtained, as well as the type of machine to be used.

CR 2.5 The devices for the transport and handling of parts are determined according to the dimensions and weight of the parts and according to safety criteria.

CR 2.6 The machining parameters (cutting speed, advancement, depth, among others) are selected according to the machine (type, rigidity, among others), the material and the characteristics of the part to be machined, as well as cutting tools (type, material, or other).

CR 2.7 The work process variables are determined based on the results of the calculations performed.

RP 3: Select the tools and tools required for machining, depending on the type of part and the machining process.

CR 3.1 Tools and tools are selected based on the type of material, required quality and availability of the equipment.

CR 3.2 Tools and tools are chosen based on the required quality of the product to be manufactured and applied savings criteria in terms of costs and operating times.

RP 4: Determine the required tools for the attachment of parts and tools, ensuring the feasibility, optimizing the process and meeting the established cost objectives.

CR 4.1 The use of the tool is performed according to the established graphical representation rules.

CR 4.2 The tooling is defined according to the operations of the process, the type of part, and according to criteria of cost savings and manufacturing times.

CR 4.3 The use of the tool is defined according to the required quality of the product to be manufactured and taking into account the speed and safety criteria of the disassembly and assembly operations.

Professional context:

Production media:

Process sheets. Computer-assisted manufacturing-specific computer applications.

Products and results:

Chip-start machining processes: turning, milling, running and related. Croquis of the tilling. Machining times.

Information used or generated:

Planes. Process sheets. Machine manuals and accessories. Cutting parameters. Commercial technical documentation. Pricing and pricing of materials and resources.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: PREPARE MACHINES AND SYSTEMS TO PROCEED TO MACHINING BY ROAD START

Level: 2

Code: UC0090_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Mounting tools and tie-up systems in accordance with the established process and applicable labour risk prevention regulations.

CR 1.1 Tools and tools are prepared according to the characteristics of the operation to be performed, the tolerances to be achieved and the profitability of the operation.

CR 1.2 The tools for the assembly of the useful are selected according to the characteristics of the useful, the clamping elements and the torque to be applied.

CR 1.3 The tools and tools are verified, checking that they are in good condition of sharpening and preservation, guaranteeing the quality of the machining and the safety of the operation.

CR 1.4 The tool, tool holder, and parts fastening tools are regulated according to the operation to be performed and the manufacturer's specifications.

CR 1.5 The axes, drill centers, mechanization limits, reference lines, among others, are plotted, guaranteeing the definition of the part for machining.

CR 1.6 The transport and lifting elements for moving parts or equipment are selected according to the characteristics of the material to be transported and used in safety conditions.

RP 2: Mount the machines or accessories of the machines, to proceed to the machining by road start, according to the order of manufacture and complying with the applicable regulations in the field of prevention occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 2.1 The assembly of the accessories or devices is performed according to the manufacturer's instructions and in accordance with applicable safety standards.

CR 2.2 The lubrication and cooling elements are maintained under conditions of use, ensuring quality and safety during the process.

CR 2.3 The power devices of the machines are placed and regulated, checking the continuity of the feeding, the absence of obstructions, among others, ensuring the achievement and safety of the process.

CR 2.4 Process parameters (displacement speed, flow rate, pressure, among others) are regulated according to the technical specifications of the process and taking into account safety standards.

CR 2.5 The variables (speed, force, pressure, among others) are verified using the required instruments, depending on both the variable and its magnitude.

CR 2.6 The PLC or the robot program is checked, verifying that it responds to the technical specifications of the process (sequence, fastening parameters, speeds, among others) and has the correct syntax for the equipment to be scheduling.

RP 3: Perform the numerical control program by computer (CNC), to proceed to the machining by road start, from the order and manufacturing process.

CR 3.1 The CNC program is established taking into account the chronological order of the operations, the tools to be used, the operating parameters, and the trajectories.

CR 3.2 Machine programming is performed based on the type of machining, type of tool, speed of work, efforts, and type of machining material.

CR 3.3 The path of the tool is programmed taking into account the machining strategy.

CR 3.4 The program simulation or program test is performed to check that the machining is viable and that it develops in a logical sequence.

CR 3.5 The CNC program is introduced into the machine via the peripheral devices or transferred from the computer.

RP 4: Perform first-level maintenance of equipment and machining facilities by road start, according to the instruction manual, the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment environment.

CR 4.1 The measurement and control elements of the equipment and installations are verified during operation to check the accuracy of the measurement.

CR 4.2 The damaged or worn-out elements are replaced after the observation of the parameters of the elements indicating such wear or tear.

CR 4.3 The amenable elements are lubricated with the established periodicity.

CR 4.4 Lubricant deposits are maintained between the maximum and minimum levels, using the lubricants of the established characteristics.

Professional context:

Production media:

Programming equipment and computer applications specific to machining by road start. CNC communication peripherals. Useful for drawing. Mounting tools. Cutting tools. Metrology instruments.

Products and results:

Machining machines programmed by CNC. Machine tools prepared for unit production or small series and automatic machine tools prepared and programmed for medium or large series. Manufacturing systems prepared to proceed to machining by road grubbing-up.

Information used or generated:

Manufacturing plans. Catalogues of material and tools. Machine manuals, CNC programming and accessories. Process instructions. Programming instructions. Maintenance instructions for use. Characteristics of refrigerants and lubricants. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: MECHANIZE THE PRODUCTS BY CHIP BOOT

Level: 2

Code: UC0091_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Mount the parts on the tools, using the tools and tools established, complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 The piece is mounted on the holding tool, ensuring its mooring and avoiding damage, depending on the shape and dimensions of the piece and the machining process to which it is to be subjected.

CR 1.2 The piece focuses and aligns on the tooling with the required accuracy in the process.

CR 1.3 The mounts are performed with the tools set and respecting the maximum torque.

CR 1.4 The transport and lifting elements are selected according to the characteristics of the material to be transported and used in safety conditions.

CR 1.5 The parts and tools are cleaned, ensuring the correct positioning of these.

RP 2: Mechanics with machine tools for road start or manufacturing lines, obtaining the required quality and complying with applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 2.1 The machining parameters (speed, advance, depth, among others) are adjusted according to the process, tool material to sharpen and the muela used.

CR 2.2 The positioning references of the tools are established based on the relative position of the tools with respect to the part.

CR 2.3 The wear and tear of the tools is checked to proceed with your change and correction of paths when necessary.

CR 2.4 The first-level maintenance tasks planned for machines, installations or equipment are performed according to the maintenance records.

RP 3: Dimensionally verify mechanized products, in accordance with established rules and procedures and in compliance with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 3.1 The instruments for performing the verification are selected based on the type of magnitude and accuracy required.

CR 3.2 The calibration of the instruments is checked, ensuring the accuracy of the measurement.

CR 3.3 The piece obtained is verified, checking that it conforms to the manufacturing tolerances.

CR 3.4 Verification is performed in accordance with the procedures laid down in the internal rules of work.

Professional context:

Production media:

Tools for Road Start: Tornos, strawberries and related. Flat and cylindrical rectifiers. Standard mooring systems and specific tools. Cutting tools. Standard and special accessories for machining. Transport and maintenance elements. Hand tools. Measurement and control elements.

Products and results:

Machining products by road start of different materials, shapes and finishes.

Information used or generated:

Planes, manufacturing orders. Specifications and technical characteristics. Control guidelines. Applicable rules on the prevention of occupational risks and the environment. Control instructions. Quality parameters in the machining. Maintenance and usage instructions.

FORMATIVE MODULE 1: PROCESSES BY PATH START

Level: 2

Code: MF0089_2

Associated with UC: Determine the machining processes by path boot

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Analyze the technical information about the product to be machined, to determine the material, starting dimensions, machining phases, machines, and necessary means.

CE1.1 Interpret the graphical information (symbology, normalized elements, views, cuts, sections, details, cotas, among others) of the manufacturing planes that allow the description of the machining processes.

CE1.2 Relate the shapes, dimensions and qualities represented in the plane with the required machining procedures to obtain them.

CE1.3 Identify the machines and the means of work required to obtain, by road start, the product represented in the manufacturing plans.

C2: Describe the machining process, ordering operations according to the production sequence, relating each operation to the machines, means of production, control and verification tools, parameters and specifications.

CE2.1 Describe the method of obtaining the various geometric shapes by road start (cylinders, cones, holes, profiles, slots, prisms, threads, among others).

CE2.2 Describe the parts fastening tools and the mooring and centered procedure used in the main machining operations by the chip start and if necessary perform the use of the tool to reduce tie times and positioned.

CE2.3 Identify the different verification means applicable to the control of the forms obtained by machining.

CE2.4 Describe the fundamental features of cutting tools and relate them to their applications, as well as their fastening and setting procedure.

CE2.5 Determine the cutting parameters, (cutting speeds, advances, among others) taking into account the variables that affect the machining (material of the piece, material of the tool, surface quality, tolerance, type and operating conditions among others).

CE2.6 Describe in a process sheet (stages, phases, operations, operation sketches, control instruments, cutting tools, cutting parameters, among others), the working procedure to obtain a piece by path start, based on the graphical information gathered at the manufacturing plane.

C3: Determine the cost of a machining operation according to the price of the factors involved in the operation, estimating the time required to perform it.

CE3.1 Interpret non-productive time allocation tables for machining operations.

CE3.2 Interpret catalogs and commercial offerings related to materials and tools that are involved in the process of machining the chip-in.

CE3.3 Set the relationships that exist between the variables involved in the machining time (speed, space, among others).

CE3.4 Establish the relationships that exist between the variables involved in the cost of machining (cutting time, unproductive time, cost of materials, labor cost, cost of tools, and indirect costs).

CE3.5 Calculate the machining cost of the part described in the previous realization.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C2 complete.

Other capabilities:

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Demonstrate some autonomy in solving small contingencies related to their activity.

Act quickly in problematic situations and not just wait.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Adapt to organization, organizational and technological changes as well as new situations or contexts.

Contents:

1. Manufacturing plans

Symbology, normalization, views, cuts, sections, tolerances, among others.

Croking.

2. Tools for the vipath boot

Cutting functions, shapes, and geometries.

Materials for tools.

Tools elements, components, and structures.

Wear and life of the tool.

Tools and auxiliary elements for manufacturing: Fastening and verification tools.

3. Machining technology

Forms and qualities that are obtained with the machines by the chip boot.

Machining operations.

Path formation: parameters that define it, relationship between them, and defects in the path formation.

4. Machining processes

Process sheet and Instructions sheets. Formats.

Calculation of cut parameters on different machine tools.

5. Machining costs

Calculation of manufacturing times. Cutting times of the various machining operations. Preparation time. Manual operations time. Unforeseen times.

Machining cost.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the determination of the chip-start machining processes, which will be accredited by one of the following two ways:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 2: PREPARATION AND PROGRAMMING OF MACHINES AND SYSTEMS FOR THE START OF THE ROAD

Level: 2

Code: MF0090_2

Associated with UC: Preparing machines and systems to proceed to the path-boot machining

Duration: 270 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Prepare and develop machines, equipment and tools to perform the machining by road start, taking into account the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment environment.

CE1.1 Apply parts marking and marking procedures, skillfully manipulating the elements and adopting the established security measures.

CE1.2 Describe the functions and types of tools, accessories, and organs of the machines and manufacturing systems by road start-up.

CE1.3 Explain the process of mounting and regulating parts, accessories, and tools.

CE1.4 Describe first-level maintenance operations (greasing, cooling, cleaning, belt tensioning, general assistance, among others) and the elements that require them (filters, greasers, protections, supports, among others).

CE1.5 In a scenario of preparing machines to proceed to the machining by road start, characterized by the process and the technical documentation:

-Select the tools and tools described in the CNC process and/or program.

-Mount the selected tools, toolholders, and tools, and the useful slide if appropriate.

-Verify and adjust pressures, flow rates, and cutting factors, according to the piece to be machined.

-Amaral part.

-Load machining CNC program, setting the zeros of the CNC program and simultaneously simulating and vacuum the CNC program.

-Correct the CNC program or the machining parameters to optimize machining.

C2: Develop CNC programs for the manufacture of parts by road boot.

CE2.1 Relate the features features of the CNC languages with the machining operations per chip boot.

CE2.2 Explain the transmission and storage systems of information used in CNC.

CE2.3 Perform CNC programs by sequencing and coding operations, starting from the plane and process.

CE2.4 Verify program syntax.

CE2.5 Load program on machine.

CE2.6 Detect possible defects in the simulation by correcting them and optimizing what is possible.

C3: Relating the manufacturing auxiliary processes (parts feeding, tools, emptying/filling of deposits, disposal of waste, among others), with both manual and automatic techniques and means.

CE3.1 Describe the techniques of handling, transport, storage, among others, used in manufacturing processes.

CE3.2 Identify the elements used in the automation of manufacturing processes.

CE3.3 Describe the means used for the automation of feeding machines (robots, manipulators, among others) explaining the function of: structural elements, kinematic chains, compressors, hydraulic pumps, control elements, actuators (engines, cylinders, tweezers, among others) and information sensors.

Ce3.4 Elaborate manufacturing process flow diagrams.

C4: Adapting control programs for automatic parts power systems and auxiliary manufacturing operations (handling and cooling, fluid maintenance, among others).

CE4.1 Relate the characteristic functions of the PLC languages and robots with the operations to be performed with the auxiliary manufacturing equipment.

CE4.2 Explain the transmission and storage systems of information used in the programming of PLC's and robots.

CE4.3 In a practical machine-feeding scenario, characterized by the use of PLC's and robots:

-Set the sequence of moves.

-Identify the variables to be controlled (pressure, force, speed, among others).

-Perform the corresponding flowcharts.

-Perform the PLC control program and the robot.

C5: Operate the various organs (pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical, programmable, among others), involved in handling, transport and feeding, acting on the elements of regulation, taking into account the applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CE5.1 Explain the adjustable variables in the auxiliary manufacturing processes (force, pressure, speed, among others) relating them to the elements that act on them (tires, hydraulic and electrical).

CE5.2 Describe the techniques of regulation and verification of variables (force, speed, among others).

CE5.3 Perform first-level maintenance on handling, transport, and power systems.

CE5.4 Run the assembly and disassembly of actuators (hydraulic and pneumatic hydraulics) in an orderly manner and using the appropriate means of an automatic handling system.

CE5.5 Regular the variables (force, speed, among others) for the different maneuvers of a manipulator.

CE5.6 Verify the magnitudes of the variables with the appropriate instruments (gauges, rules, tachometers, dynamometers, among others).

C6: Perform the response control of an automated system, checking the trajectories as well as the synchronism of movements and making the necessary measurements, taking into account the applicable regulations of prevention occupational risks and environmental protection.

CE6.1 Identify the variables to be controlled in a mechanical manufacturing process that contains parts handling phases, machining operations, among others, in which pneumatic, electrical, and other elements are involved. programmable and robots.

CE6.2 Explain measurement instruments and procedures and units of measurement.

CE6.3 Measure the magnitudes of the different variables to different requests for a manipulation system.

CE6.4 Regular control elements, so that the process develops within the given tolerances.

CE6.5 Verify the trajectories of the mobile elements and proceed to modify them to avoid unnecessary displacements.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.5; C2 complete; C4 with respect to CE4.3; C6 complete.

Other capabilities:

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Demonstrate some autonomy in solving small contingencies related to their activity.

Act quickly in problematic situations and not just wait.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Adapt to organization, organizational and technological changes as well as new situations or contexts.

Contents:

1. Layout

Technical, useful, and precautions.

2. Part and tool tie operations

Focused and/or reference on the machining processes by path start.

Prerequisite cutting tools and tools.

3. First-level preservation and maintenance of the chip-start machine tool

Settings.

Grease.

Levels of liquids.

Release of waste.

4. CNC

Languages.

CNC programming.

Load of programs on machine.

Program simulation.

CNC programming and handling of different controls. CAD-CAM.

5. Setting and tuning of machines with mechanical and electro-pneumatic-hydraulic automatisms

Handling, transport, and storage media. Semi-automatic (electro-neutral-hydraulic). Automatics (manipulators, robots, among others).

6. Automated system programming

Flow diagram.

Programming language (robots and PLC's).

Simulation.

7. Automated system tuning and tuning

Regulatory elements (tires, hydraulic, electrical, among others).

Control parameters (speed, travel, time, among others).

Verification tools (stopwatch, gauge, flowmeter, among others).

8. Applicable rules on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection

Applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards in the preparation of machines.

Applicable environmental protection regulations in the preparation of machines.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the preparation of machines and systems to proceed to the machining by road start, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

FORMATIVE MODULE 3: PATH BOOT MACHINING

Level: 2

Code: MF0091_2

Associated with UC: Mechanizing Products by Road Boot

Duration: 210 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Operate the machine-tools (drill, lathe, milling, among others) to be machined by road start, achieving the specified characteristics, taking into account the applicable rules of risk prevention work and protection of the environment.

CE1.1 In a practical scenario of previous machining operations around and milling, starting from a defined process and from the manufacturing plans:

-Identify the tools (strawberries, bits, blades, cutting plates, among others) needed for execution.

-Point to your cutting geometry and reference dimensions.

-Select the parameters (cutting speed, depth, progress, among others) of the cutting corresponding to each tool, from the corresponding technical documentation.

-Regular the mechanisms (cams, stops, career endings, among others) of the machines.

-Perform the part and tie operations of the part and the machine reference, according to the specifications of the process.

CE1.2 In a practical case of machining around and milling, from a defined process and from the manufacturing plans:

-Perform the maneuvers (tool, control organ drive, among others) necessary to run the machining.

-Mechanize the centering and/or reference surfaces according to the established procedure.

-Analyze the differences that occur between the defined and observed process, identifying those due to the tools, the cutting conditions, the machine, or the part.

-Set appropriate corrections to the cutting tools and conditions depending on the deviations observed with respect to the defined process.

CE1.3 In a convenient machine maintenance scenario, characterized by the maintenance tab of the machine:

-Identify items that require maintenance.

-Perform use or first-level maintenance operations (greasing, cleaning, among others).

C2: Adapting CNC programs for the manufacture of mechanical parts, modifying the technological variables 'on foot'.

CE2.1 In a scenario of CNC program adaptation, characterized by the actual process information and the CNC program:

-Check that the program's technological variables correspond to the manufacturing order.

-Perform the 'simulation' of the piece processing process by adjusting the required parameters.

-Check the coordinates of the part and the 'zero machine' and 'zero part' position, correcting them, if any, to minimize paths and times.

-Check that the tools are the specific in the manufacturing order, as well as their operational status.

-Check that the part is tied correctly, as well as its position with respect to the machine.

-Mechanize a first piece by checking the specifications of the part plane and correcting, if any, the errors detected.

-Screen the operation process, resolving the contingencies that occurred.

-Modify the variables in order to adapt the program to the manufacture of similar and/or unitary parts.

C3: Adopt the preventive measures required based on the risks arising from the execution of the machining operations by road start.

CE3.1 Identify the risks (trapping, cutting, among others) and the level of danger posed by the manipulation of the various materials, products, hand tools, tools and machines, means of transport used in machining.

CE3.2 Describe the safety elements (protection, alarms, emergency steps, among others) of the machines, as well as the systems (starting, stopping, among others) and clothing (footwear, eye protection, etc.) (i) to be used in the various machining operations, among others.

CE3.3 In a practical case of machining by road start, characterized by the operations to be performed, environment, material and means to be used:

-Determine the required security conditions in the preparation and commissioning operations of the machines.

-Set the security and precaution measures to be taken based on the specific rules and instructions applicable to the different operations.

C4: Apply measurement and verification procedures for the control of mechanized parts.

CE4.1 Describe the measurement and verification tools relating to your applications.

CE4.2 Measure and verify the parts using the appropriate measuring instruments depending on the type of variable and its magnitude.

CE4.3 Perform the measurement of various parameters (dimensions, surface status, among others) by using the required instruments and according to established procedures.

CE4.4 Compare the results obtained with the specifications of the part, in order to verify the performance of the parts.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 complete; C2 complete; C3 with respect to CE3.3.

Other capabilities:

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Demonstrate some autonomy in solving small contingencies related to their activity.

Act quickly in problematic situations and not just wait.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Adapt to organization, organizational and technological changes as well as new situations or contexts.

Contents:

1. The chip boot tools

Types.

Features.

Applications.

2. Chip boot machining

Procedures for using machine tools.

The risks in handling chip-start machine tools.

The attrition of the cutting tools.

3. Risks in machining by road start

Risks derived from machining operations.

Preventive measures.

Individual and collective protective equipment.

4. Introduction of CNC programs

Programming and program transfer peripherals.

Transfer and load of programs.

5. Metrology

Measurement and verification instruments.

Measurement and verification procedures.

6. Applicable rules on the prevention and protection of the environment

Applicable rules for the prevention of workplace risks in machining.

Applicable environmental protection regulations in machining.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the machining of products by road start, which will be credited by one of the following two ways:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

ANNEX III

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION: MACHINING BY ABRASION, ELECTROEROSION AND SPECIAL PROCEDURES

Professional Family: Mechanical Manufacturing

Level: 2

Code: FME033_2

General Competition

Perform the operations of the machining processes by abrasion, electroerosion and related special procedures, controlling the products obtained and responsible for the maintenance of the first level of the machines and equipment, with criteria of quality, safety and respect for the environment.

Competition Units

UC0092_2: Determine machining processes by abrasion, electroerosion, and special procedures

UC0093_2: Preparing machines and systems for machining by abrasion, electroerosion, and special procedures

UC0094_2: Mechanizing products by abrasion, electroerosion, and special procedures

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its professional activity in the production department, dedicated to mechanical manufacturing, in entities of a mainly private nature, in companies of any size, both self-employed and employed, with independence from its legal form. It develops its activity, depending on its case, functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. You may have staff in your position at times, for seasons or in a stable way. The principles of universal accessibility are applied in the development of professional activity in accordance with the applicable regulations.

Productive Sectors

It is located in the sector of metal processing industries, metallurgy sub-sectors; manufacturing of metal products; construction of machinery and mechanical equipment; electrical equipment and equipment; electronic and optical and of transport material.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs

The terms of the following relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomprensivo character of women and men.

Tool machine operators

CNC Machine Tool Programmers in Plant

Rectifiers

Electroeroders

Machine preparations (rectifiers, electroerosion, transfers, flexible systems, among others)

Associated Training (590 hours)

Training Modules

MF0092_2: Machining Procedures by abrasion, electroerosion, and special procedures (120 hours)

MF0093_2: Preparing and programming machines and systems for abrasion, electroerosion and special (260 hours)

MF0094_2: abrasion, electroerosion, and special procedures (210 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: DETERMINING MACHINING PROCESSES BY ABRASION, ELECTROEROSION, AND SPECIAL PROCEDURES

Level: 2

Code: UC0092_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Get the technical information for manufacturing, starting from the plane of the piece and the manufacturing plane.

CR 1.1 The type, characteristics and starting dimensions of the material to be used are identified in the technical documentation.

CR 1.2 Thermal and surface treatments are identified in the manufacturing plane, for subsequent application, guaranteeing the required properties of the part.

CR 1.3 The shape, dimensions, and geometric tolerances, superficial or other, that delimit the piece to be machined, are identified in the manufacturing plane.

CR 1.4 The surfaces and reference elements for machining are identified in the manufacturing plane.

RP 2: Establish the machining process from the cutting plans and the technical specifications, ensuring the feasibility of machining and optimizing the time and costs.

CR 2.1 The machining phases are set according to the geometry of the part.

CR 2.2 Cutting tools are determined according to the geometry of the piece and the type of material.

CR 2.3 Measurement instruments are selected based on permitted tolerances.

CR 2.4 The machining operations are determined according to the starting material and the quality of the parts to be obtained, as well as depending on the type of machine to be used.

CR 2.5 The devices for the transport and handling of parts are determined according to the dimensions and weight of the parts and according to safety criteria.

CR 2.6 The machining parameters (cutting speed, advancement, depth, current intensity, pulse time and pause, among others) are selected according to the material and the characteristics of the part mechanize, as well as cutting tools (type, material, among others).

CR 2.7 The work process variables are determined based on the results of the calculations performed.

RP 3: Select the tools and tools required for machining, depending on the type of part and the machining process.

CR 3.1 Tools and tools are selected based on the type of material, required quality and availability of the equipment.

CR 3.2 Tools and tools are chosen by applying savings criteria in terms of costs and operating times.

CR 3.3 Cutting fluids are selected and used to reduce friction and wear, cool the cutting zone, reduce energy consumption, remove chips, and protect the area to be machined.

RP 4: Determine the necessary tools for the attachment of parts and tools, ensuring the feasibility, optimizing the process and meeting the established cost objectives.

CR 4.1 The use of the tool is performed according to the established graphical representation rules.

CR 4.2 The tooling is defined from the manufacturing plans, depending on the operations of the process and based on cost savings and manufacturing time criteria.

CR 4.3 The tooling is defined taking into account speed and safety criteria in the disassembly and assembly operations.

Professional context:

Production media:

Type process sheets. Specific computer applications: CAD-CAM, spreadsheets, word processors, simulation programs, among others.

Products and results:

Machining processes by abrasion by cylindrical grinding, flat grinding, electroerosion by penetration, electroerosion by wire, and by special procedures. Machining times. Tools for use.

Information used or generated:

Planes. Manuals for grinding machines, electro-erodes and accessories. Cutting parameters. Tool catalogs. Pricing and pricing of materials and resources.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: PREPARE MACHINES AND SYSTEMS FOR MACHINING BY ABRASION, ELECTROEROSION AND SPECIAL PROCEDURES

Level: 2

Code: UC0093_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Mounting tools, mooring systems and parts measurement systems in accordance with the established process and complying with applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 Tools and tools are prepared according to the characteristics of the operation to be performed, the tolerances to be achieved and the profitability of the operation.

CR 1.2 The tools for the assembly of the useful are selected according to the characteristics of the useful, the clamping elements and the torque to be applied.

CR 1.3 The tools and tools are verified, checking that they are in good condition of revival and conservation, guaranteeing the quality of the machining and the safety of the operation.

CR 1.4 The supports on which the tool is to be mounted are cleaned and checked for their condition, guaranteeing the quality of their attachment, once the set torque is applied.

CR 1.5 The tool, tool holder, and piece fastening tools are regulated according to the operation to be performed and the manufacturer's specifications.

CR 1.6 The champlates are fixed by applying the torque set to the manufacturer's standards.

CR 1.7 The transport and lifting elements for moving parts or equipment are selected according to the characteristics of the material to be transported and used in safety conditions.

CR 1.8 The tools and tools are prepared according to the characteristics of the operation to be performed, the tolerances to be achieved and the profitability of the operation.

RP 2: Mount the machines or accessories of the machines, to proceed to the machining by abrasion, electroerosion or special procedures, depending on the order of manufacture and complying with the applicable regulations in the field of occupational risk prevention.

CR 2.1 The assembly of the accessories or devices is performed according to the manufacturer's instructions and in accordance with applicable safety standards.

CR 2.2 The lubrication and cooling elements are maintained under conditions of use, ensuring quality and safety during the process.

CR 2.3 The power devices of the machines are placed and regulated, checking the continuity of the feeding, the absence of obstructions, among others, ensuring the achievement and safety of the process.

CR 2.4 Process parameters (displacement speed, flow rate, pressure, among others) are regulated according to the technical specifications of the process and taking into account safety standards.

CR 2.5 The variables (speed, force, pressure, among others) are verified using the required instruments, depending on both the variable and its magnitude.

CR 2.6 The PLC or the robot program is checked, verifying that it responds to the technical specifications of the process (sequence, fastening parameters, speeds, among others) and has the correct syntax for the equipment to be scheduling.

RP 3: Perform the Numerical Control program by Computer (CNC), to proceed to the machining by abrasion, electroerosion and special procedures, from the order and manufacturing process.

CR 3.1 The Computer Numeric Control program is set to take into account the chronological order of the operations, the tools to be used, the operating parameters, and the trajectories.

CR 3.2 Machine programming is performed based on the type of machining, type of tool, speed of work, efforts, and type of machining material.

CR 3.3 The path of the tool is programmed taking into account the machining strategy.

CR 3.4 The program simulation or program test is performed to check that the machining is viable and that it develops in a logical sequence.

CR 3.5 The Computer Numerical Control program is introduced into the machine via the peripheral devices or transferred from the computer of the machine itself or from the central computer where appropriate.

RP 4: Run the first level maintenance of equipment and machining facilities by abrasion, electroerosion and special procedures, according to the instruction manual, and complying with applicable prevention regulations of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 4.1 The measurement and control elements of the equipment and installations are verified during operation to check the accuracy of the measurement.

CR 4.2 The broken or worn-out elements considered to be the first level are replaced by the observation of the parameters of the elements indicating such wear or breakdown.

CR 4.3 The amenable elements are lubricated with the established periodicity, ensuring their preservation and prolonging their useful life span.

CR 4.4 Lubricant deposits are maintained between the maximum and minimum levels, using the lubricants of the established characteristics.

Professional context:

Production media:

Programming equipment and computer applications specific to machining by abrasion, electroerosion and special procedures. Computer Numerical Control Communication Peripherals (CNC). Useful for drawing. Preparation, cutting and special tools. Mounting tools. Metrology instruments.

Products and results:

Machining machines by abrasion, electroerosion and special procedures programmed by Numerical Control by Computer (CNC). Machine tools for single or small series production; machine tools prepared and programmed for medium or large series. Manufacturing systems prepared for machining by abrasion, electroerosion and special procedures (electroerosion by penetration or by wire, cylindrical rectifiers, flat rectifiers, rectifiers without centres, between other).

Information used or generated:

Manufacturing plans. Catalogues of material and tools. Machine manuals, accessories and numerical control by Computer. Process instructions. Maintenance instructions for use. Information for maintenance. Characteristics of refrigerants, lubricants and dielectric. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: MACHINING PRODUCTS BY ABRASION, ELECTROEROSION AND SPECIAL PROCEDURES

Level: 2

Code: UC0094_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Mount the parts on the tooling, to proceed to the machining by abrasion, electroerosion and special procedures, complying with the applicable regulations of the Prevention of Occupational Risks and Environment.

CR 1.1 The piece is mounted on the holding tool, ensuring its mooring and avoiding damage, depending on the shape and dimensions of the piece and the machining process to which it is to be subjected.

CR 1.2 The piece focuses and aligns on the tooling with the required accuracy in the process, according to the manufacturing documentation.

CR 1.3 The assemblies of the parts and electrodes, if any, are made with the tools established and respecting the maximum torque.

CR 1.4 The transport and lifting elements are selected according to the characteristics of the material to be transported and used in safety conditions.

CR 1.5 The parts and tools are cleaned, ensuring the correct positioning of these.

CR 1.6 The transport and lifting elements are used according to the characteristics of the material to be transported and in safety conditions.

RP 2: Perform roughing and abrasion-finishing operations, starting from cutting planes or the established process, adjusting to the required quality parameters and complying with the applicable Risk Prevention regulations Labour and environmental protection.

CR 2.1 The machining parameters (cutting speed, advancement, depth, turn speed of the piece in case of cylindrical, among others) are adjusted according to the process, and the equipment used.

CR 2.2 Tool wear is controlled by observing the surface finish, dimensional accuracy, temperature, force, and cutting power that is applied to the parts, acting accordingly.

CR 2.3 The type of abrasive, as well as the size of the grain, are selected according to the material to be machined, to achieve the specified surface quality.

RP 3: Reignite tools to restore functionality, according to established procedures, in compliance with applicable regulations on the Prevention of Occupational Risks and Environmental Protection.

CR 3.1 The cutting angles of the tool are selected based on the material being worked and according to the manufacturer's specifications.

CR 3.2 The change or reignite of the tools is performed when a process of wearing or bottling is observed.

CR 3.3 The reignite is performed according to the established procedure, without overheating the tool, ensuring that the hardness characteristics of the same are preserved.

CR 3.4 Revival is performed without exceeding the life limits of the tools, ensuring quality and security during the process.

RP 4: Perform the machining by electroerosion and special procedures according to the established process, from the cutting or sketch plane and complying with the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CR 4.1 The machining parameters (current intensity, pulse time and pause, abrasive, among others) are set according to the piece material to be machined and according to the established procedure.

CR 4.2 The displacements of the tools or parts are corrected according to the wear and tear of the machining tools, ensuring the accuracy of the process.

CR 4.3 The first level maintenance work planned for machines, installations or equipment is carried out according to the maintenance records and in compliance with the environmental protection rules.

RP 5: Dimensionally Verify Mechanized Products according to established rules and procedures.

CR 5.1 The instruments for performing the verification are selected based on the type of magnitude and precision required.

CR 5.2 The calibration of the instruments is checked, ensuring the accuracy of the measurement.

CR 5.3 The piece obtained is verified, checking that it conforms to the manufacturing tolerances.

CR 5.4 Verification is performed in accordance with the procedures established in the internal rules of work.

Professional context:

Production media:

Abrasion machining machines: cylindrical rectifiers, flat rectifiers, rectifiers without centers, vertical rectifiers, and grinding struts. Special machines, polishing machines, slapers, electroerosion machines, among others. Standard mooring systems and specific tools. Abrasive and special tools. Standard and special accessories for machining. Hand tools. Measurement and control elements.

Products and results:

Machining products by abrasion or special procedures of different materials, shapes and finishes.

Information used or generated:

Planes and manufacturing orders. Technical specifications. Control guidelines. Applicable rules on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection. Control instructions. Quality parameters in the machining. Maintenance and usage instructions.

TRAINING MODULE 1: MACHINING PROCEDURES BY ABRASION, ELECTROEROSION AND SPECIAL PROCEDURES

Level: 2

Code: MF0092_2

Associate with UC: Determine the machining processes by abrasion, electroerosion and special procedures

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Analyze the technical information about the product to be machined, to determine the material, starting dimensions, machining phases, machines, and necessary means.

CE1.1 Interpret the graphical information (symbology, normalized elements, views, cuts, sections, details, cotas, among others) of the manufacturing planes that allow the description of the machining processes.

CE1.2 Relate the shapes, dimensions and qualities represented in the plane with the required machining procedures to obtain them.

CE1.3 Identify the machines and the means of work required to obtain, by means of the machining process the product represented in the manufacturing plans.

C2: Develop the machining process, ordering operations according to the production sequence, relating each operation to the machines, means of production, control and verification tools, parameters and specifications.

CE2.1 Describe the method of obtaining the various geometric shapes by abrasion, electroerosion and special procedures (cylinders, cones, holes, profiles, grooves, prisms, threads, among others).

CE2.2 Specify the parts fastening tools and the mooring procedure and focused on the main machining operations by abrasion, electroerosion and special procedures and, if necessary, performing the sketch The use of the tool to reduce tie times and position.

CE2.3 Identify the different verification means applicable to the control of the forms obtained by machining.

CE2.4 Describe the fundamental characteristics of the tools of abrasion, electroerosion and special procedures and relate them to their applications, as well as with their procedure of fastening and setting.

CE2.5 Calculate the cutting parameters, (cutting speeds, advances, pulse time, current intensity, among others) taking into account the variables that affect the machining (material of the piece, material of the tool, surface quality, tolerance, type and operating conditions, among others.

CE2.6 Describe in a process sheet (stages, phases, operations, operation sketches, control instruments, cutting tools, cutting parameters, among others) the work procedure to obtain a piece by abrasion, electroerosion and special procedures, based on the graphical information gathered at the manufacturing plane.

C3: Determine the cost of a machining operation according to the price of the factors involved in the operation, estimating the time required to perform it.

CE3.1 Interpret non-productive time allocation tables for machining operations.

CE3.2 Interpret catalogs and commercial offerings related to materials and tools that are involved in the process of machining the chip-in.

CE3.3 Set the relationships that exist between the variables involved in the machining time (speed, space, among others).

CE3.4 Establish the relationships that exist between the variables involved in the cost of machining (cutting time, unproductive time, cost of materials, labor cost, cost of tools, indirect costs, between other).

CE3.5 Calculate the machining cost of the part described in the previous realization.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C2 complete.

Other capabilities:

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Demonstrate some autonomy in solving small contingencies related to their activity.

Act quickly in problematic situations and not just wait.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Adapt to the organization, its organizational and technological changes, as well as new situations or contexts.

Contents:

1. Manufacturing plans

Symbology, normalization, views, cuts, sections, tolerances.

Croking.

2. Tools for grinding, electro-erosioning and special machining

Cutting functions, shapes, and geometries.

Materials for tools (muels, electrodes, among others).

Tools elements, components, and structures.

Wear and life of the tool.

Tools and auxiliary elements to manufacture: useful for fastening, useful for verification.

3. Machining technology

Forms and qualities of parts.

Grinding, electro-eroded, and special mechanized operations.

4. Machining processes

Process Sheet. Instructions sheets. Formats.

Calculation of cut parameters in the different grinding, electro-eroded, and special mechanized operations.

5. Machining costs

Calculation of manufacturing times. Cutting times for different machining operations, preparation time, manual operations time, unexpected times.

Machining cost.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the determination of machining processes by abrasion, electroerosion and special procedures, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 2: PREPARATION AND PROGRAMMING OF MACHINES AND SYSTEMS FOR ABRASION, ELECTROEROSION AND SPECIAL

Level: 2

Code: MF0093_2

Associated with UC: Preparing machines and systems for machining by abrasion, electroerosion and special procedures

Duration: 260 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Prepare and develop machines, equipment and tools for machining by abrasion, electroerosion and special, taking into account the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CE1.1 Apply parts marking and marking procedures, skillfully manipulating the elements and adopting appropriate security measures.

CE1.2 Describe the functions and types of tools, accessories and organs of machines and manufacturing systems by abrasion, electroerosion and special.

CE1.3 Explain the process of mounting and regulating parts, accessories, and tools.

CE1.4 Cropping the special tools that are necessary for the attachment of parts and tools as well as the special tools.

CE1.5 Describe first-level maintenance operations (grease, cooling, cleaning, belt tensioning, general assistance, among others) and the elements that require them (filters, greasers, protections, supports, among others).

CE1.6 In a practical scenario of preparing machines for machining by abrasion, electroerosion and special procedures, characterized by process and technical documentation:

-Select the tools and tools described in the Process and/or Numerical Control Program (CNC) program.

-Verify levels.

-Mount the selected tools, toolholders, and tools.

-Mount the useful slide and align.

-Verify and adjust pressures, flow rates, among others, according to the piece to be machined.

-Adjust cutting parameters and mechanize useful slides (soft claws).

-Amaral part.

-Load Numeric Control Program Per Machining (CNC) Computer.

-Set the zeros of the Numeric Control program by Computer (CNC).

-graphically simulate and empty the Computer Numeric Control (CNC) program and adjust program.

-Optimize the machining by correcting the Numerical Control program (CNC) or the machining parameters.

C2: Develop Numerical Control Programs (CNC) for the manufacture of abrasion, electroerosion and special parts.

CE2.1 Relate the characteristic functions of the Numerical Control (CNC) languages with the machining operations by abrasion, electroerosion and special.

CE2.2 Explain the transmission and storage systems of information used in Numeric Control by Computer (CNC).

CE2.3 Perform Computer Numeric Control (CNC) programs by sequencing and coding operations from the plane and process.

CE2.4 Verify program syntax.

CE2.5 Load program on machine.

CE2.6 Detect defects in the simulation by correcting them and optimizing what is possible.

C3: Analyze and relate manufacturing ancillary processes (parts feeding, tools, emptying or filling of deposits, waste disposal, among others), with both manual and automatic techniques and means employees in the machining by abrasion, electroerosion and special procedures.

CE3.1 Describe handling techniques, storage transport, among others, used in manufacturing processes.

CE3.2 Identify the elements used in the automation of manufacturing processes.

CE3.3 Describe the means used for the automation of feeding machines (robots, manipulators, among others) explaining the function of: structural elements, kinematic chains, compressors, hydraulic pumps, control elements, actuators (engines, cylinders, tweezers, among others), information sensors.

Ce3.4 Elaborate manufacturing process flow diagrams.

C4: Adapting control programs for automatic parts power systems and auxiliary manufacturing operations (handling and cooling, fluid maintenance, among others), taking into account the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CE4.1 Relate the characteristic functions of the PLC languages and robots with the operations to be performed with the auxiliary manufacturing equipment.

CE4.2 Explain the transmission and storage systems of information used in the programming of PLC's and robots.

CE4.3 In a practical machine-feeding scenario, characterized by the use of PLC's and robots:

-Set the sequence of moves.

-Identify the variables to be controlled (pressure, force, speed, among others).

-Perform the corresponding flowcharts.

-Perform the PLC control program and the robot.

C5: Operate with the various organs (tires, hydraulic, electrical, programmable, among others) involved in handling, transport and feeding, acting on the elements of regulation, taking into account the applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CE5.1 Explain the adjustable variables in the auxiliary manufacturing processes (force, pressure, speed, among others) relating them to the elements that act on them (tires, hydraulic and electrical).

CE5.2 Describe the techniques of regulation and verification of variables (force, speed, among others).

CE5.3 Perform first-level maintenance on handling, transport, and power systems.

CE5.4 Run the assembly and disassembly of actuators (hydraulic, pneumatic) in an orderly manner and using the appropriate means of an automatic handling system.

CE5.5 Regular the variables (force, speed, among others) for the different maneuvers of a manipulator.

CE5.6 Verify the magnitudes of the variables with the appropriate instruments (gauges, rules, tachometers, dynamometers, among others).

C6: Perform the response control of an automated system, checking the paths as well as the synchronism of movements, making the necessary measurements and taking into account the applicable rules of prevention occupational risks and environmental protection.

CE6.1 Identify the variables to be controlled in a mechanical manufacturing process that contains parts handling phases, machining operations, among others, in which pneumatic, electrical, and other elements are involved. programmable and robots.

CE6.2 Explain measurement instruments and procedures and units of measurement.

CE6.3 Measure the magnitudes of the different variables to different requests for a manipulation system.

CE6.4 Regular control elements, so that the process develops within the given tolerances.

CE6.5 Verify the trajectories of the mobile elements and proceed to modify them to avoid unnecessary displacements.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.6; C2 complete; C4 with respect to CE4.3; C6 complete.

Other capabilities:

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Demonstrate some autonomy in solving small contingencies related to their activity.

Act quickly in problematic situations and not just wait.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Adapt to organization, organizational and technological changes as well as new situations or contexts.

Contents:

1. The layout

Technical, useful, and precautions.

2. Part and tool tie operations

Focused and/or reference on electroerosion and special abrasion machining processes.

Prerequisite cutting tools and tools.

3. First level maintenance and maintenance of the machine tool by abrasion, electroerosion and special.

Settings.

Grease.

Levels of liquids.

Release of waste, among others.

4. Numeric Control by Computer (CNC)

Languages.

Numeric Control Programming by Computer (CNC).

Load of programs on machine.

Program simulation.

5. Setting and setting of machines with mechanical and electro-neutral hydraulic automatisms

Handling, transport, and storage media. Semi-automatic (electro-neutral-hydraulic). Automatic (manipulators, robots).

6. Automated system programming

Flow diagram.

Programming language (robots, PLC's).

Simulation.

7. Automated system tuning and tuning

Regulatory elements (tires, hydraulic, electrical, among others).

Control parameters (speed, travel, time, among others).

Verification tools (stopwatch, gauge, flowmeter, among others).

8. Applicable rules on safety and the environment

Applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards in the preparation of machines.

Applicable regulations for the protection of the environment in the preparation of machines.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the preparation of machines and systems for machining by abrasion, electroerosion and special procedures, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 3: MACHINING BY ABRASION, ELECTROEROSION AND SPECIAL PROCEDURES

Level: 2

Code: MF0094_2

Associated with UC: Mechanizing products by abrasion, electroerosion, and special procedures

Duration: 210 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Operate the machine tools for machining by abrasion, achieving the specified characteristics, taking into account the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CE1.1 In one or more practical scenarios of cylindrical grinding and flat grinding, characterized by the manufacturing plans and the preformed part:

-Select and point to the cutting tool.

-Select and enter the process conditions from technical documentation into the machine.

-Perform the manoeuvres corresponding to the mounting, mooring, and taking of references of a part.

-Perform the maneuvers for process execution.

-Analyze the differences between the defined and the observed process, identifying those due to the tools and the machine's cutting conditions according to the observed deviations from the process defined.

CE1.2 In a practical assumption of maintenance of machining machines by abrasion, characterized by the maintenance manual of the same:

-Identify items that require maintenance.

-Perform use or first-level maintenance operations (greasing, cleaning, among others).

C2: Operate the machine tools for machining by special procedures (electroerosion, ultrasounds, plasma, among others), achieving the specified characteristics, taking into account the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CE2.1 In a practical case of electroerosion machining, characterized by the manufacturing plans and the technical information of the required process:

-Interpret plans and specifications by identifying different operations in the process.

-Select starting material based on the product requested.

-Select tools and tools.

-Select regulatory and control parameters.

-Place the tools and tools on the machines by adjusting the parameters (cutting angles, depth, past, among others).

-Assign the parameters (dimension, speed, alignment, pressure, among others) to the machines based on the technical data and/or type of machining.

-Detect improprieties in the machining parameters.

-Locate shape deviations or dimensions of the part.

-Correct references and/or tools to improve the product.

-Operate the machine within the security rules.

CE2.2 In a practical case of maintenance of machining machines by special procedures, characterized by the maintenance manual of the same:

-Identify items that require maintenance.

-Perform use or first-level maintenance operations (greasing, cleaning, among others).

C3: Adapting Numerical Control Programs (CNC) for the manufacture of mechanical parts, modifying the technological variables.

CE3.1 In a practical scenario of program adaptation Numeric Control by Computer (CNC), characterized by the information of the actual process and by the program of Numeric Control by Computer (CNC):

-Check that the program's technological variables correspond to the manufacturing order.

-Perform the 'simulation' of the piece processing process by adjusting the required parameters.

-Check the coordinates of the part and the 'zero machine' and 'zero part' position, correcting them, if any, to minimize paths and times.

-Check that the tools are the specific in the manufacturing order, as well as their operational status.

-Check that the part is tied correctly, as well as its position with respect to the machine.

-Mechanize a first piece by checking the specifications of the part plane and correcting, if any, the errors detected.

-Screen the operation process, resolving the contingencies that occurred.

-Modify the variables in order to adapt the program to the manufacture of similar and/or unitary parts.

C4: Apply verification procedures for the control of machined parts by abrasion and special procedures (laser, plasma, electroerosion, ultrasounds, among others).

CE4.1 Describe the measurement and verification tools relating to your applications.

CE4.2 Measure and verify the parts using the appropriate measuring instruments (measuring probes, breast rules, templates, profile projectors, rugosimeter, among others).

CE4.3 Perform the measurement of various parameters (dimensions, surface status, among others) by employing appropriate instruments and according to established procedures.

CE4.4 Compare the results obtained with the specifications, in order to verify compliance with the specifications and, if necessary, correct deviations.

C5: Adopt the necessary preventive measures based on the risks arising from the execution of the machining operations by abrasion and special procedures (laser, plasma, electroerosion, among others).

CE5.1 Identify the risks and level of danger posed by the handling of the various materials, products, hand tools, tools and machines, means of transport used for machining by abrasion and special.

CE5.2 Describe security elements (presence sensors, speed limiters, pressure safety valves, alarms, among others) of machines, as well as systems (barriers, bimonthly drives, screens spray-suppression systems, anti-fire systems, among others) and personal protective equipment (gloves, eye protection, clothing, among others) to be used in the various abrasion and special machining operations.

CE5.3 In one or more practical scenarios of machining by abrasion, electroerosion and special procedures, characterized by the operations to be performed, environment, material and means to be used:

-Describe the required security conditions in the preparation and commissioning operations of the machines used in the abrasion and special machining.

-Establish the security and precaution measures to be taken based on the specific rules and instructions applicable to different abrasion and special machining operations.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 complete; C2 complete; C3 complete; C5 with respect to CE5.3.

Other capabilities:

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Demonstrate some autonomy in solving small contingencies related to their activity.

Act quickly in problematic situations and not just wait.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Adapt to the organization, its organizational and technological changes, as well as new situations or contexts.

Contents:

1. The phenomenon of abrasion

Capabilities and limitations for obtaining forms.

Piece and tool tie systems.

2. Risk in handling equipment and machines

The machines for abrasion.

Types, forms obtainable, and precisions.

Structure and constituent elements.

3. Electroerosion machines

Types, forms obtainable, and precisions.

Structure and constituent elements.

Usage procedures.

4. Finishing operations

Procedures (polished, branded, lapsed, among others).

5. Other procedures for obtaining forms

Introduction of Numeric Control Programs (CNC).

Programming and program transfer peripherals.

Transfer and load of programs.

6. Applicable rules on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection

Applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational hazards in machining.

Applicable regulations for the protection of the environment in machining.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the machining of products by abrasion, electroerosion and special procedures, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

ANNEX IV

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION: MACHINING BY CUTTING AND SHAPING

Professional Family: Mechanical Manufacturing

Level: 2

Code: FME034_2

General Competition

Perform the operations of the machining processes by cutting, shaping and related special procedures, controlling the products obtained and taking responsibility for the maintenance of the first level of the machines and equipment, with criteria of quality, safety and respect for the environment.

Competition Units

UC0095_2: Determine the machining processes by cutting and shaping

UC0096_2: Prepare and program machines and systems for machining by cutting and shaping

UC0097_2: Mechanizing products by cutting, shaping, and related special procedures

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its professional activity in the production department, dedicated to mechanical manufacturing, in entities of a mainly private nature, in companies of any size, both self-employed and employed, with independence from its legal form. It develops its activity, depending on its case, functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. You may have staff in your position at times, for seasons or in a stable way. The principles of universal accessibility are applied in the development of professional activity in accordance with the applicable regulations.

Productive Sectors

It is located in the sector of metal processing industries, metallurgy subsectors, metal products manufacturing, machinery construction and mechanical equipment and transport equipment.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs

The terms of the following relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomprensivo character of women and men.

Machine-tool adjusters and operators

Cutting and shaping machine operators

CNC Machine Tool Programmers in Plant

Associated Training (570 hours)

Training Modules

MF0095_2: Cutting and shaping machining procedures (120 hours)

MF0096_2: Preparing and programming machines and cutting and shaping systems (240 hours)

MF0097_2: Cutting, conformed, and special procedures (210 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: DETERMINE MACHINING PROCESSES BY CUTTING AND SHAPING

Level: 2

Code: UC0095_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Get the technical information for manufacturing, starting from the plane of the piece and the manufacturing plane.

CR 1.1 The type, characteristics and starting dimensions of the material to be used are identified in the technical documentation.

CR 1.2 Thermal and surface treatments are identified in the manufacturing plane, for subsequent application, guaranteeing the required properties of the part.

CR 1.3 The shape and dimensions of the piece and the geometric, surface or other tolerances, which delimit the piece to be machined, are identified in the manufacturing plane.

CR 1.4 The surfaces and reference elements for machining are identified in the manufacturing plane.

RP 2: Establish the machining process from cutting and technical specifications, ensuring the feasibility of machining and optimizing time and cost.

CR 2.1 The machining phases are set according to the geometry of the part.

CR 2.2 Cutting tools are determined according to the geometry of the piece and the type of material.

CR 2.3 Measurement instruments are selected based on permitted tolerances.

CR 2.4 The machining operations are determined according to the starting material and the quality of the parts to be obtained, as well as depending on the type of machine to be used.

CR 2.5 The devices for the transport and handling of parts are determined according to the dimensions and weight of the parts and according to safety criteria.

CR 2.6 The machining parameters (speed, stroke rate, advancement, depth, among others) are selected according to the material and the characteristics of the part to be machined, as well as the tools of cut and conformed (type, material, among others).

CR 2.7 The work process variables are determined based on the results of the calculations performed.

RP 3: Select the tools and tools required for machining, depending on the type of part and the machining process.

CR 3.1 Tools and tools are selected based on the type of material, required quality and availability of the equipment.

CR 3.2 Tools and tools are chosen by applying savings criteria in terms of costs and operating times.

RP 4: Determine the necessary tools for the attachment of parts and tools, ensuring the feasibility, optimizing the process and meeting the established cost objectives.

CR 4.1 The use of the tool is performed according to the established graphical representation rules.

CR 4.2 The tooling is defined from the manufacturing plans, depending on the operations of the process and based on cost savings and manufacturing time criteria.

CR 4.3 The tooling is defined taking into account speed and safety criteria in the disassembly and assembly operations.

Professional context:

Production media:

Process sheets, Computer-specific computer-assisted manufacturing applications.

Products and results:

Machining processes by cutting and shaping: die-cutting, punching, bending, folding and related processes. Wits of tools. Machining times.

Information used or generated:

Planes. Process sheets. Machine manuals and accessories. Cutting parameters. Tool catalogs. Prices and prices of materials and resources. Cutting and shaping processes.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: PREPARE AND SCHEDULE MACHINES AND SYSTEMS TO PROCEED TO MACHINING BY CUTTING AND SHAPING

Level: 2

Code: UC0096_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Mounting tools and tie-up systems in accordance with the established process and applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 Tools and tools are prepared according to the characteristics of the operation to be performed, the tolerances to be achieved and the profitability of the operation.

CR 1.2 The tools for the assembly of the useful are selected according to the characteristics of the useful, the clamping elements and the torque to be applied.

CR 1.3 The tools and tools are in good condition of sharpening and preservation, ensuring the quality of the machining and the safety of the operation.

CR 1.4 The tool, tool holder and tool for fastening parts are regulated according to the operation to be carried out, the manufacturer's specifications and taking into account the different qualities of sheet metal to be transformed, the types of lubricants to be used and the tests performed.

CR 1.5 The transport and lifting elements are chosen, depending on the characteristics of the material to be transported and used according to the safety standards.

RP 2: Mounting the accessories or devices to mechanize or power the machines according to the manufacturing order and the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards.

CR 2.1 The assembly of the accessories or devices is performed according to the manufacturer's instructions and in accordance with applicable safety standards.

CR 2.2 The lubrication and cooling elements are maintained under conditions of use, ensuring security during the process.

CR 2.3 The machine power devices are placed and regulated by ensuring process achievement and security.

CR 2.4 Process parameters (displacement speed, flow rate, pressure, among others) are regulated according to the technical specifications of the process.

CR 2.5 The variables (speed, force, pressure, among others) are verified using the required instruments, depending on both the variable and its magnitude.

CR 2.6 The PLC or the robot program is checked, verifying that it responds to the technical specifications of the process (sequence, fastening parameters, speeds, among others) and has the correct syntax for the equipment to be scheduling.

RP 3: Perform the Numeric Control Program (CNC) program, starting with the order and manufacturing process.

CR 3.1 The CNC program is established taking into account the chronological order of the operations, the tools to be used, the operating parameters, and the trajectories.

CR 3.2 Machine programming is performed based on the type of machining, type of tool, speed of work, efforts, and type of machining material.

CR 3.3 The path of the tool is programmed taking into account the machining strategy.

CR 3.4 The program simulation or program test is performed to check that the machining is viable and that it develops in a logical sequence.

CR 3.5 The CNC program is introduced into the machine via the peripheral devices or transferred from the computer.

RP 4: Perform first-level maintenance of equipment and facilities, according to the manual of instructions and applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 4.1 The measurement and control elements of the equipment and installations are verified during operation to check the accuracy of the measurement.

CR 4.2 The damaged or worn-out elements are replaced after the observation of the parameters of the elements indicating such wear or tear.

CR 4.3 The amenable elements are lubricated with the established periodicity.

CR 4.4 Lubricant deposits are maintained between the maximum and minimum levels, using the lubricants of the established characteristics.

Professional context:

Production media:

Programming equipment and computer-specific applications of machining. CNC communication peripherals. Preparation, cutting and special tools. Hand tools. Instruments of metrology. Transport and maintenance elements. Automatic feeding systems. Robots and handlers.

Products and results:

Machining machines programmed by CNC. Machine tools prepared for unit production or small series; automatic machine tools prepared and programmed for medium or large series. Manufacturing systems prepared for machining purposes.

Information used or generated:

Manufacturing plans. Catalogues of material and tools. Machine manuals and accessories. Process instructions. Programming instructions. Instructions for maintenance and use. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: MECHANIZE PRODUCTS BY CUTTING, SHAPING AND RELATED SPECIAL PROCEDURES

Level: 2

Code: UC0097_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Montar, centering and aligning, parts on tools, complying with applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 The piece is mounted on the holding tool, ensuring its mooring and avoiding damage, depending on the shape and dimensions of the piece and the machining process to which it is to be subjected.

CR 1.2 Parts and useful are cleaned to allow full contact of both and the exact positioning of the parts.

CR 1.3 The piece focuses and aligns on the tooling with the required accuracy in the process.

CR 1.4 The transport and lifting elements are selected according to the characteristics of the material to be transported and used in safety conditions.

RP 2: Lying the tools or cutting tools according to established procedures, complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 2.1 The machining parameters (speed, advance, depth, among others) are adjusted according to the process, tool material to sharpen and the muela used.

CR 2.2 Cutting angles are carved according to the material that the tool works and the manufacturer's specifications are met.

CR 2.3 The sharpening is done within the useful life of the tools and in security conditions.

RP 3: Perform manual finishing operations, in cutting and shaping tools, based on the observation of the behavior of the same in the process, complying with the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 3.1 The tools (die, cutting tool, folding tool, among others) are verified by performing the die-cut or related tests necessary for proper execution.

CR 3.2 The status of the matrices is reviewed by ensuring the fluidity and quality of the veneer.

CR 3.3 Adjustment operations are performed according to the dimensional defect or in the form observed in the die tests and taking into account the different qualities of sheet metal to be transformed and the types of lubricants to use.

CR 3.4 The shaping tool is corrected by performing manual finishing operations (liming, grinding, polishing, among others) or by ordering the relevant machining operations, to restore its functionality.

CR 3.5 Test pieces are processed by verifying the behavior of the useful and, if applicable, it is adjusted again.

RP 4: Operate the machining machines, controlling the cutting, bending, bending, drawing and extrusion process, varying the parameters to achieve the required quality, starting with the established process and complying with the regulations applicable to the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 4.1 Machines and tools are handled accurately, effectively, and in compliance with safety standards.

CR 4.2 The tools or tools are ready-made with the periodicity set, in order to ensure the quality of production.

CR 4.3 The part and the tool are lubricated during the process, taking into account the material of the part and the operating conditions.

CR 4.4 The diameter of the punch, the rounding of the die and the punch and the set between the matrix and punch are controlled with the periodicity established according to the useful life specifications thereof.

CR 4.5 The product obtained conforms to the shape and technical specifications established.

CR 4.6 First-level maintenance tasks for machines, installations or equipment are carried out according to maintenance records and in compliance with environmental standards.

RP 5: Dimensionally verify the mechanized products according to the control plan, to ensure the quality of the products, complying with the internal rules of work.

CR 5.1 The calibration of the instruments is checked, ensuring the accuracy of the measurement.

CR 5.2 The verification instruments are selected based on the characteristics of the part and the technical specifications of the product.

CR 5.3 The verification is performed according to the procedures established in the internal rules of work.

Professional context:

Production media:

Shaping machines such as: punching, folding, sausage, etc. Special machining machines such as: laser, water jet, among others. Tools of conformed and special. Standard and special accessories for machining. Manual and electrical tools (limes, electroeserilators, among others). Measurement and control elements.

Products and results:

Mechanized products by cutting and shaping different materials, shapes and finishes.

Information used or generated:

Planes. Manufacturing orders. Technical specifications. Control guidelines. Regulations for the Prevention of Labour and Environmental Risks. Control instructions. Quality parameters in the machining. Maintenance instructions for use. Cutting and shaping procedures.

TRAINING MODULE 1: MACHINING PROCEDURES BY CUTTING AND SHAPING

Level: 2

Code: MF0095_2

Associate with UC: Determine the machining processes by cutting and shaping

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Analyze the technical information about the product to be machined, to determine the material, starting dimensions, machining phases, machines, and necessary means.

CE1.1 Interpret the graphical information (symbology, normalized elements, views, cuts, sections, details, cotas, among others) of the manufacturing planes that allow the description of the machining processes.

CE1.2 Relate the shapes, dimensions and qualities represented in the plane with the required machining procedures to obtain them.

CE1.3 Identify the machines and the means of work required to obtain, by cutting and shaping, the product represented in the manufacturing plans.

C2: Describe the machining process, ordering operations according to the production sequence, relating each operation to the machines, means of production, control and verification tools, parameters and specifications.

CE2.1 Describe the method of obtaining the various geometrical shapes by cutting and shaping (holes, profiles, angles, grooves, sausages, folding, among others).

CE2.2 Specify the parts fastening tools and the mooring and centered procedure used in the main machining operations by cutting and shaping and, if necessary, making the use of the tool to reduce tie times and positioned.

CE2.3 Identify the different verification means applicable to the control of the forms obtained by machining.

CE2.4 Describe the fundamental characteristics of cutting and shaping tools and relate them to their applications, as well as their clamping and adjustment procedure.

CE2.5 Determine the cutting parameters, (cutting speeds, cadences, pressure among others) taking into account the variables that affect the machining (material of the piece, material of the tool, surface quality, tolerance, type and operating conditions).

CE2.6 Describe in a process sheet (stages, phases, operations, operation sketches, control instruments, cutting tools, cutting parameters) the working procedure to obtain a piece by cut and conformed, from the graphical information gathered at the manufacturing plane.

C3: Determine the cost of a machining operation according to the price of the factors involved in the operation, estimating the time required to perform it.

CE3.1 Interpret non-productive time allocation tables for machining operations.

CE3.2 Interpret catalogs and commercial offerings related to materials and tools that are involved in the machining process by cutting and shaping.

CE3.3 Set the relationships that exist between the variables that are involved in the machining time (speed, space, among others).

CE3.4 Establish the relationships that exist between the variables involved in the cost of machining (cutting time, unproductive time, cost of materials, labor cost, cost of tools, indirect costs, between other).

CE3.5 Calculate the machining cost of the part described in the previous realization.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C2 complete.

Other capabilities:

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Demonstrate some autonomy in solving small contingencies related to their activity.

Act quickly in problematic situations and not just wait.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Adapt to the organization, its organizational and technological changes, as well as new situations or contexts.

Contents:

1. Manufacturing plans

Symbology, normalization, views, cuts, sections, tolerances, among others.

Croking.

2. Cutting and shaping

Operation of machine tools for cutting and forming sheet metal.

Cutting and shaping procedures.

Forms and qualities that are obtained with the cutting and shaping machines.

3. Tools and auxiliary elements for manufacturing

Clamping useful.

Verification tools.

4. Machining processes

Process Sheet. Instructions sheets. Formats.

Calculation of cut parameters on different machine tools.

5. Machining costs

Calculation of manufacturing times: cutting times of different machining operations, preparation time, manual operations time, unexpected times, among others.

Machining cost.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the determination of machining processes by cutting and shaping, which will be accredited by one of the following two ways:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 2: PREPARATION AND PROGRAMMING OF CUTTING AND SHAPING MACHINES AND SYSTEMS

Level: 2

Code: MF0096_2

Associate with UC: Prepare and program machines and systems to proceed to machining by cutting and shaping

Duration: 240 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Apply the techniques that allow the preparation and development of the machines, equipment and tools for making the cutting and shaping, taking into account the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CE1.1 Apply parts marking and marking procedures, skillfully manipulating the elements and adopting the established security measures.

CE1.2 Describe the functions and types of tools, accessories and organs of the machines and manufacturing systems by cutting, shaping and special.

CE1.3 Explain the process of mounting and regulating parts, accessories, and tools.

CE1.4 Describe first-level maintenance operations (greasing, cooling, cleaning, belt tensioning, general assistance, among others) and the elements that require them (filters, greasers, protections, supports, among others).

CE1.5 In a practical scenario of preparing machines to proceed to the machining, from the process and the technical documentation, taking into account the safety measures and with the required quality:

-Select the tools and tools described in the CNC process and/or program.

-Mount the useful, tool-holder, selected tools, and the useful slide if appropriate.

-Verify and whether flow pressures and cutting factors should be adjusted, according to the piece to be machined.

-Mount part on the useful slide.

-Regulate tool.

-Load machining CNC program, setting the zeros of the CNC program and simulating graphics and vacuum the CNC program.

-Verify, and if appropriate, set the required modifications to the CNC program or tools data.

C2: Develop CNC programs for punching or folding.

CE2.1 Relate the features of CNC languages with machining operations by cutting and shaping, identifying the codes associated with them.

CE2.2 Explain the transmission and storage systems of information used in CNC.

CE2.3 Perform CNC programs by sequencing and coding operations from the plane and process.

CE2.4 Verify program syntax.

CE2.5 Load program on machine.

CE2.6 Detect defects in the simulation by correcting them and optimizing what is possible.

C3: Relating the manufacturing auxiliary processes (parts feeding, tools, emptying/filling of deposits, waste disposal), with both manual and automatic techniques and means.

CE3.1 Describe the techniques of handling, transport, storage, among others, used in manufacturing processes.

CE3.2 Interpreting the technical information that comes with a process.

CE3.3 Identify the elements used in the automation of manufacturing processes.

CE3.4 Describe the means used for the automation of feeding machines (robots, manipulators, among others) explaining the function of: structural elements, kinematic chains, compressors, hydraulic pumps, control elements, actuators (engines, cylinders, tweezers, among others) and information sensors.

CE3.5 Elaborate manufacturing process flow diagrams.

C4: Adapting control programs for automatic parts power systems and auxiliary manufacturing operations (handling and cooling, fluid maintenance, among others).

CE4.1 Relate the characteristic functions of the PLC languages and robots with the operations to be performed with the auxiliary manufacturing equipment.

CE4.2 Explain the transmission and storage systems of information used in the programming of PLC's and robots.

CE4.3 In a convenient machine-feeding scenario, in which PLC's and robots are used:

-Set the sequence of moves.

-Identify the variables to be controlled (pressure, force, speed, among others).

-Perform the corresponding flowcharts.

-Perform the PLC control program and the robot.

C5: Operate with the various organs (tires, hydraulic, electrical, programmable, among others) involved in handling, transport and feeding, acting on the elements of regulation, taking into account the applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CE5.1 Explain the adjustable variables in the auxiliary manufacturing processes (force, pressure, speed, among others) relating them to the elements that act on them (tires, hydraulic and electrical).

CE5.2 Describe the techniques of regulation and verification of variables (force, speed, among others).

CE5.3 Describe first-level maintenance on handling, transport, and power systems.

CE5.4 Run the assembly and disassembly of actuators (hydraulic, pneumatic) in an orderly manner and using the appropriate means of an automatic handling system.

CE5.5 Regular the variables (force, speed, among others) for the different maneuvers of a manipulator.

CE5.6 Verify the magnitudes of the variables with the appropriate instruments (gauges, rules, tachometers, dynamometers, among others).

C6: Perform the response control of an automated system, checking the trajectories as well as the synchronism of movements, making the necessary measurements and taking into account the applicable rules of prevention job risks.

CE6.1 Identify the variables to be controlled in a mechanical manufacturing process that contains parts handling phases, machining operations, among others, in which pneumatic, electrical, and other elements are involved. programmable and robots.

CE6.2 Explain measurement instruments and procedures and units of measurement.

CE6.3 Measure the magnitudes of the different variables to different requests for a manipulation system.

CE6.4 Regular control elements, so that the process develops within the given tolerances.

CE6.5 Verify the trajectories of the mobile elements and proceed to modify them to avoid unnecessary displacements.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.5; C2 complete; C4 with respect to CE4.3.

Other capabilities:

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Demonstrate some autonomy in solving small contingencies related to their activity.

Act quickly in problematic situations and not just wait.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Adapt to the organization, its organizational and technological changes, as well as new situations or contexts.

Contents:

1. The layout

Technical, useful, and precautions.

2. Part and tool tie operations

Focused and/or reference on machining processes by cutting and shaping.

Running the same.

3. Preservation and maintenance of the first level of the cutting and shaping machinery

Settings.

Grease.

Levels of liquids.

Release of waste, among others.

4. CNC

CNC languages.

CNC programming punching, folding.

Introduction of programs on machine.

Program simulation.

5. Setting and setting of machines with mechanical and electro-neutral hydraulic automatisms

Prerequisite cutting tools and tools.

Handling, transport, and storage media. Semi-automatic (electro-neutral-hydraulic). Automatics (manipulators, robots, among others).

6. Means of handling, transport and storage

Semi-Automatic (electro-neutral-hydraulic).

Automatic (manipulators, robots, among others).

7. Automated system programming

Flow diagram.

Programming language (robots and PLC's).

Modification of programs.

Simulation.

8. Automated system tuning and tuning

Regulatory organs (tires, hydraulic, electrical, among others).

Control parameters (speed, travel, time, among others).

Verification tools (presostat, flowmeter, among others).

9. Applicable rules on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection

Applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards in the preparation of machines.

Applicable environmental protection regulations in the preparation of machines.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the preparation and programming of machines and systems for machining by cutting and shaping, which will be accredited by one of the following two ways:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 3: MACHINING BY CUTTING, SHAPING AND SPECIAL PROCEDURES

Level: 2

Code: MF0097_2

Associated with UC: Mechanizing products by cutting, shaping, and related special procedures

Duration: 210 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Apply finishing procedures to adjust shaping useful (troquels, folding tools, among others), taking into account the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CE1.1 Describe the most common defects in sheet metal processing and the causes that cause them.

CE1.2 Describe the procedures (operations, equipment, tools, among others) used in the adjustment of the cutting and shaping tools (dies, plegors, sausages, among others).

CE1.3 In a scenario of die-cut, characterized by the delivery of a defective tool:

-Perform the required finishing operations to stamp the part.

-Verify that the part meets the tolerances specified in the manufacturing plane.

C2: Operate the machine tools for cutting and shaping, achieving the specified characteristics, taking into account the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CE2.1 In a practical case of die-cutting, punching or folding and starting from the production plans:

-Select and make the cut or conformed useful.

-Select and enter the process conditions from technical documentation into the machine.

-Perform the maneuvers for mounting, tying, and taking a part's reference.

-Place the tools and tools on the machines by adjusting them.

-Perform the maneuvers for process execution.

-Analyze the differences between the defined and the observed process, identifying those due to the tools and the machine's cutting conditions according to the observed deviations from the process defined.

CE2.2 In a convenient maintenance scenario of one or more machines, characterized by the maintenance tab and other technical documentation deemed appropriate:

-Identify items that require maintenance.

-Perform use or first-level maintenance operations (greasing, cleaning, among others).

C3: Apply measurement and verification procedures for the control of mechanized parts.

CE3.1 Describe the measurement and verification tools relating to your applications.

CE3.2 Measure and verify parts using the appropriate measuring instruments.

CE3.3 Perform the measurement of various parameters (dimensions, surface status, among others) by employing specific instruments and according to established procedures.

CE3.4 Compare the results obtained with the specifications, in order to verify their compliance.

C4: Rate the risks arising from the execution of machining operations on the machines used in cutting and shaping in order to take the necessary preventive measures.

CE4.1 Identify the risks (entrapment, cutting, among others) and the level of danger posed by the manipulation of the various materials, products, hand tools, tools and machines, means of transport used in machining.

CE4.2 Describe the safety elements (protection, alarms, emergency steps, among others) of the machines, as well as the systems (starting, stopping, among others) and clothing (footwear, eye protection, etc.) (i) to be used in the various machining operations, among others.

CE4.3 From a practical machining scenario, characterized by the operations to be performed, environment, material and media to be used:

-Determine the required security conditions in the preparation and commissioning operations of the machines.

-Set the security and precaution measures to be taken based on the specific rules and instructions applicable to the different operations.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.3; C2 complete; C4 with respect to CE4.3.

Other capabilities:

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Demonstrate some autonomy in solving small contingencies related to their activity.

Act quickly in problematic situations and not just wait.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Adapt to the organization, its organizational and technological changes, as well as new situations or contexts.

Contents:

1. Cutting and shaping machine tools

Types.

Features.

Applications.

2. Parts and tool tie systems

Getting shapes by cut and shape.

Plastic deformation of metals.

3. Cutting and shaping tools

Changes in matricery and molds to correct deviations in the quality of the product obtained.

Capabilities and limitations for obtaining forms.

Other procedures for obtaining forms.

Risk in handling equipment and machines.

Normal finishing operations.

Procedures (limated, polished, branded, lapsed, among others).

4. Machining by cutting and shaping

Procedures for using the cutting and shaping tool machines.

Risks in the handling of cutting and shaping tool machines.

The wear and tear of the tools.

5. Metrology

Measurement and verification instruments.

Measurement and verification procedures.

6. Applicable rules on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection

Applicable rules on the prevention of occupational risks in the machining by cutting and shaping.

Applicable regulations for environmental protection in the machining by cutting and shaping.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the mechanisation of products by cutting, conformed and related special procedures, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

ANNEX V

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION: SUPERFICIAL TREATMENTS

Professional Family: Mechanical Manufacturing

Level: 2

Code: FME036_2

General Competition

Perform surface treatments, controlling the products obtained, as well as the operation of the equipment and facilities, taking responsibility for their first level maintenance, applying quality, safety and respect for the environment.

Competition Units

UC0102_2: Perform superficial treatments

UC0103_2: Painting and Perform Finishes

UC0104_2: Preparing the automatic process equipment and facilities for thermal and surface treatments in metal products

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its professional activity in the dedicated production department of surface treatments, in entities of a generally private nature, in companies of any size, regardless of their form legal, both as an employed person and as self-employed. It develops its activity, depending on its case, functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. You may have staff in your position at times, for seasons or in a stable way. The principles of universal accessibility are applied in the development of professional activity in accordance with the applicable regulations.

Productive Sectors

This professional qualification is located in the manufacturing industries sector, in the manufacturing of metal products and in the manufacture of plastic and composite products, in construction-related companies machinery and mechanical equipment, construction of motor vehicles and their parts, shipbuilding, construction of transport equipment and manufacture of optical precision equipment and the like.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs

The terms of the following relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomprensivo character of women and men.

Galvanizers

Rechargeable

Enamels

Pistol Metal Sprays

Surface mechanical treatment technicians

Surface treatments technicians

Surface treatment equipment and facilities preparerers

Automated system preps on site

Surface treatment equipment maintenance technicians

Surface treatment process drivers

Verifiers of finished products

Associated Training (480 hours)

Training Modules

MF0102_2: Surface treatments (180 hours)

MF0103_2: Painting and Finishes (180 hours)

MF0104_2: Auxiliary systems in metal surface and thermal treatments (120 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: PERFORM SURFACE TREATMENTS

Level: 2

Code: UC0102_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Perform surface preparation of metal, plastic and composite parts to allow for the incorporation of later treatment, according to technical specifications, in compliance with applicable regulations prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CR 1.1 The surface is conditioned according to its nature (metal, plastic, composite materials), its initial state and subsequent treatment (chromatography, abrasive cleaning, alkaline degreasing, acid deoxidizing, phosphates, masked, among others).

CR 1.2 The pickling is performed according to the base material of the piece and its thickness, by means of mechanical or chemical methods, without damage (scratches, grooves, among others) in the pieces and taking into account the thickness of the sheet.

CR 1.3 The susceptible areas of attack are masked by different methods (partial, total, interior and exterior, among others) and products (plasticized paper, adhesive tapes, templates, liquid masquerors, films) masking, among others), depending on the back surface treatment and the base material of the piece.

RP 2: Prepare the necessary equipment and facilities to perform surface treatments, applying the established process, complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 2.1 The retention of the electrodes is verified by replacing in case of deterioration, following the established guidelines.

CR 2.2 The products required for surface treatment are mixed in the vats or agitators, among others, incorporating them with the sequence and dosage established in the process sheets and taking into account the specifications. of the manufacturer.

CR 2.3 The variables in which the mixing operations are developed (temperature, concentration, PH, among others) are verified with the specified measuring instruments, correcting deviations.

CR 2.4 The handling of products, storage and storage is carried out in compliance with applicable regulations, avoiding spills, danger situations or others.

CR 2.5 The first-level maintenance operations of surface treatment equipment and facilities are performed by ensuring the proper functioning of the surface treatments.

CR 2.6 The preparation of the equipment and instruments for the control of the surface treatment facilities are carried out by calibrating them, verifying their tools and tools and controlling the parameters of the operation are in accordance with the established technical specifications.

RP 3: Perform the drawings of the necessary tools for the fastening of parts in the processes of surface treatments galvanic and chemical, ensuring the feasibility, optimizing the process and meeting the cost objectives set.

CR 3.1 The sketch is performed according to the established graphical representation rules.

CR 3.2 The sketch is fully defined, allowing the development and construction of the tool.

CR 3.3 The necessary tooling for the attachment of parts is defined taking into account the supported cost limits.

RP 4: Perform the process of galvanic and chemical treatment, according to the technical documentation, achieving the required quality and complying with the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 4.1 The electrical variables (decomposition voltage, electrical current intensity, current density, among others) are maintained within the established ranges, periodically checking their values and correcting them. deviations.

CR 4.2 The galvanic and chemical baths are analyzed periodically, remaining within the specified margins in terms of temperature, density, concentration, pH, or other.

CR 4.3 Auxiliary anodes of other materials are introduced into the bathrooms of the galvanic and chemical processes to confer the characteristics specified in the technical documentation.

CR 4.4 The parameters and operations (restlessness of the baths, thickness of the layer, continuous filtration, rinses and drying, among others) are checked during the process.

CR 4.5 The development of operations (agitation, rinsing, drying, filtration, extraction, among others) is regularly monitored and according to technical specifications.

CR 4.6 The finishing characteristics of the treated piece (brows, absence of material, layer thickness, aging tests, among others) are controlled according to procedures specified in the technical documentation, taking the measures required in case of deviations.

CR 4.7 Chemical baths are checked and controlled to ensure operation parameters: PH, temperature, time and composition, among others.

Professional context:

Production media:

Equipment and installations of mechanical surface treatments such as: granalladoras, chorreado, pulidoras, among others. Equipment and facilities for galvanic and chemical treatments, such as: electrolytic vats, agitation systems or dryers.

Products and results:

Croquis of tools. Parts treated by galvanic and chemical processes.

Information used or generated:

Planes. Rules for graphic representations. Procedures for surface treatment. Process manuals for surface treatments. Maintenance of use. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment. Technical and product specifications.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: PAINT AND FINISH

Level: 2

Code: UC0103_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Perform the surface preparation of metal, plastic and composite parts to allow for the adhesion of the subsequent treatment, according to technical specifications, complying with the applicable prevention regulations of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 The surface is conditioned according to the subsequent treatment.

CR 1.2 The areas that are not to be treated are covered by different methods (partial, total, internal and external, among others) and products (plasticised paper, adhesive tapes, templates, masking liquids, etc.). Masking films, among others), depending on the treatment and base material of the piece.

CR 1.3 Mechanical treatment (granular, deburring, polishing, abrasive cleaning, among others) is performed according to the procedure established, depending on the base material of the part, of the product to be removed and the level of This is intended to be achieved.

CR 1.4 The putty, waxes, and protection products are applied by pulverized, brush, or other, according to the established work process.

CR 1.5 The surface of plastic materials is matched with anchor or filler products, depending on the characteristics of the plastic materials.

RP 2: Prepare the necessary equipment and facilities to perform surface treatments, applying the established process and complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 2.1 Equipment and measuring instruments (scales, viscosimeters, thermometers, hygrometers, among others) are verified, checking the validity of their calibration and taking them, ensuring the accuracy of the measurement.

CR 2.2 First-level maintenance is performed, disassembled and cleaning the relevant parts; emptying the chemicals; regenerating the toilets; eliminating raw materials and contaminants; replacing damaged elements the installation relating to this level of maintenance (detectors, electrovalves, paint valves, among others).

CR 2.3 Mix operations are performed in accordance with the procedure laid down in the manufacturer's process sheet and specifications, using the stipulated means (vats, stirrers, measuring instruments, between other).

CR 2.4 The time to stabilize the mixture is adequate to adjust its viscosity and to be able to initiate treatment, establishing itself according to the material of the piece to be treated.

CR 2.5 The handling and storage of the products is carried out in compliance with the current rules.

CR 2.6 The life time of the painting is established at the time of the painting, guaranteeing the quality of the treatment.

RP 3: Perform the drawings of the necessary tools to hold parts in the paint and finish processes, ensuring the feasibility, optimizing the process and meeting the established cost objectives.

CR 3.1 The sketch is performed according to the established graphical representation rules.

CR 3.2 The sketch is fully defined, allowing the development and construction of the tool.

CR 3.3 The cost of the tooling required for the attachment of parts is defined within the allowed limits.

RP 4: Apply the treatment of the parts according to the technical documentation, achieving the required quality and complying with the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 4.1 Spray printing and finishing are performed in successive passes according to the established procedure.

CR 4.2 The timeout between application of the different layers is selected according to the technical documentation, checking that it is within the set limits.

CR 4.3 The distance between the work surface and the nozzle of the gun during the application of the primer, finish or other, is regulated according to the requirements of the technical tab.

CR 4.4 The displacement speed of the conveyor belt is regulated according to the length of the oven, so that the length of stay is established.

CR 4.5 Process parameters (application pressure, viscosity and nozzle diameter) are regulated according to the requirements of the technical tab.

CR 4.6 Tools and useful employees are dismantled and cleaned by different means (ultrasounds, immersion baths, among others), keeping them in good use and conservation.

Professional context:

Production media:

Equipment and installations of mechanical surface treatments: grainers, jets, polishing machines, among others. Equipment, installations, tools and tools for painting: machines for mastilating, ovens, grinding machines, paint booths, guns, among others.

Products and results:

Superficially treated and painted pieces.

Information used or generated:

Planes. Rules for graphic representation. Procedures for surface treatment. Process manuals for surface treatments. Maintenance of use. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment. Technical and product specifications.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: PREPARE AUTOMATIC PROCESS EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES FOR THERMAL AND SURFACE TREATMENTS IN METAL PRODUCTS

Level: 2

Code: UC0104_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Set up automatic treatment machines or installations, preparing and mounting the required mooring and accessories, according to the technical documentation and the characteristics of the system, complying with the regulations applicable to the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 The information for the configuration of machines or installations is obtained from the interpretation of the plans and technical specifications of the product or process (sequence of operations, useful employees, among others).

CR 1.2 The tools and accessories (fastening elements) are selected according to the process to be performed and according to the manufacturer's specifications for use and assembly.

CR 1.3 The assembly of the tools is performed with the required tools, ensuring their attachment, taking care of the cleaning of the supports and the good state of conservation and according to technical specifications (sequence, pairs of tightening, regulating, among others), as well as those of the manufacturer.

RP 2: Schedule equipment (PLC and robots) or treatment facilities, depending on the work process and technical requirements.

CR 2.1 The technical specifications of the program (displacements, speeds, mooring forces, among others) are obtained by interpreting the technical documentation (plans, process, manuals of use, among others).

CR 2.2 The program is performed according to the technical specifications of the process (sequence, fastening parameters, speeds, among others), adapting its syntax to the equipment to be programmed.

CR 2.3 The interaction between the auxiliary mechanical system and the machine is performed at the right time, with the lowest possible dead time and with the maximum degree of utilization.

CR 2.4 The load of the program of the robot or PLC and the operation of the system is verified by simulation or realization of a first cycle in a vacuum.

RP 3: Operate the regulatory elements of automatic treatment facilities, in accordance with the established process and complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 3.1 The movements of the regulated elements (cylinders, tweezers, motors, among others) are performed in the shortest time possible and in accordance with the safety standards.

CR 3.2 The parameters (speed, flow, pressure, among others) are regulated according to the technical specifications of the process and checking that they are within the limits allowed by the system specifications.

CR 3.3 The variables (speed, force, pressure, acceleration, among others) are verified using instruments required and previously calibrated, ensuring the reliability of the measurement.

RP 4: Perform first-level maintenance of automatic equipment and installations, according to the manual of technical instructions, complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment environment.

CR 4.1 The amenable elements are lubricated with the required periodicity, avoiding unnecessary wear.

CR 4.2 The damaged or worn-out elements are replaced safely and effectively by restoring normal operating conditions.

CR 4.3 The verification, measurement and control elements of the equipment and facilities are used according to requirements, ensuring that they are calibrated.

CR 4.4 Equipment safety conditions (equipment grounding, equipment mass, equipment electrical connections, gas network connections, among others) are maintained according to applicable regulations.

CR 4.5 Operating anomalies and detected breakdowns whose repair exceeds their level of responsibility, are promptly communicated to the person responsible.

Professional context:

Production media:

Facilities for thermal and surface treatments of metal products, plastics and composites. Transport systems, forklifts and conveyor belts. Programming consoles. PLC's, robots and manipulators. Automation elements: electrovalves, cylinders, relays, among others.

Products and results:

Ready, scheduled and regulated treatments equipment. First level maintenance performed.

Information used or generated:

Electrical, pneumatic, hydraulic, and synoptic schemes. Maintenance manuals. Process manuals for surface treatments. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment. Manufacturer's technical specifications.

TRAINING MODULE 1: SURFACE TREATMENTS

Level: 2

Code: MF0102_2

Associate with UC: Perform superficial treatments

Duration: 180 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Analyze the processes of surface treatments in metal products, plastics and composite materials, relating their phases to the means used, the superficial transformations that originate and the parameters that you have to control.

CE1.1 Identify the symbology and normalized elements represented in the plane.

CE1.2 Interpret the different views, cuts, sections, and constructive details of the plans.

CE1.3 Different types of materials and their characteristics.

CE1.4 Describe the types of surface treatment (phases, operations, products, and media), relating them to their purpose and application.

CE1.5 In a practical scenario of each of the following surface treatments: galvanizing, chemical, mechanical; characterized by the plane of the piece, the applicable standards and the technical specifications:

-Identify the shape and bounds of the zone to be treated.

-Identify the type of material, composition, and features, with the help of tables and abacos.

-Identify the critical points specified in the plane.

-Interpret the technical specifications (surface to be treated, current density, current intensity, thickness, T/E curve, material, deposition rate among others).

-Identify the treatments to be performed.

-Identify the degree of treatment penetration.

-Determine the zones to be masked.

-Specify the phases and operations of each treatment.

-Describe the facilities, equipment, and means of work required to perform the treatment.

-Set the parameters (temperature, time, speed, among others).

C2: Perform the special tools definition sketches required for the attachment of parts.

CE2.1 Relate the various representations (views, perspectives, sections, cuts, and details) with the information that you want to transmit.

CE2.2 Describe the differences between the types of functional or machining acotation.

CE2.3 In a practical scenario of applying a treatment, where it is not possible to hold the piece with conventional means:

-Propose solutions that are functional, secure and easy to achieve.

-Calculate the section of the useful.

-Confect a sketch of the chosen solution, which evidences the geometry and main measures, applying the rules of the graphical representation.

-Complete the drawing with the technical specifications that, according to the entity of the tool, are considered necessary (materials, quality, types of union, among others).

C3: Apply equipment, facilities and products preparation techniques required to perform surface treatments.

CE3.1 Describe the characteristics and principles of operation of the equipment used (ovens, installations, among others) to perform surface treatment.

CE3.2 Relating the parameters of the different equipment according to the technical data and type of surface treatments.

CE3.3 Describe anomalies or alterations, operations, and first-level maintenance systems (control of electrodes, electrovalves, career endings, detectors, valves, among others) more frequent than can give in facilities and equipment.

CE3.4 In a scenario of preparation of equipment, installations and products characterized by the plane of the part, the applicable regulations and the technical specifications:

-Identify the installations and the base material of the part.

-Identify the status of the vats (leaks, level of toilets, cleanliness, temperature, among others).

-Perform the masquerade operations, depending on the material of the part and the type of treatment to be performed, applying it to the part.

-Perform cleaning operations (pickling, degreasing, cleaning with abrasives, cleaning by rubbing, among others).

-Determine the composition and concentration of the baths, according to the technical specifications and applicable regulations.

-Determine parameters (electrical, aspirations, times, among others) according to technical specifications.

-Check the status of the filters.

-Adjust the parameters of regulation and control according to the treatment.

CE3.5 In a convenient component preparation scenario, characterized by the part plane, applicable regulations, and technical specifications:

-Determine the components and doses to be used in the preparation of the solutions, depending on the treatment and formulation established.

-Make product mixtures by using the equipment, complying with and respecting the safety and hygiene standards in the operations.

-Verify the final parameters of the resulting mixture, contrasting the results obtained with those provided in the technical tab.

-Verify the cleanup of the resulting mixtures.

C4: Operate equipment and installations of chemical surface treatments (phosphates, pavonado, nickel-chemical, cinching, chroming, among others) and galvanic (anodized, chro-hard, tanning, caded, cashed, nickel-plated, cinched, among others).

CE4.1 Relate the different types of chemical surface treatments with the parameters to be controlled and the base material of the piece according to the purpose and field of application.

CE4.2 Relating the different galvanized treatments with the parameters (electrical current, thickness, adhesion, weight of the particle, among others) that are to be controlled and the material of the piece according to the purpose and application field.

CE4.3 Explain the most common typical defects that occur in parts treated in both chemical and galvanic processes.

CE4.4 In a practical case of surface treatment of nickel by the chemical process, characterized by the plane of the piece, the applicable regulations, the technical specifications and the piece to be treated:

-Clean the part according to the requirements of the nickel treatment.

-Identify the parameters applicable to the treatment (temperature, composition and time of the baths).

-Run the operations required to perform the nickel.

-Perform control (bakes, absence of material, layer depth, resistance to the saline mist chamber, among others) in the nickel-plated part.

CE4.5 In a practical scenario of surface treatment of cinching by the galvanizing procedure, characterized by the plane of the piece, the applicable regulations and the technical specifications and the piece to be treated:

-Clean the piece according to the requirements of the cinching treatment.

-Identify the parameters applicable to the treatment (temperature, composition and time of the baths).

-Run the operations required to perform the cinching.

-Perform control (brillos, absence of material, layer depth, resistance to the salt mist chamber, among others) in the piece cinch.

C5: Operate the mechanical surface treatment equipment and facilities (dry, wet granalside, among others).

CE5.1 Relate the different types of mechanical surface treatments with the parameters to be controlled and the base material of the piece according to the purpose and field of application.

CE5.2 Explain the most common typical defects that occur in the jets.

CE5.3 In a practical case of dry-track granalside, characterized by the plane of the piece, the applicable regulations, the technical specifications and the piece to be treated:

-Clean the surface according to the requirements of the granside treatment.

-Check that projection guns, positioning trays, projection camera, and security elements work correctly.

-Identify and regulate projection parameters (intensity, volume, pressure and distance), length of stay, and both percent (%) of coverage applicable to treatment.

-Run the operations required to perform the granalside, using the required jet element.

-Perform surface finish control on the large part.

C6: Analyze the measures to be taken for the prevention of risks and the application of environmental standards in surface treatment processes.

CE6.1 Identify the risks of handling and storage of products (explosion, fire, contact with direct and indirect corrosive substances, intoxication, among others).

CE6.2 Identify the risks of installations (falls, particle projection, explosion, falling objects, electrical, fire, among others).

CE6.3 Identify prevention measures (storage of materials, storage of self-deprecating bottles, floor slattice, anti-slip floors, blecage system, ventilation systems, preventive maintenance, cleaning of Automatic systems, hoses with anti-static cable, pressure and humidity control, avoid manual operations, personal protection, electrical protection, regulations and specialized personnel, among others.

CE6.4 Analyze environmental regulations from the point of view of surface treatments.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.5; C2 with respect to CE2.3; C3 with respect to CE3.4 and CE3.5; C4 with respect to CE4.4 and CE4.5; C5 with respect to CE5.3.

Other capabilities:

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Demonstrate some autonomy in solving small contingencies related to their activity.

Act quickly in problematic situations and not just wait.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Adapt to the organization, its organizational and technological changes, as well as new situations or contexts.

Contents:

1. Graphical representation

Normalization and symbology.

Alotting systems.

Croquization and Schemas.

2. Metal, plastic and composite materials

Properties of the materials.

3. Cleaning procedures

Base and object.

Different types.

Products and Manipulation.

4. Masked procedures

Base and object.

Different types.

Products and Manipulation.

5. Installations and equipment

Description of installations and equipment.

Parameters.

Manipulation and throttling.

Failures and alterations.

Maintenance.

6. Surface treatments

Base and object.

Types of surface treatments.

Superficial finishes.

Application parameters.

Defect detection and evaluation.

7. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment in the processes of surface treatment

Techniques and protection elements.

Risk assessment.

Legislative and regulatory aspects.

Environmental rules.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the performance of surface treatments, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 2: PAINTING AND FINISHING

Level: 2

Code: MF0103_2

Associate to UC: Painting and Perform Finishes

Duration: 180 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Analyze the processes of painting and finishing in metal products, plastics and composite materials, relating their phases to the means used, the superficial transformations that originate and the parameters that are control.

CE1.1 Identify the symbology and normalized elements represented in the plane.

CE1.2 Distinguished the different views, cuts, sections and constructive details in the plans.

CE1.3 Different types of materials and their characteristics.

CE1.4 Describe the types of finishes (phases, operations, products, and media) relating to their purpose and application.

CE1.5 In a painted scenario, defined in the part plane, the applicable rules and the technical specifications:

-Interpret the shape and bounds of the zone to be treated.

-Identify the type of material, composition, and features with the help of tables.

-Identify the critical points specified in the plane.

-Interpret the technical specifications (surface to be treated, thickness, among others).

-Determine the zones to be masked.

-Specify the phases and operations on the painted and finished.

-Describe the facilities, equipment, and means of work required to perform the painting and finishing.

-Set the parameters (temperature, time, pressure, among others).

C2: Perform special tools definition sketches required for the attachment of parts.

CE2.1 Relate the different representations (views, perspectives, sections, cuts, among others) with the information to be transmitted.

CE2.2 Describe the differences between the types of functional or machining acotation.

CE2.3 In a painted case scenario, where a holding with conventional means is not possible, characterized by the piece and technical documentation:

-Propose solutions that are functional, secure and easy to achieve.

-Calculate the section of the useful.

-Confect a sketch of the chosen solution, which evidences the geometry and main measures, applying the rules of the graphical representation.

-Complete the drawing with the technical specifications that, according to the entity of the tool, are considered necessary (materials, quality, types of union, among others).

C3: Apply the product preparation techniques to perform the different finishes.

CE3.1 Determine the components and doses to be used in the preparation of the solutions, depending on the treatment and formulation established.

CE3.2 Make product mixtures by employing the equipment, complying with and respecting the applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection in the operations.

CE3.3 Verify the final parameters of the resulting mixture, contrasting the results obtained with those provided in the technical tab.

C4: Apply techniques to prepare painted and finished equipment and installations taking into account applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CE4.1 Describe the characteristics and operating principles of the equipment used (ovens and installations) to perform the painting.

CE4.2 Relating the parameters of the different equipment according to the technical data and type of finish.

CE4.3 Describe anomalies or alterations, operations, and first-level maintenance systems (control of electrodes, electrovalves, career endings, detectors, valves, among others) more frequent than can give on equipment and facilities.

CE4.4 In the case of equipment and plant preparation practice, characterized by the part plane, applicable regulations and technical specifications:

-Identify the installations and the base material of the part.

-Identify the state of the guns and vats (leaks, level of toilets, cleaning, temperature, among others).

-Select the masked, depending on the material of the part and the type of finish to be performed, applying it to the part.

-Perform cleaning operations (pickling, degreasing, cleaning with abrasives, cleaning by rubbing, among others).

-Determine parameters (temperature, aspirations, air pressure, among others), according to technical specifications.

-Check the status of the filters.

-Adjust the control and control parameters according to the finish.

C5: Operate the equipment and facilities of finishing treatments (impregnating, lacquering, painting, among others).

CE5.1 Relate the different types of finishing with the parameters to be controlled and the base material of the part based on the purpose and fields of application.

CE5.2 Explain the most common typical defects that occur in painted, lacquered, or impregnated parts.

CE5.3 In a practical case of painted a gun, characterized by the plane of the piece, the applicable regulations, the technical specifications and the piece to be treated:

-Prepare the surface to be painted, according to treatment requirements.

-Identify the parameters applicable to the painting (composition, expiration, concentration and life of the mixture among others), in terms of projection (distance, pressure, diameter of the nozzle, among others) and in terms of conditions environmental (degree of humidity, temperature, drying time among others).

-Run the painted by performing the required operations.

-Perform control (uniformity, homogeneity, absence of rings and mark, among others) on the painted surface.

C6: Analyze the measures to be taken for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the painting and finishing processes.

CE6.1 Identify the risks of handling and storage of products (explosion, fire, poisoning, among others).

CE6.2 Identify facility risks (falls, particle projection, object drop, electrical, fire, among others).

CE6.3 Identify prevention measures (storage of materials, lattice soil, anti-slip floors, ventilation systems, preventive maintenance, cleaning, hoses with antistatic cable, pressure control and humidity, avoid manual operations, personal protections, electrical protections, regulations, and specialized personnel, among others.

CE6.4 Analyze the applicable environmental regulations from the point of view of surface treatments.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.5; C2 with respect to CE2.3; C4 with respect to CE4.4; C5 with respect to CE5.3.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and achieve your goals.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the organization's productive process.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Habit to the business pace of the business.

Act quickly in problematic situations and not just wait.

Contents:

1. Graphical representation

Normalization and symbology.

Alotting systems.

Set planes. Wake up. Perspectives.

Constructive plans. Details.

Croquization and Schemas.

2. Metal, plastic and composite materials

Properties of the materials.

3. Cleaning procedures

Base and object.

Different types.

Products and Manipulation.

4. Masked procedures

Base and object.

Different types.

Products and Manipulation.

5. Installations and equipment

Description of installations and equipment.

Parameters.

Manipulation and throttling.

Failures and alterations.

Maintenance.

6. Painted and finished

Fundamentals and objects.

Types of paints and finishes.

Application parameters.

Defect detection and evaluation.

7. Prevention of risks in painting and finishing processes

Techniques and protection elements.

Risk assessment.

Legislative and regulatory aspects.

Applicable environmental protection regulations.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Mastery of knowledge and techniques related to the application of paint and finishing, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 3: AUXILIARY SYSTEMS IN METAL SURFACE AND THERMAL TREATMENTS

Level: 2

Code: MF0104_2

Associate with UC: Preparing automatic process equipment and facilities for thermal and surface treatments in metal products

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Relating the auxiliary processes of thermal and surface treatments of metal parts (parts feeding, tools, emptying or filling of tanks, waste disposal, among others) with the phases, techniques and manual or automatic employee media.

CE1.1 Describe the techniques of handling, transport, storage, among others, used in the treatment processes.

CE1.2 Interpret the technical information that comes with an auxiliary process of metal parts treatments.

CE1.3 Identify and characterize the elements used in the automation of manufacturing processes.

CE1.4 Describe the media used for machine power automation (robots, manipulators, among others) by explaining the function of:

-Structural elements.

-Cinematic chains.

-Compressors, hydraulic pumps.

-Control elements.

-Actuators (engines, cylinders, tweezers, among others).

-Information capers.

CE1.5 In a practical case of treatment of a metal part in which phases of material selection, machine feeding, treatment, storage, among others are contemplated:

-Develop process flow diagrams.

-Set an elementary process security system.

-Make a listing of the means required for process automation.

-Develop a report with the assessment of the adopted solution.

C2: Adapting control programs for automatic parts feeding systems and auxiliary operations of thermal and surface treatments of metal parts (handling and cooling, fluid supply, between other).

CE2.1 Relate the characteristic functions of the PLC languages and robots with the operations to be performed with the auxiliary equipment of treatments.

CE2.2 Describe the transmission and storage systems of information used in the programming of PLC's and robots.

CE2.3 In a practical case of feeding systems of metal parts treatments in which PLC's and robots are used respectively:

-Set the sequence of moves.

-Identify the variables to be controlled (pressure, force, speed, among others).

-Perform the corresponding flowcharts.

-Adapt the PLC control program and the robot.

-Adapt an alternative control program that provides solutions to a possible contingency.

C3: Operate the pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical, programmable, inter-other organs involved in the handling, transport and other operations of the thermal and surface treatment processes of metals.

CE3.1 Describe the variables that can be regulated in the auxiliary processes of metal treatments (force, pressure, speed, among others).

CE3.2 Relate the variables with the elements that act on the adjustable variables in the processes of metal treatments (tires, hydraulic, electrical, among others).

CE3.3 Describe the techniques of regulation and verification of variables (force, speed, among others).

CE3.4 Respect the technical specifications of the various organs when necessary to perform manipulations on and with them.

CE3.5 Run the assembly and disassembly of actuators (hydraulic, pneumatic, electrical, among others) in an orderly manner and using the appropriate means of an automatic handling system.

CE3.6 In a practical operation of equipment, characterized by a system of handling, transport and power, in which there are hydraulic, pneumatic and electric actuators:

-Regular the variables (force, pressure, speed, among others) for the different maneuvers of a manipulator.

-Verify the magnitudes of the variables with the appropriate instruments (gauges, rules, tachometers, dynamometers, among others).

-Perform first-level maintenance on handling, transport, and power systems.

-Describe the behavior of the different systems based on the requests to which they are submitted.

-Identify the risks that arise when operating with electrical, hydraulic, or pneumatic elements.

C4: Control the response of automated systems by checking, by means of the necessary measurements, the work trajectories and the motion synchronism.

CE4.1 Describe the relationship between system parameters and response time.

CE4.2 Identify and characterize measuring devices.

CE4.3 Describe the units of measure used.

CE4.4 Use the measurement and verification instruments with dexterity.

CE4.5 In a practical scenario of applying an automated treatment, characterized by the equipment, the technical documentation and the measurement tools:

-Identify the variables to be controlled in the parts handling phases, among others, in which pneumatic, electrical, programmable and robot elements are involved.

-Measure the magnitudes of the different variables to different requests for a manipulation system.

-Regular the control elements, so that the process is developed within the tolerances set.

-Verify the paths of the moving elements and proceed with modification, if necessary.

-Optimize trajectories by avoiding unnecessary displacements.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.4 and CE1.5; C2 with respect to CE2.3; C3 with respect to CE3.6; C4 with respect to CE4.5.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and achieve your goals.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the organization's productive process.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Habit to the business pace of the business.

Act quickly in problematic situations and not just wait.

Contents:

1. Interpretation of technical documentation used in thermal and surface treatments

Set and cutting planes.

Perspectives.

Croquization and Schemas.

2. Handling, transport and storage in thermal and surface treatment processes

Semi-automatic (electro-neutral-hydraulic) equipment.

Automatic equipment: manipulators, robots, among others.

3. Programming of automated systems used in thermal and surface treatment processes

Flow diagram.

Programming language (robots, PLCs, among others).

Modification of programs.

Simulation.

4. Regulation and implementation of automated systems used in thermal and surface treatment processes

Regulatory organs (tires, hydraulic, electrical, among others).

Control parameters (speed, travel, time, among others).

Verification tools (presostat, flowmeter, among others).

Correction drives (throttles, power limiters, flow limiters, among others).

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to auxiliary systems in thermal and surface treatment of metals, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

ANNEX VI

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION: DESIGN OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURING PRODUCTS

Professional Family: Mechanical Manufacturing

Level: 3

Code: FME037_3

General Competition

Designing products for mechanical manufacturing, taking into account applicable regulations concerning quality, prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

Competition Units

UC0105_3: Design mechanical manufacturing products

UC0106_3: Automate mechanical manufacturing products

UC0107_3: Develop the technical documentation for mechanical manufacturing products

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its professional activity in the production department, dedicated to mechanical manufacturing, in entities of a generally private nature, in companies of any size, regardless of their legal form, by Foreign account. It develops its activity, depending on its case, functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. You may have staff in your position at times, for seasons or in a stable way. The principles of universal accessibility are applied in the development of professional activity in accordance with the applicable regulations.

Productive Sectors

It is located in the sector of the processing industries of metals and non-metals, subsectors for the manufacture of machinery and equipment of mechanical products, manufacturing of machinery and electrical, electronic and optical equipment, manufacture of transport equipment and manufacture of equipment.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs

The terms of the following relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomprensivo character of women and men.

Product development technicians

Technical designers with CAD-CAM

Industrial Technical Designers

Technical research and development of mechanical products

Designers

Associated Training (570 hours)

Training Modules

MF0105_3: Product Design (240 hours)

MF0106_3: Automation of products (150 hours)

MF0107_3: Technical documentation for products (180 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: DESIGN MECHANICAL MANUFACTURING PRODUCTS

Level: 3

Code: UC0105_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Define mechanical manufacturing products by providing constructive solutions and determining the specifications, characteristics, layout, dimensions, materials, and cost of components and assemblies, meeting the applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CR 1.1 The products are designed taking into account the characteristics and limitations of the processes and means used in their manufacture, in addition to criteria to optimize the yields and economics of the subsequent manufacturing of parts.

CR 1.2 Product design materials are chosen to ensure their established strength, finish, cost and quality.

CR 1.3 The thermal and surface treatments to which the material must be subjected to manufacture the engineered products are determined according to the design specifications.

CR 1.4 The definition of the designed sets is determined by taking into account the amount of material used, the necessary reinforcements, its functionality, the cost of manufacturing and its maintenance, among others.

CR 1.5 The design of the products is corrected taking into account the results of the tests, simulations and experimentation with prototypes.

CR 1.6 The characteristics of the designed product are defined, taking into account the approval specifications.

RP 2: Dimensions designed products and their ancillary systems, from established data and based on the results of the required technical calculations.

CR 2.1 Effort or load requests are determined by analyzing the phenomenon that causes them.

CR 2.2 The resistance of the product to the torsion, bending, shear, compression, rupture, among others, is established according to the requests to be submitted.

CR 2.3 The security coefficients (break, life, among others) used in the application of item calculations are selected based on the technical specifications.

CR 2.4 The shape and dimension of the designed elements (structures, union elements, mechanisms, among others) are established taking into account the results of the calculations obtained.

CR 2.5 The standard elements (screws, pins, chavettes, guides, among others) are selected according to the requests to which they are submitted and the characteristics provided by the manufacturer.

RP 3: Establish the verification and quality assurance procedure of the product design, ensuring its reliability, compliance with the technical specifications and applicable risk prevention regulations work and protection of the environment.

CR 3.1 The procedure for verifying and securing the quality of the product is determined on the basis of product quality aspects, specific regulations and regulations, functionality, safety and risk prevention. work, costs, tools, manufacturing feasibility, human resources and available materials, in addition to the design AMFE and its updating, standards and quality management systems as well as the CE marking regulations.

CR 3.2 The types of tests and analyses (resistance to breakage, fatigue, among others) are established by allowing to know the degree of compliance of the product with respect to the applicable regulations or the requirements of the clients.

CR 3.3 Test or test parameters are determined based on the service (life, environmental, and other) conditions that the product will have to support.

CR 3.4 The flat-line is in contrast to the technical characteristics or the product assembly plans, noting that the machining process to which the component must be subjected has been taken into account.

CR 3.5 Prototype elaboration is monitored to verify the feasibility of manufacturing and propose design changes.

Professional context:

Production media:

Specific computer applications for computer-aided design, mechanical, electrical, hydraulic, and pneumatic. Specific computing applications for calculation and simulation of mechanisms.

Products and results:

Constructive solutions of products obtained by mechanical manufacturing (mechanical elements, mechanisms, machines, manufacturing systems, among others). Lists of materials. Control guidelines. Reports of feasibility studies for the manufacture of the product. Verification procedure.

Information used or generated:

Blueprint, set and manufacturing plans. Technical specifications. Design manual. Technical documentation of standard elements. Commercial catalogues. AMFE of the product and design. Manufacturing processes. Approval requirements. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and for the protection of the environment.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: AUTOMATE MECHANICAL MANUFACTURING PRODUCTS

Level: 3

Code: UC0106_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Determine the operating conditions or cycle of machines and automatic equipment used in mechanical manufacturing, complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 The operating cycle is established by interpreting the technical specifications and the working process (materials that are processed, required performance, machine functions or equipment, among others).

CR 1.2 The operating cycle is defined taking into account applicable labour risk prevention regulations to minimise risks.

CR 1.3 The operating cycle is determined by taking into account the performance required from production, in terms of quality and productivity.

CR 1.4 The operating conditions of the products are studied to ensure the required results.

RP 2: Establish the type of actuator and regulatory equipment for the automation of the operational processes of the product, considering the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and for the protection of the environment.

CR 2.1 The technology (pneumatic, hydraulic or electrical) is selected based on the functional adequacy of the automated process, its reliability, cost and client requirements.

CR 2.2 The actuators and the regulatory equipment are sized from the calculations of the technical variables of the process and taking into account the established safety margins.

CR 2.3 The position of the actuators in the system is determined by considering the physical characteristics of the location and ensuring the functionality and maintenance of the same.

CR 2.4 The performance of the actuators and regulatory equipment is determined, ensuring the correct operation under the required conditions.

RP 3: Perform the power and control systems of pneumatic, hydraulic, electronic and electrohydraulic circuits to automate processes in mechanical manufacturing, considering the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CR 3.1 The schemes of pneumatic, hydraulic, electronic and electrohydraulic circuits are drawn using standard symbology.

CR 3.2 Schemes are made taking into account the regulations or technical specifications applicable to the represented system (pneumatic, hydraulic, electronic or electro-hydraulic), ensuring safety during its operation. operation.

CR 3.3 Automatic circuit schemes are represented by reflecting the established operating cycle (sequence, start conditions, stop, among others).

CR 3.4 The list of components (actuators, channelings, wiring, among others) and their technical characteristics are reflected in the schemes of the automatic circuits.

CR 3.5 Schemes are simulated in software to ensure their perfect operation.

Professional context:

Production media:

Specific computer applications for computer, CAD, mechanical, electrical, electronic, pneumatic, and hydraulic design. Specific computer applications for the calculation of elements and the simulation of elastic recovery of the material. Commercial documentation.

Products and results:

Pneumatic, hydraulic and electrical schemes for mechanical manufacturing products. List of components and technical characteristics. Lists of materials and standard elements, among others.

Information used or generated:

Flow diagram of the processes. Design manual. Rules for graphic representation. Technical documentation of standard elements. Commercial catalogues. AMFE of the product and design. Manufacturing processes. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and for the protection of the environment. Load notebooks.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: DEVELOP THE TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURING PRODUCTS

Level: 3

Code: UC0107_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Draw the design of the product, based on the plan of the assembly, taking care of the manufacturing process and respecting the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 The designed product is defined by ensuring its manufacturing, maintenance, assembly and disassembly (ease, accessibility, use of standardized tools, possibility of automation, among others).

CR 1.2 The drawings are made using the drawing rules (format of drawings, drawing lines, acotation, tolerances, views, sections, machining symbology, among others).

CR 1.3 The adjustments and tolerances are established according to the function of the parts and the type of manufacturing envisaged.

CR 1.4 The element is defined by allowing its transport and handling safely, determining the maximum transport dimensions, the fastening elements, the transport protections, the weight, among others.

CR 1.5 Elements are represented using standardized, constructive forms (guts, striates, screws, among others) in order to normalize the product and facilitate its manufacturing and interchangeability.

CR 1.6 Commercial elements are chosen taking into account the technical characteristics of the standard elements described by the suppliers (performance, assembly instructions, auxiliary maintenance products, etc.). other).

RP 2: Draw the drawings of the automated operating processes of mechanical manufacturing products, from the power and control schemes of the pneumatic, hydraulic, electronic and electrohydraulic circuits.

CR 2.1 The drawings are made using the drawing rules (format of drawings, drawing lines, acotation, views, sections, among others).

CR 2.2 The plans are defined by integrating the power and control schemes of the different circuits (electrical, pneumatic, hydraulic, inter alia) in the light of the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 2.3 The integration of the different subsystems (electrical, pneumatic, hydraulic, among others) is represented by ensuring their compatibility, functionality and subsequent maintenance.

RP 3: Develop the technical dossier of the mechanical manufacturing product, collecting instructions for use and maintenance, assembly plans, schemes, parts listing, among others.

CR 3.1 The instructions and manuals required for the use and maintenance of the product are elaborated by highlighting the critical aspects, maintenance periods and range of utilization.

CR 3.2 The documentation relating to the product (memories, parts listing, manuals, schemes, assembly plans, manufacturing plans, assembly plans, among others) is ordered and completed, guaranteeing the availability of the information.

CR 3.3 Technical reports on the feasibility of the product design are drafted by adding the modifications that have taken place in the course of the design.

CR 3.4 The conclusions obtained during the design, process automation, prototype manufacturing and testing phases are collected in the reports, facilitating subsequent designs.

RP 4: Keep up-to-date and organized the technical documentation needed for the development of the mechanical manufacturing product.

CR 4.1 The plans are reviewed and updated in compliance with the guidelines set for the insertion of modifications.

CR 4.2 The technical dossier is updated and organized systematically incorporating modifications, ensuring its validity.

CR 4.3 Documentation is classified according to established rules and allows easy localization and access.

CR 4.4 The guidelines for the revision and updating of plans and other documentation are established, describing the insertion of modifications, responsibility and management, among others.

Professional context:

Production media:

Specific computer-aided design applications, (CAD), mechanical, electrical, pneumatic, and hydraulic. Office-specific software applications.

Products and results:

Set and cutting planes of products. Automation plans. Lists of materials. Technical dossier and technical reports. Use and maintenance manuals.

Information used or generated:

Drawing Rules. Technical documentation of standard elements. Blueprints of preliminary draft Technical specifications. Design manual. Commercial catalogues. AMFE design and product. Manufacturing processes. Schemes and sketches. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and for the protection of the environment.

TRAINING MODULE 1: PRODUCT DESIGN

Level: 3

Code: MF0105_3

UC Associate: Design Mechanical Manufacturing Products

Duration: 240 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Analyze the behavior of the mechanisms used in machines, obtaining their kinematic relationships and type applications.

CE1.1 Classify the different mechanisms according to the transformations of the movement they produce, interpreting the documentation and information of a technical nature.

CE1.2 Identify the different transmission organs and function that they perform in a kinematic chain.

CE1.3 Determine the data necessary for the kinematic and simulation calculation, using specific computer applications, and interpret the results.

CE1.4 Apply the appropriate formulas and units that are used in the calculation of the transmission ratios that are involved in the kinematic chains used in machines.

CE1.5 Identify the technical specifications to be met by a kinematic chain.

C2: Design mechanisms or mechanical elements based on the specifications and requests required in the projects.

CE2.1 Relate manufacturing processes with the shapes and qualities that can be obtained.

CE2.2 Identify and determine the efforts that are generated in the various machining processes.

CE2.3 Describe the limitations of different manufacturing operations in machining, shaping, casting, or other processes.

CE2.4 Relate constructive forms of different machine organs with the types of efforts they must support (normal, cross-sectional, flexural, and other loads), and their behavior before these.

CE2.5 Select the type of material used in the different machine organs, depending on the requests to which they are submitted.

CE2.6 In a scenario where a mechanical mechanism is to be designed and with the information of the required requests:

-Identify the technical specifications that must be guaranteed for the construction of the product (maximum effort to transmit, power, maximum speed, among others).

-Propose different constructive solutions for the elements to be designed, depending on the different requests required and taking into account the limitations of the processes of obtaining the parts.

-Calculate the life of the standard elements subjected to wear or tear, applying the necessary formulas, standards, tables and abacos.

-Dimensions the different elements and organs, applying calculations, rules, abacos, tables, taking into account the security coefficients of the design.

-Determine the information needed for the calculation and simulation of specific computer applications and interpret the results.

-Represent in outline the efforts to which the different organs are subjected.

C3: Determine the adjustments, geometric and dimensional tolerances and surface qualities, relating the various mechanical manufacturing elements to their operation.

CE3.1 Relate the type settings with the different requests for the mechanical manufacturing components to which they are submitted.

CE3.2 Calculate the tolerance fields in the settings, according to rules, from the specified nominal measure and tolerance.

CE3.3 Rate the choice of the type of adjustment and its impact on the manufacturing cost, depending on the machining process.

CE3.4 Relate the geometric tolerances with the required precisions in the different mechanisms.

CE3.5 Represent, using normalized symbology, various types of adjustments and geometric tolerances.

C4: Analyze the influence of lubrication materials and systems on machine organs in order to determine design and maintenance specifications.

CE4.1 Describe the effects of lubrication on the behavior of different machine elements and organs.

CE4.2 Explain machine organ lubrication systems, describing the elements that compose them.

CE4.3 Identify materials as well as heat treatments that improve the behavior of engineered elements.

CE4.4 Set the frequency of lubrication, as well as the change of the elements that make up the different organs of the machines.

C5: Verify and ensure the quality of the design of mechanical elements or mechanisms.

CE5.1 Describe the quality assurance procedure in the design.

CE5.2 Describe the design AMFE technique.

CE5.3 Describe quality management systems and standards from the Product Design Process point of view.

CE5.4 Describe CE marking regulations for mechanical manufacturing products.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 complete; C2 with respect to CE2.5.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and meet your goals.

Demonstrate creativity in the development of the work you do.

Propose alternatives in order to improve results.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to your activity.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Contents:

1. Manufacturing Technology

Manufacturing procedures.

Machines and production media.

Characteristics of the machines according to the machining processes: speed, forces and powers, among others.

Tools and tools.

Costs of the various manufacturing processes.

Quality assurance and verification: standards, regulations, quality management systems.

2. Machine elements

Machine elements and mechanisms.

Dimensional calculation of elements.

3. Materials resistance

Concept of internal efforts, their corresponding tensional states, and associated deformations. Concentration of efforts. Concept of material fatigue.

4. Cinematics and machine dynamics

Kinematic Chains.

Speed, performance, torque, and power relationships.

5. Materials

Material properties: physical, chemical, mechanical, and technology.

Materials: classification, features, and applications.

Plastics (high polymers): classification, characteristics and applications.

Ceramics: classification, features, and applications.

Composite materials: classification, features, and applications.

Commercial Forms of Materials.

6. Lubrication

lubrication systems.

Application of lubricants.

7. Maintenance

Calculation of life of the different elements.

Periods of regulation of items that are subject to wear.

8. Adjustments and tolerances

Dimensional and geometric, quality, superficial, cost of quality, among others.

Computer-aided item calculation.

9. Applicable rules for the prevention of risks to work and environmental protection

Applicable labour risk prevention regulations in reference to product design.

Applicable environmental protection regulations in reference to product design.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the design of mechanical manufacturing products, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 2: AUTOMATION OF PRODUCTS

Level: 3

Code: MF0106_3

Associated with UC: Automate mechanical manufacturing products

Duration: 150 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Set the sequence of operation and type of technology (pneumatic, hydraulic or electronic) to be used in the automation of manufacturing systems.

CE1.1 Explain the systems usually used to automate a production machine (robots, handlers, transport tapes, assembly lines, among others).

CE1.2 Describe the symbology and nomenclature used in the production stream representation.

CE1.3 Evaluate the advantages and disadvantages of the use of different types of technology (pneumatic, electric, hydraulic, among others), depending on the characteristics of the process to be automated.

CE1.4 Set the process flow diagram to be automated, reasoning the type of technology (pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical, among others) to be used and taking into account the applicable rules of prevention occupational risks and environmental protection.

C2: Analyze power elements (actuators), typically used in electrical, pneumatic, and hydraulic automation, determining their behavior and application.

CE2.1 Relating the different types of actuators normally used in pneumatic and hydraulic electrical automation (AC motors and continuous, cylinders, piston engines, among others) characteristics of their type applications and the capabilities they can provide.

CE2.2 Razar possible electrical, pneumatic, and hydraulic solutions to select the most appropriate technology of course.

CE2.3 Select the appropriate actuator, depending on the required requests (speed, strength, system response, among others) and the information on your technical tab.

CE2.4 Determine the systems for fixing the actuators, depending on the application required, taking into account the movements and efforts to which they are subjected and taking into account the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CE2.5 Define the coupling between the actuator and the application.

C3: Set the possible control solutions (pneumatic, hydraulic, electric or programmable), of the various actuators used in the mold, automating the processes.

CE3.1 Describe pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical, programmable, or combinations of command applications, relating their functionality, performance and cost.

CE3.2 Describe the functions performed by the various components in the power and command circuits.

CE3.3 Relate command 'types' to applications, depending on the actuators and variables to be controlled.

CE3.4 Perform pneumatic, hydraulic and electrical power and control schemes or combinations to solve different scenarios of sequential or combinational automatisms, taking into account applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks.

C4: Analyze the different sensors used in the detection of different parameters related to manufacturing (speed, power, strength, space, time, temperature, among others) determining their application.

CE4.1 Describe the different types of sensors ('encoders ', tachometers, extension gauges, among others), which are typically used in machine automation, relating their characteristics to applications.

CE4.2 Relating the characteristics of the sensors with the capabilities (range of application, appreciation, precision, among others) that they can supply.

CE4.3 Describe the advantages and disadvantages of different sensors for type applications.

C5: Set the possible control solutions (pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical, programmable, among others), of the various actuators used in manufacturing, for their use in automation.

CE5.1 Describe pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical, programmable, or combinations, relating to functionality, performance, and cost.

CE5.2 Describe the functions performed by the various components in the power and command circuits.

CE5.3 Relate command 'types' to applications, depending on the actuators and variables to be controlled.

CE5.4 Perform pneumatic, hydraulic and electrical power and control schemes or their combinations to solve different scenarios of sequential or combinational automatisms, taking into account applicable regulations prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

C6: Explain the possibilities that communication technologies offer between the different units that make up a manufacturing system.

CE6.1 Recognize schemas with different communication configurations between the various components of a manufacturing system.

CE6.2 Describe the function performed by the various components used in the transmission of information (communication networks, 'DNC' Direct Numeric Control, among others).

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 complete.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and meet your goals.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of activity-related contingencies.

Propose alternatives in order to improve results.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Adapt to new situations or contexts.

Contents:

1. Automation systems for product procurement processes

Physical fundamentals in pneumatics, hydraulics, and electricity.

Pneumatic and Electronic Electronics.

Hydraulics and electrohydraulics.

Features and application.

2. Representation of automatisms

Process rendering techniques.

Schematic representation of automatic systems.

3. Elements for automation (pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical, electronic)

Normalized elements (types, characteristics, selection criteria, calculation, among others).

Actuators. Command. Regulation. Security. PLC.

4. Communications

Communication networks.

Computer Media.

5. Safety in the design of automatisms

Applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks to the design of automatisms.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the automation of mechanical manufacturing products, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 3: TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION FOR PRODUCTS

Level: 3

Code: MF0107_3

Associate with UC: Develop the technical documentation of mechanical manufacturing products

Duration: 180 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Draw on the appropriate support and with the conventional and computer media, the production plans of elements, mechanisms or machines, collecting the technical information necessary for their subsequent manufacture.

CE1.1 Choose the graphical representation system and scale for each element.

CE1.2 Represent in accordance with applicable regulations, the raised, plants, sections and details, which are part of the graphic information contained in the plans.

CE1.3 Acute the dimensions of the pieces designed according to the process of obtaining them and applying the applicable regulations.

CE1.4 Specify the technological data of the designed element (materials, standard elements, thermal or surface treatments, surface qualities, applicable standards, among others) in the plans.

C2: Represent automation, pneumatic, hydraulic, and electrical circuits.

CE2.1 Identify the elements that are involved in the automation systems.

CE2.2 Sort the necessary information that appears in the same plane.

CE2.3 Represent in accordance with applicable regulations, the pneumatic, hydraulic and electrical schemes, which are part of the technical documentation concerning the automation of the product.

C3: Develop the technical file of the designed item, mechanism, or machine.

CE3.1 Develop the instructions and manuals necessary for the use and maintenance of the product developed using computer applications.

CE3.2 Develop the project dossier by integrating memories, plans, schemes, assembly plans, maintenance instructions, among others.

CE3.3 Describe the procedures for updating the project's graphical information, as well as document management.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 complete.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work you develop and the fulfillment of goals.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to your activity.

Propose alternatives with the goal of improving results.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Adapt to new situations or contexts.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Contents:

1. Representation of mechanisms and machines

Graphical representation rules.

Views, cuts, and sections.

Acutation according to the manufacturing process.

Surface state.

Dimensional tolerances.

Shape and position tolerances.

Croking.

Sets.

Normalization.

Representation of normalized elements.

2. Rendering systems

Cavalry and isometric perspective.

3.

office

Text processors.

Editors.

Databases.

Spreadsheets.

Presentations.

4. Documentary management

Organization of project information.

Document update procedure.

5. Computer-aided design

2D and 3D design-specific computing applications.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the preparation of the technical documentation of mechanical manufacturing products, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

ANNEX VII

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION: DESIGN OF SHEET METAL PROCESSING TOOLS

Professional Family: Mechanical Manufacturing

Level: 3

Code: FME038_3

General Competition

Designing sheet metal processing tools (cutting, bending, bending, drawing, punching, folding, bending, bending, etc.), taking into account the applicable quality standards, risk prevention work and protection of the environment.

Competition Units

UC0108_3: Design useful for sheet metal processing

UC0109_3: Automate the operating processes of the sheet metal processing tools

UC0110_3: Develop the technical documentation for the useful

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its professional activity in the production department, dedicated to the design of sheet metal processing tools, in entities of a generally private nature, in companies of any size, regardless of their form legal, as an employed person. It develops its activity, depending on its case, functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. You may have staff in your position at times, for seasons or in a stable way. The principles of universal accessibility are applied in the development of professional activity in accordance with the applicable regulations.

Productive Sectors

This qualification is located in the metal processing industries, the veneer processing subsector.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs

The terms of the following relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomprensivo character of women and men.

Matrix development technicians

Tooling development technicians

Production organization technicians

Technical designers with CAD-CAM

Technical research and development of mechanical products

Industrial Technical Designers

Associated Training (570 hours)

Training Modules

MF0108_3: Developing sheet metal processing (240 hours) useful projects

MF0109_3: Automation of sheet metal processing tools (150 hours)

MF0110_3: Technical documentation for sheet metal processing (180 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: DESIGN USEFUL FOR SHEET METAL PROCESSING

Level: 3

Code: UC0108_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Define sheet metal processing tools, providing constructive solutions and determining the specifications, features, layout, dimensions, materials, and cost of components and assemblies, complying with the regulations (i) applicable to the prevention of occupational hazards and to the protection of the environment.

CR 1.1 The sheet metal processing tools are designed taking into account the characteristics and limitations of the processes and means used in the production process, as well as the processing of sheet metal, in addition to optimizing yields and After-manufacturing economy of parts.

CR 1.2 The materials used for sheet metal processing are chosen to ensure their established strength, finishes, costs and quality.

CR 1.3 The thermal and surface treatments to which the material is to be subjected to the plate processing are determined according to the design specifications.

CR 1.4 The definition of the useful is determined by taking into account the amount of material used, the necessary reinforcements, its functionality, the cost of manufacturing and maintenance, among others.

CR 1.5 The design of the useful is corrected, taking into account the results of the tests, simulations and experimentation with prototypes.

CR 1.6 The characteristics of the tool are defined, taking into account the approval specifications.

RP 2: Dimensions of the aids and auxiliary systems for the processing of sheet metal, from established data and according to the results of the technical calculations.

CR 2.1 The effort or load requests to which it is submitted are determined by analyzing the phenomenon that causes them.

CR 2.2 The resistance of the useful to torsion, bending, shear, compression, breakage, fluence, among others, is established according to the requests to be submitted.

CR 2.3 The security coefficients (break, life, among others) used in the application of item calculations are selected based on the technical specifications.

CR 2.4 The shape and dimension of the elements that make up the useful (structures, union elements, among others) are established taking into account the results of the calculations obtained.

CR 2.5 The standard elements (screws, pins, chavettes, guides, among others) are selected according to the requests to which they are submitted and the characteristics provided by the manufacturer.

CR 2.6 The thermal and surface treatments to which the material is to be subjected to manufacture the designed tools are determined according to the technical specifications.

RP 3: Establish the design verification procedure for the sheet metal processing tools, ensuring their reliability, compliance with the technical specifications and applicable risk prevention regulations work and protection of the environment.

CR 3.1 The verification procedure of the useful is determined by taking into account quality aspects of the useful, regulations and specific regulations, functionality, safety and prevention of occupational risks, costs, tools, feasibility of manufacturing, human resources and available materials, in addition to the design AMFE and its update.

CR 3.2 The types of tests and analyses (resistance to breakage, fatigue, among others) are established by allowing to know the degree of compliance of the useful with respect to the applicable regulations or the requirements of the clients.

CR 3.3 Test or test parameters are determined according to the conditions of service (life, environmental, among others) that must be supported by the service.

CR 3.4 The flat-range is in contrast to the technical characteristics or the set drawings of the tool, checking that the machining process to which the component is to be subjected has been taken into account.

CR 3.5 Prototype elaboration is monitored to verify the feasibility of manufacturing and propose design changes.

Professional context:

Production media:

Specific computer applications for computer-aided design (CAD), mechanical, electrical, hydraulic and pneumatic. Specific computing and simulation applications. Rapid prototyping equipment, 3D printing equipment of complex parts.

Products and results:

Constructive solutions of sheet metal processing useful, obtained by mechanical manufacturing. Lists of materials. Control guidelines. Product feasibility studies reports. Verification procedure.

Information used or generated:

Blueprint, set and manufacturing plans. Technical specifications. Design manual. Technical documentation of standard elements. Commercial catalogues. AMFE of the product and design. Manufacturing processes. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and for the protection of the environment. Approval requirements.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: AUTOMATE THE OPERATIONAL PROCESSES OF SHEET METAL PROCESSING TOOLS

Level: 3

Code: UC0109_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Determine the operating processes and conditions of the operating process of the sheet metal processing tool, considering the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 The operating cycle is established by interpreting the technical specifications and the working process (materials that are processed, required performance, machine functions or equipment, among others).

CR 1.2 The operating cycle is defined taking into account applicable labour risk prevention regulations to minimise risks.

CR 1.3 The operating cycle is determined by taking into account the performance required from production, in terms of quality and productivity.

CR 1.4 The working conditions of the useful are studied to ensure the required results.

RP 2: Establish the type of actuator and regulatory equipment for the automation of processes in the processing of sheet metal, considering the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and for the protection of the environment.

CR 2.1 The technology (electrical, pneumatic or hydraulic) is selected based on the functional adequacy of the automated process, its reliability, cost and client requirements.

CR 2.2 The actuators and the regulatory equipment are sized from the calculations of the technical variables of the process and taking into account the established safety margins.

CR 2.3 The position of the actuators in the system is determined by considering the physical characteristics of the location and ensuring the functionality and maintenance of the same.

RP 3: Perform the power and control systems of pneumatic, hydraulic, electronic and electrohydraulic circuits to automate the operational processes of the sheet metal processing tools, considering the regulations (i) applicable to the prevention of occupational hazards and to the protection of the environment.

CR 3.1 The schemes of pneumatic, hydraulic, electronic and electrohydraulic circuits are drawn using standard symbology.

CR 3.2 Schemes are made taking into account the regulations or technical specifications applicable to the represented system (pneumatic, hydraulic, electronic or electro-hydraulic), ensuring safety during its operation. operation.

CR 3.3 Automatic circuit schemes are represented by reflecting the established operating cycle (sequence, start conditions, stop, among others).

CR 3.4 The list of components (actuators, channelings, wiring, among others) and their technical characteristics are reflected in the schemes of the automatic circuits.

Professional context:

Production media:

Specific computer-aided design applications, (CAD), mechanical, electrical, electronic, pneumatic, and hydraulic. Specific computer applications for the calculation of elements and the simulation of elastic recovery of the material.

Products and results:

Pneumatic, hydraulic, and electrical schemes of the sheet metal processing tool. Listing of components and technical features.

Information used or generated:

Flow diagram of the processes. Design manual. Rules for graphic representation. Technical documentation of standard elements. Commercial catalogues. AMFE of the product and design. Manufacturing processes. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and for the protection of the environment. Load notebooks.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: ELABORATE THE TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION OF THE USEFUL

Level: 3

Code: UC0110_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Draw the planes of the sheet metal processing tool, starting from the assembly planes, taking care of the manufacturing process and respecting the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment environment.

CR 1.1 The drawings are made using the drawing rules (format of drawings, drawing lines, acotation, tolerances, views, sections, machining symbols, among others).

CR 1.2 The adjustments and tolerances are established according to the function of the parts and the type of manufacturing envisaged.

CR 1.3 The element is defined by allowing its transport and handling safely, determining the maximum transport dimensions, the fastening elements, the transport protections, the weight, among others.

CR 1.4 The elements are represented using standardized, constructive forms (guts, striates, screws, among others) in order to normalize the product and facilitate its manufacturing and interchangeability.

CR 1.5 Commercial elements are chosen taking into account the technical characteristics of the standard elements described by the suppliers (performance, assembly instructions, auxiliary maintenance products, etc.). other).

RP 2: Draw the plans of the automated operating processes, from the power and control schemes of the pneumatic, hydraulic, electronic and electrohydraulic circuits.

CR 2.1 The drawings are made using the drawing rules (format of drawings, drawing lines, acotation, tolerances, views, sections, among others).

CR 2.2 The plans are defined by integrating the power and control schemes of the different circuits (electrical, pneumatic, hydraulic, inter alia) in the light of the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 2.3 The integration of the different subsystems (electrical, pneumatic, hydraulic, among others) is represented by ensuring their compatibility, functionality and subsequent maintenance.

CR 2.4 Schemes are simulated in specific computer applications to ensure their proper functioning, making the appropriate corrections in their case.

RP 3: Develop the technical dossier of the sheet metal processing tool by collecting instructions for use and maintenance, assembly and manufacturing plans, schemes, parts listing, commissioning, among others.

CR 3.1 The instructions and manuals required for use and maintenance are elaborated by highlighting the critical aspects, maintenance periods, and range of utilization.

CR 3.2 The documentation related to the useful (memories, parts listing, manuals, schemes, assembly plans, manufacturing plans, assembly plans, among others) is ordered and completed, guaranteeing the availability of the information.

CR 3.3 Technical reports regarding the feasibility of the design of the tool are written in addition to the modifications that have taken place in the course of the design.

CR 3.4 The conclusions obtained during the design, process automation, prototype manufacturing and testing phases are collected in the reports, facilitating subsequent designs.

RP 4: Keep up-to-date and organized the necessary technical documentation for the development of the sheet metal processing tool.

CR 4.1 The plans are reviewed and updated in compliance with the guidelines set for the insertion of modifications.

CR 4.2 The technical dossier is updated and organized systematically incorporating modifications, ensuring its validity.

CR 4.3 Documentation is classified according to established rules and allows easy localization and access.

Professional context:

Production media:

Specific computer-aided design (CAD) applications, mechanical, electrical, pneumatic, and hydraulic. Office-specific software applications. Specific simulation software for stamping processes. Finite element calculation software.

Products and results:

Set and cutting planes of sheet metal processing useful. Automation plans. Lists of materials. Technical dossier of the useful. Use and maintenance manuals.

Information used or generated:

Rules for rendering sheet metal processing tools, manufacturing. Technical documentation of standard elements. Blueprints of preliminary draft Technical specifications. Design manual. Commercial catalogues. AMFE of the product and design. Manufacturing processes. Schemes and sketches. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and for the protection of the environment.

TRAINING MODULE 1: DEVELOPMENT OF SHEET METAL PROCESSING USEFUL PROJECTS

Level: 3

Code: MF0108_3

Associate to UC: Design useful for sheet metal processing

Duration: 240 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Define matricery tools, providing different constructive solutions according to the capabilities of the presses and the production requirements.

CE1.1 Describe the cutting and shaping procedures of sheet metal, depending on the products to be obtained.

CE1.2 Describe the basic forms of the various useful matricery (cut, progressive, double-effect, fine-cut, funnel, folded, among others).

CE1.3 Relate the parameters of the sheet metal processing with the cutting forces that occur in it.

CE1.4 Relate the various formulas, rules, tables, and abacos that must be used for the sizing of the elements or shapes that determine the matricery useful.

CE1.5 In a practical case of obtaining useful for sheet metal processing, characterized by the technical documentation of a product and the production requirements:

-Determine the cutting, bending, and funnel procedures to be used to obtain such a product.

-Propose a constructive solution of the useful duly justified from the point of view of manufacturing viability and profitability.

-To dimension the specific components (die bases, columns guides, rods, springs, among others) used in the construction of the useful to respond to the required requests, applying norms, formulas, abacos or tables.

-Set the standardized elements (springs, punches, pins, among others) and the materials needed to build the useful one.

C2: Analyze the physical, chemical, mechanical and technological properties of metal and non-metallic materials used in the processing of sheet metal and treatments for the modification of such properties.

CE2.1 Describe the physical, chemical and mechanical properties that affect the selection of the materials of the useful, as well as the incidence of the main technological properties (machinability, ductility, malleability, temperability, smelter, inter alia) of the materials, in their manufacture and use.

CE2.2 Describe the modifications of the characteristics that occur in the materials by associating them with the thermal and surface treatments.

CE2.3 Relate the various geometric shapes and surface qualities with the machines that produce them and their limitations.

CE2.4 Relate the means of verification with the casting processes to check the quality of the products obtained.

C3: Analyze the manufacturing procedures and means used in obtaining the tool, depending on the characteristics and limitations of the tools.

CE3.1 Describe mechanical manufacturing procedures (machining, casting, assembly, among others) and associate them with obtaining various products.

CE3.2 Relate the various geometric shapes, surface qualities and tolerances of shape, position and dimension, with the machines that produce them and their limitations.

CE3.3 Evaluate the cost of obtaining the products, depending on the manufacturing process and the qualities obtained therein.

CE3.4 Relate the means of verification with the processes to check the quality of the products obtained.

C4: Evaluate the impact of the tooling design on its assembly and disassembly and its adaptation to standardized tools.

CE4.1 Describe the mounting procedures for the most common elements used in the tooling.

CE4.2 Relate the operations and elements used in the assembly with the standardized tools used in the assembly.

CE4.3 Describe the security aspects that are covered in the assembly of the most common elements.

CE4.4 In a scenario of disassembling and assembling elements, characterized by a sheet metal processing tool in which some special tool is needed and there is some difficulty in accessing these elements:

-Describe the unmount and mount process.

-Select the standard tools and control instruments to perform the assembly and operation verification.

-Perform the special tool sketch required for the disassembly and assembly of the item in question.

-Perform the adjustment of the adjusted elements.

-Make proposals for design improvements to the mounted assembly, prevent the use of special tools, or facilitate assembly.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.5; C4 with respect to CE4.4.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work you develop and the fulfillment of goals.

Demonstrate creativity in the development of the work you do.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to your activity.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Contents:

1. Cutting and shaping of sheet metal

Cutting and shaping of sheet metal (punching, folding, bending, stamping, etc.).

Standard items used in matricery (screws, pins, springs, columns, casings, among others).

Forms and constructive details useful for matricery. Bases, punches, males, matrices, limiters, among others.

Forces produced in the forming of the plate. Cutting, bending and drawing effort. Extraction force. Expulsion force.

Band step retention and retention devices. Guides. Stops. Pilots.

Presses used in matricery. Classification. Features. Accessories.

Impact of the efforts presented on the machines. Pushes. Way to avoid deformations in parts.

2. Manufacturing Technology

Manufacturing procedures.

Machines and production media.

Characteristics of the machines according to the machining processes: speed, forces and powers, among others.

Tools and tools.

Costs of the various manufacturing processes.

3. Technological design of moulds and models

Cutting, bending, sausage, extraction, among others.

Distribution of Punches.

4. Materials

Properties of the materials. Physical. Chemicals. Mechanical. Technology.

Materials. Classification, features, and applications.

Plastics (high polymers). Classification, features, and applications.

Ceramics. Classification, features, and applications.

Composite Materials. Classification, features, and applications.

Commercial Forms of Materials.

5. Thermal and surface treatments

Types. Applications.

Influence on the characteristics of the materials.

6. Dimensional metrology

Measurement, comparison, and verification instruments.

7. Mounting

Procedures and tools.

8. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection in the design of sheet metal processing tools.

Applicable Labor Risk Prevention Regulations to the design of sheet metal processing tools.

Applicable environmental protection regulations for the design of sheet metal processing tools.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the design of useful for sheet metal processing, which will be accredited by one of the following two ways:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 2: AUTOMATION OF SHEET METAL PROCESSING TOOLS

Level: 3

Code: MF0109_3

Associated with UC: Automate the operating processes of sheet metal processing tools

Duration: 150 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Establish the sequence of operation and type of technology (electrical, pneumatic or hydraulic) to be used in the automation of the manufacturing systems of sheet metal processing tools, complying with the regulations (i) applicable to the prevention of occupational hazards and to the protection of the environment.

CE1.1 Explain the systems usually used to automate a production machine (robots, handlers, transport tapes, assembly lines, among others).

CE1.2 Describe the symbology and nomenclature used in the production stream representation.

CE1.3 Evaluate the advantages and disadvantages of the use of different types of technology (electrical, pneumatic, hydraulic, among others), depending on the characteristics of the process to be automated.

CE1.4 Set the process flow diagram to be automated by reasoning the type of technology (electrical, pneumatic, hydraulic, among others) to be used and taking into account applicable rules of prevention occupational risks and environmental protection.

C2: Analyze the power elements (actuators), normally used in electrical, pneumatic and hydraulic automation, in order to determine their behavior.

CE2.1 Explain the different types of actuators (cylinders, piston engines, among others) that are usually used in the automation of the useful, relating their characteristics (electrical, pneumatic and hydraulic) with their type applications and the capabilities that they can provide.

CE2.2 Razar possible electrical, pneumatic, and hydraulic solutions to select the most appropriate technology of course.

CE2.3 Select the actuator, based on the required requests (speed, force, system response, among others), for the previously chosen technology.

CE2.4 Determine the systems for fixing the actuators, depending on the application required, taking into account the movements and efforts to which they are subjected and taking into account the applicable regulations of prevention of job risks.

CE2.5 Define the coupling between the actuator and the application.

C3: Analyze the different sensors used in the detection of different parameters related to mechanical manufacturing (speed, power, strength, space, time, temperature, among others) determining their use in the automation.

CE3.1 Describe the different types of sensors ('encoders ', tachometers, extension gauges, among others), which are usually used in machine automation, relating their characteristics to the applications of the same.

CE3.2 Relate the characteristics of the sensors with the capabilities (range of application, appreciation, precision, among others) that they can supply.

CE3.3 Describe the advantages and disadvantages of different sensors for type applications.

C4: Analyze possible control solutions (pneumatic, hydraulic, electric or programmable), of the various actuators used in mechanical manufacturing, automating the processes.

CE4.1 Describe pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical, programmable, or combinations of command applications, relating their functionality, performance and cost.

CE4.2 Describe the functions performed by the various components in the power and command circuits.

CE4.3 Relate command 'types' to applications, depending on the actuators and variables to be controlled.

CE4.4 Perform pneumatic, hydraulic and electrical power and control schemes or combinations to solve different scenarios of sequential or combinational automatisms, taking into account applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 complete.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work you develop and the fulfillment of goals.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to your activity.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Adapt to new situations or contexts.

Contents:

1. Processing tool automation systems

pneumatic, electronic, hydraulic, electrohydraulic and electrical automation.

Features and application.

2. Representation of automatisms

Process rendering techniques.

Schematic representation of automatic systems.

3. Elements for automation (pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical or electronic)

Normalized elements (types, characteristics, selection criteria, calculation, among others).

Actuators. Command. Regulation. Security. PLC.

4. Safety in the design of automatisms

Applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks in the design of automatisms.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the automation of the operating processes of the sheet metal processing tools, which will be accredited by one of the following two ways:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 3: TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION FOR SHEET METAL PROCESSING TOOLS

Level: 3

Code: MF0110_3

Associated with UC: Elaborate the technical documentation of the useful

Duration: 180 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Draw the sheets of sheet metal processing tools, gathering the technical information necessary for their subsequent manufacture.

CE1.1 Choose the graphical representation system and scale for each element by ensuring the layout of the drawings and the level of detail required.

CE1.2 Represent according to the regulations, the raised, plants, sections and details, that are part of the graphic information that contain the plans.

CE1.3 Acute the dimensions of the pieces designed according to the process of obtaining them and applying the applicable rules.

CE1.4 Specify the technological data of the designed element (materials, standard elements, thermal or surface treatments, surface qualities, applicable regulations, among others) in the plans.

C2: Represent 'pneumatic, hydraulic and electrical circuits', drawing up operational process automation schemes for sheet metal processing tools.

CE2.1 Identify the elements that are involved in the automation systems.

CE2.2 Sort the necessary information that appears in the same plane.

CE2.3 Represent, in accordance with applicable regulations, the pneumatic, hydraulic and electrical schemes, which are part of the technical documentation concerning the automation of the product.

C3: Develop the technical dossier of the sheet metal processing tool.

CE3.1 Develop the instructions and manuals necessary for the use and maintenance of the product developed using specific computer applications.

CE3.2 Develop the project dossier by integrating memories, plans, schemes, assembly plans, maintenance instructions, among others.

CE3.3 Describe the procedures for updating the project's graphical information, as well as document management.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 complete.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work you develop and the fulfillment of goals.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to your activity.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Adapt to new situations or contexts.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Contents:

1. Representation of sheet metal processing tools

Graphical representation rules.

Views, cuts, and sections.

Acutation according to the manufacturing process.

Surface state.

Dimensional tolerances.

Shape and position tolerances.

Croking.

Sets.

Normalization.

2. Rendering systems

Cavalry and isometric perspective.

3.

office

Text processors.

Editors.

Databases.

Spreadsheets.

Presentations.

4. Documentary management

Organization of project information.

Document update procedures.

5. Computer-aided design

Design-specific computing applications.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the elaboration of the useful technical documentation, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

ANNEX VIII

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION: MOLD AND MODEL DESIGN

Professional Family: Mechanical Manufacturing

Level: 3

Code: FME039_3

General Competition

Designing casting, forging or stamping moulds and casting models, taking into account applicable regulations concerning quality, prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

Competition Units

UC0111_3: Design molds and models for the casting or forging process

UC0112_3: Automate mold operational processes

UC0113_3: Develop the technical documentation for the mold or model

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its professional activity in the production department, dedicated to the design of moulds or models of casting, forging or stamping, in entities of a generally private nature, in companies of any size, with independence of its legal form, as an employed person. It develops its activity, depending on its case, functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. You may have staff in your position at times, for seasons or in a stable way. The principles of universal accessibility are applied in the development of professional activity in accordance with the applicable regulations.

Productive Sectors

This qualification is located in the sector of metals and non-metals processing industries, subsector of foundry, forging and stamping.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs

The terms of the following relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomprensivo character of women and men.

Mold Development Technicians

Mold designers

Mold designers

Industrial Technical Designers

Associated Training (570 hours)

Training Modules

MF0111_3: Development of molds and models (240 hours)

MF0112_3: Automation of the molding process (150 hours)

MF0113_3: Technical documentation for molds and models (180 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: DESIGN MOLDS AND MODELS FOR THE CASTING OR FORGING PROCESS

Level: 3

Code: UC0111_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Define molds or models for casting, forging or stamping processes, providing constructive solutions and determining the specifications, features, layout, dimensions and cost of components and (a) Joint Committee, having regard to the applicable rules on the prevention of occupational risks and the protection of the environment.

CR 1.1 The moulds or models are designed taking into account the characteristics and limitations of the processes and means used in their manufacture, such as the casting process, forging or stamping process, in addition to criteria for optimizing the yields and economics of the subsequent manufacture of parts.

CR 1.2 The materials for the design of moulds and models are chosen to ensure their established strength, finishes, costs and quality.

CR 1.3 The thermal and surface treatments to which the material must be subjected to manufacture the moulds or models are determined according to the design specifications.

CR 1.4 The definition of the model or model is determined by taking into account the amount of material used, the necessary reinforcements, its functionality, the cost of manufacturing and its maintenance, among others.

CR 1.5 The design of the mould or model is corrected taking into account the results of the tests.

CR 1.6 The characteristics of the mould or model are defined taking into account the approval specifications.

RP 2: Dimensional the molds or models and their auxiliary systems, from established data and based on the results of the required technical calculations.

CR 2.1 Effort or load requests are determined by analyzing the phenomenon that causes them.

CR 2.2 The resistance of the mold or model to the torsion, bending, shear, compression, rupture, among others, is established according to the requests to be submitted.

CR 2.3 The security coefficients (break, life, among others) used in the application of item calculations are selected based on the technical specifications.

CR 2.4 The shape and size of the elements that make up the moulds or models (structures, union elements, feeding channels, cooling circuits, among others) are established taking into account the results of the calculations obtained.

CR 2.5 The filling and feeding system of the mould (placing on board, attack zones, location of hot spots, among others) are determined according to the results of the calculations, guaranteeing the absence of defects in the power.

CR 2.6 The standard elements (screws, pins, chavettes, guides, among others) are selected according to the requests to which they will be submitted and the characteristics provided by the manufacturer.

RP 3: Establish the procedure for verifying the design of the mould or model, ensuring its reliability, compliance with the technical specifications and applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational and protective risks of the environment.

CR 3.1 The verification procedure is determined on the basis of product quality aspects, specific regulations and regulations, functionality, safety and prevention of occupational risks, costs, tools, feasibility of manufacturing, human resources and available materials, in addition to the design AMFE and its update.

CR 3.2 The types of tests and analyses (resistance to breakage, fatigue, among others) are established by allowing to know the degree of compliance of the product with respect to the applicable regulations or the requirements of the clients.

CR 3.3 Test or test parameters are determined based on the service (life, environmental, and other) conditions that the product will have to support.

CR 3.4 The flat-line is in contrast to the technical characteristics or the product assembly plans, noting that the machining process to which the component must be subjected has been taken into account.

CR 3.5 The validity of the calculated filling and feeding system is confirmed by computer simulation or practical test.

CR 3.6 Prototype processing is monitored to verify the feasibility of manufacturing and propose design changes.

Professional context:

Production media:

Specific computer applications for computer-aided design (CAD), mechanical, electrical, hydraulic and pneumatic. Specific computing applications for calculation and simulation of mechanisms. Specific computer applications for calculating and simulating the filling and feeding of castings. Specific computing applications for calculation and simulation of forging and stamping.

Products and results:

Constructive solutions of molds and models. Lists of materials. Control guidelines. Reports of feasibility studies for the manufacture of the product. Verification procedure.

Information used or generated:

Blueprint, set and manufacturing plans. Technical specifications. Design manual. Technical documentation of standard elements. Commercial catalogues. AMFE of the product and design. Casting, forging or stamping procedures. Approval requirements. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and for the protection of the environment.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: AUTOMATE MOLD OPERATIONAL PROCESSES

Level: 3

Code: UC0112_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Determine the operating conditions or operating cycle of the mold operating processes, considering the applicable labor risk prevention regulations.

CR 1.1 The operating cycle is established by interpreting the technical specifications and the working process (materials that are processed, required performance, machine functions or equipment, among others).

CR 1.2 The operating cycle is defined taking into account applicable labour risk prevention regulations to minimise risks.

CR 1.3 The operating cycle is determined by taking into account the performance required from production, in terms of quality and productivity.

RP 2: Establish the type of actuator and regulatory equipment for the automation of the operating processes of the mold, considering the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and for the protection of the environment.

CR 2.1 The technology (pneumatic, hydraulic or electrical) is selected based on the functional adequacy of the automated process, which is to be used in the mold, its reliability, cost and the client's requirements.

CR 2.2 The actuators and the regulatory equipment are sized from the calculations of the technical variables of the process and taking into account the established safety margins.

CR 2.3 The position of the actuators in the system is determined by considering the physical characteristics of the location and ensuring the functionality and maintenance of the same.

RP 3: Perform the power and control schemes of pneumatic, hydraulic, electronic and electro-hydraulic circuits to automate the operational processes of the mould or model, considering the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CR 3.1 The schemes of pneumatic, hydraulic, electronic and electrohydraulic circuits are drawn using standard symbology.

CR 3.2 Schemes are made taking into account the regulations or technical specifications applicable to the represented system (pneumatic, hydraulic, electronic or electro-hydraulic), ensuring safety during its operation. operation.

CR 3.3 Automatic circuit schemes are represented by reflecting the established operating cycle (sequence, start conditions, stop, among others).

CR 3.4 The list of components (actuators, channelings, wiring, among others) and their technical characteristics are reflected in the schemes of the automatic circuits.

Professional context:

Production media:

Specific computer-aided design (CAD) applications, mechanical, electrical, electronic, pneumatic, and hydraulic. Specific computing applications for calculation and simulation of mechanisms.

Products and results:

Pneumatic, hydraulic and electrical schemes for mold operating processes. Listing of components and technical features.

Information used or generated:

Flow diagram of the processes. Design manual. Rules for graphic representation. Technical documentation of standard elements. Commercial catalogues. AMFE of the product and design. Manufacturing processes. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and for the protection of the environment.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: ELABORATE THE TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION OF THE MOLD OR MODEL

Level: 3

Code: UC0113_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Draw the drawings of the mold or model, starting from the assembly plans, taking care of the manufacturing process and respecting the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 The drawings are made using the drawing rules (format of drawings, drawing lines, acotation, tolerances, views, sections, among others).

CR 1.2 The adjustments and tolerances are established according to the function of the parts and the type of manufacturing envisaged.

CR 1.3 The element is defined by allowing its transport and handling safely, determining the maximum transport dimensions, the fastening elements, the transport protections, the weight, among others.

CR 1.4 The elements are represented using standardized, constructive forms (guts, striates, screws, among others) in order to normalize the product and facilitate its manufacturing and interchangeability.

CR 1.5 Commercial elements are chosen taking into account the technical characteristics of the standard elements described by the suppliers (performance, assembly instructions, auxiliary maintenance products, etc.). other).

RP 2: Draw the plans of the automated operating processes, from the power and control schemes of the pneumatic, hydraulic, electronic and electrohydraulic circuits.

CR 2.1 The drawings are made using the drawing rules (format of drawings, drawing lines, acotation, tolerances, views, sections, among others).

CR 2.2 The plans are defined by integrating the power and control schemes of the different circuits (electrical, pneumatic, hydraulic, inter alia) in the light of the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 2.3 The integration of the different subsystems (electrical, pneumatic, hydraulic, among others) is represented by ensuring their compatibility, functionality and subsequent maintenance.

RP 3: Develop the technical dossier of the mold or model, collecting instructions for use and maintenance, assembly and manufacturing plans, schemas, parts listing, commissioning, among others

CR 3.1 The instructions and manuals required for use and maintenance are elaborated by highlighting the critical aspects, maintenance periods, and range of utilization.

CR 3.2 The documentation relating to the mould (memories, parts listing, manuals, schemes, assembly plans, manufacturing plans, assembly plans, among others) is ordered and completed, guaranteeing the availability of the information.

CR 3.3 Technical reports regarding the feasibility of the design of the mould or model are written by adding the modifications that have taken place in the course of the design.

CR 3.4 The conclusions obtained during the design, process automation, prototype manufacturing and testing phases are collected in the reports, facilitating subsequent designs.

RP 4: Keep up-to-date and organized the technical documentation necessary for the development of the mold or model.

CR 4.1 The plans are reviewed and updated in compliance with the guidelines set for the insertion of modifications.

CR 4.2 The technical dossier is updated and organized systematically incorporating modifications, ensuring its validity.

CR 4.3 Documentation is classified according to established rules and allows easy localization and access.

Professional context:

Production media:

Specific computer-aided design applications, (CAD), mechanical, electrical, pneumatic, and hydraulic. Office-specific software applications.

Products and results:

Set planes and cutting of moulds. Automation plans. Lists of materials. Technical dossier and technical reports. Use and maintenance manuals.

Information used or generated:

Rules for rendering molds and elements of automation and manufacturing. Technical documentation of standard elements. Blueprints of preliminary draft Technical specifications to be completed. Design manual. Commercial catalogues. AMFE of the product and design. Manufacturing processes. Schemes and sketches. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and for the protection of the environment.

TRAINING MODULE 1: DEVELOPMENT OF MOLDS AND MODELS

Level: 3

Code: MF0111_3

Associate to UC: Design molds and models for the casting or forging process

Duration: 240 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Define molds and casting models, providing different constructive solutions.

CE1.1 Describe the procedures for obtaining molds and casting models by analyzing their influence on the definition of the mold or model.

CE1.2 Explain the casting process by relating it to the behavior of the material in the molds or models during that process.

CE1.3 Describe the basic forms of the different useful materials used in the molding processes (moulds, moulds, casting males, nozzles, among others) explaining their usefulness.

CE1.4 Relate the various formulas, rules, tables, and abacos that must be used with the sizing of the elements or shapes that determine the cast or cast model.

CE1.5 In a practical case of obtaining parts by casting, characterized by the technical documentation of a product and by the production requirements to establish:

-A constructive solution of the mould or model duly justified from the point of view of manufacturing viability and profitability.

-The specific components used in building the mold or model by applying rules, formulas, abacos, or tables.

-The standardized elements (molding boxes, drinkings, among others) and the materials needed to build the mold or model.

C2: Define arrays or moulds for forging or stamping, providing different constructive solutions.

CE2.1 Describe the procedures for obtaining matrices or moulds for forging or stamping by analyzing their influence in the definition of the matrix or mold.

CE2.2 Explain the forging process by relating it to the behavior of the material in the matrices or molds during its conformation.

CE2.3 Explain the stamping process by relating it to the behavior of the material in the matrices during its conformation.

CE2.4 Describe the basic shapes of the different useful employees in the forging processes, explaining their usefulness.

CE2.5 Describe the basic forms of the different useful employees in the stamping processes, explaining their usefulness.

CE2.6 Relate the various formulas, rules, tables, and abacos that must be used for the sizing of the elements or shapes that determine the mold or matrix.

CE2.7 In a practical scenario characterized by the technical documentation of a product, obtained by forging or stamping and given the production requirements, it is established:

-A constructive solution of the matrix or mould duly justified from the point of view of manufacturing viability and profitability.

-The specific components used in building the array or mold by applying rules, formulas, abacos, or tables.

-The standardized elements and materials needed to build the array or mold.

-The graphical representation of the media and the defined array or mold.

C3: Analyze the physical, chemical, mechanical and technological properties of metallic and non-metallic materials used in moulds and models in foundry, forging or stamping processes and procedures for modification of these properties.

CE3.1 Describe the physical, chemical and mechanical properties that affect the selection of the materials of the mold or model, as well as the incidence of the main technological properties (machinability, ductility, malleability, temperability, meltability, among others) of the materials, in the manufacture or use of the mould or model.

CE3.2 Describe the modifications of the characteristics that occur in the materials by associating them with the thermal and surface treatments.

C4: Analyze the manufacturing procedures and means used in obtaining products, depending on the characteristics and limitations of the products.

CE4.1 Describe mechanical manufacturing procedures (machining, casting, assembly, among others) and associate them with obtaining various products.

CE4.2 Relate the various geometric shapes, surface qualities and tolerances of shape, position and dimension, with the machines that produce them and their limitations.

CE4.3 Evaluate the cost of obtaining the products, depending on the manufacturing process and qualities obtained therein.

CE4.4 Relate the means of verification with the processes to check the quality of the products obtained.

C5: Evaluate the incidence of mold and model design in its assembly and disassembly and its adaptation to standardized tools.

CE5.1 Relate the operations and elements used in the assembly with the tools used in it.

CE5.2 Describe safety aspects relating to mounting, forging, or stamping elements.

CE5.3 In a scenario of disassembling and assembling elements, characterized by moulds and models in which some special tool is needed and there is some difficulty of access to these elements:

-Describe the unmount and mount process.

-Select the standard tools and control instruments to perform the assembly and operation verification.

-Perform the special tool sketch required for the disassembly and assembly of the item in question.

-Perform the adjustment of the adjusted elements.

-Make proposals for design improvements to the mounted assembly, prevent the use of special tools, or facilitate assembly.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.5; C2 with respect to CE2.7; C5 with respect to CE5.3.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work you develop and the fulfillment of goals.

Demonstrate creativity in the development of the work you do.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to your activity.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Contents:

1. Procedures for obtaining parts by moulding, forging or stamping

Casting in sand moulds. Casting in metal moulds. Pressure casting, centrifugal and gravity.

Basic shapes of the different useful employees in the molding process. Specks.

Cast males. Forging molds, among others.

Forja. Stamping (die-cut, bending, drawing, among others). Extrusion. Recalculated.

Constructive features of the molds.

2. Manufacturing Technology

Manufacturing procedures.

Machines and production media.

Characteristics of the machines according to the machining processes: speed, forces and powers, among others.

Tools and tools.

Costs of the various manufacturing processes.

3. Technological design of moulds and models

Cutting, bending, sausage, extraction, conformation

Operating processes for molds and arrays.

Operational and functional elements of molds and arrays.

Materials used in molds and models.

4. Standard elements of moulds and models

Standard (plates, columns, casings, among others).

Cooling items.

Heating elements.

Auxiliary elements (centering rings, drinking, canker, among others).

Punches and ejectors.

5. Materials

Properties of the materials. Physical. Chemicals. Mechanical. Technology.

Metals. Classification, features, and usage.

Plastics (high polymers). Classification, features, and usage.

Ceramics. Classification, features, and usage.

Composite Materials. Classification, features, and usage.

Commercial Forms of Materials.

6. Thermal and surface treatments

Types. Applications.

Influence on the characteristics of the materials.

7. Dimensional metrology

Measurement, comparison, and verification instruments.

Shape, position, and dimension tolerances

8. Mounting

Procedures and tools.

9. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection in the design of moulds and models

Applicable labor risk prevention regulations to model and mold design.

Applicable environmental protection regulations to model and mold design.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1.-Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the design of molds and models for the casting or forging process, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2.-Accredited pedagogical competence according to what the competent administrations establish.

TRAINING MODULE 2: AUTOMATION OF THE MOLDING PROCESS

Level: 3

Code: MF0112_3

Associated with UC: Automate the Mold Operational Processes

Duration: 150 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Establish the sequence of operation and type of technology (pneumatic, hydraulic or electronic) to be used in the automation of the operating processes of the mold, complying with the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CE1.1 Explain the systems usually used to automate a casting mold, stamping or production forging (actuators, control elements, sensors, among others).

CE1.2 Describe the symbology and nomenclature used in the rendering of operation sequences.

CE1.3 Evaluate the advantages and disadvantages of the use of different types of technology (pneumatic, electric, hydraulic, among others), depending on the characteristics of the process to be automated.

CE1.4 Set the process flow diagram to be automated, reasoning the type of technology (pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical, among others) to be used and taking into account the applicable rules of prevention occupational risks and environmental protection.

C2: Analyze the power elements (actuators), normally used in pneumatic and hydraulic automation, applicable to the mold by determining its behavior and application.

CE2.1 Describe different types of actuators normally used in pneumatic and hydraulic (cylinders, piston engines, among others), with the characteristics of their type applications and the capabilities they can supply.

CE2.2 Razar possible pneumatic and hydraulic solutions to select the most appropriate technology of course.

CE2.3 Select the actuator, depending on the required requests (speed, strength, system response, among others) and the information on your technical tab.

CE2.4 Determine the systems for fixing the actuators, depending on the application required, taking into account the movements and efforts to which they are subjected and taking into account the applicable regulations of prevention of job risks.

CE2.5 Define the coupling between the actuator and the application.

C3: Analyze power elements (actuators), typically used in electrical automation, applicable to manufacturing, determining their behavior and application.

CE3.1 Describe different types of electric actuators (DC motors, alternating, brushless, among others), with the characteristics of their type applications and the capabilities they can supply.

CE3.2 Relate the characteristics of the electrical actuators with the capabilities they can supply.

CE3.3 Select the actuator, based on the required requests and information on your technical tab.

CE3.4 Determine the actuator fixation systems, depending on the application required, taking into account the movements and efforts to which it is subjected and taking into account the applicable risk prevention regulations labor.

CE3.5 Define the coupling between the actuator and the application.

C4: Analyze the different sensors used in the detection of different parameters related to manufacturing (speed, power, strength, space, time, temperature, among others) determining their application.

CE4.1 Describe the different types of sensors ('encoders ', tachometers, extension gauges, among others), which are normally used in the automation of moulds, relating their characteristics to the applications.

CE4.2 Relating the characteristics of the sensors with the capabilities (range of application, appreciation, precision, among others) that they can supply.

CE4.3 Describe the advantages and disadvantages of different sensors for type applications.

C5: Set possible command solutions (pneumatic, hydraulic, electric or programmable), of the various actuators used in the mold, automating the processes.

CE5.1 Describe pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical, programmable, or combinations, relating to functionality, performance, and cost.

CE5.2 Describe the functions performed by the various components in the power and command circuits.

CE5.3 Relate command 'types' to applications, depending on the actuators and variables to be controlled.

CE5.4 Perform pneumatic, hydraulic and electrical power and control schemes or their combinations to solve different scenarios of sequential or combinational automatisms, taking into account applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 complete.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work you develop and the fulfillment of goals.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to your activity.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Adapt to new situations or contexts.

Contents:

1. Mold operating process automation systems

pneumatic, electronic, hydraulic, electrohydraulic and electrical automation.

Features and application.

2. Representation of automatisms

Process rendering techniques.

Schematic representation of automatic systems.

3. Elements for automation (pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical and electronic)

Normalized elements (types, characteristics, selection criteria, calculation, among others).

Actuators. Command. Regulation. PLC.

4. Safety in the design of automatisms

Applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks to the automatisms.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1.-Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the automation of the operating processes of the mold, which will be credited by one of the following two ways:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2.-Accredited pedagogical competence according to what the competent administrations establish.

TRAINING MODULE 3: TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION FOR MOLDS AND MODELS

Level: 3

Code: MF0113_3

Associated with UC: Develop the technical documentation of the mold or model

Duration: 180 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Draw on the appropriate support and with the conventional and computer media, the production plans of moulds and models collecting the technical information necessary for their subsequent manufacture.

CE1.1 Choose the graphical representation system and scale for each element.

CE1.2 Represent in accordance with applicable regulations, the raised, plants, sections and details, which are part of the graphic information contained in the plans.

CE1.3 Acute the dimensions of the pieces designed according to the process of obtaining them and applying the applicable regulations.

CE1.4 Specify the technological data of the designed element (materials, standard elements, thermal or surface treatments, surface qualities, applicable standards, among others) in the plans.

C2: Represent automation, pneumatic, hydraulic, and electrical circuits.

CE2.1 Identify the elements that are involved in the automation systems.

CE2.2 Sort the necessary information that appears in the same plane.

CE2.3 Represent in accordance with applicable regulations, the pneumatic, hydraulic and electrical schemes, which are part of the technical documentation concerning the automation of the product.

C3: Develop the technical dossier of the mold.

CE3.1 Develop the instructions and manuals necessary for the use and maintenance of the product developed using specific computer applications.

CE3.2 Develop the project dossier by integrating memories, plans, schemes, assembly plans, maintenance instructions, among others.

CE3.3 Describe the procedures for updating the project's graphical information, as well as document management.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 complete.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work you develop and the fulfillment of goals.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to your activity.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Demonstrate flexibility to understand changes.

Adapt to new situations or contexts.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Contents:

1. Rendering of molds and models

Graphical representation rules.

Views, cuts, and sections.

Acutation according to the manufacturing process.

Surface state.

Dimensional and Shape tolerances.

Croking. Sets.

Normalization.

Removable and non-detachable junctions.

Machine items.

2. Rendering systems

Cavalry and isometric perspective.

3.

office

Text processors.

Editors.

Databases.

Spreadsheets.

Presentations

4. Documentary management

Organization of project information.

Document update procedures.

5. Computer-aided design

Design-specific computing applications.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1.-Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the elaboration of the technical documentation of the mold or model, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2.-Accredited pedagogical competence according to what the competent administrations establish.

ANNEX IX

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION: DESIGN IN THE SHIPBUILDING INDUSTRY

Professional Family: Mechanical Manufacturing

Level: 3

Code: FME254_3

General Competition

Design and elaborate the technical documentation for the construction and repair of the ship, starting with preliminary projects and instructions for basic engineering, complying with the technical specifications, quality standards and regulations applicable in the case of shipbuilding, the prevention of occupational hazards and the protection of the environment.

Competition Units

UC0812_3: Design structures elements in shipbuilding and ship repair

UC0813_3: Design Shipbuilding and Shipbuilding maneuvers

UC0814_3: Design armament elements in shipbuilding and ship repair

UC0815_3: Develop shipbuilding and ship repair technical documentation

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its professional activity in the production department, dedicated to the design in the shipbuilding industry, in entities of public or private nature, small, medium or large companies, for hire, with independence from its legal form. It develops its activity, depending on its case, functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. You may have staff in your position at times, for seasons or in a stable way. The principles of universal accessibility are applied in the development of professional activity in accordance with the applicable regulations.

Productive Sectors

It is located in the shipbuilding and repair sector, subsector of construction and repair of ships, except for recreation and sport.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs

The terms of the following relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomprensivo character of women and men.

Delineant naval projectors

Naval CAD technicians

Shipbuilding Development Technicians

Associated Training (600 hours)

Training Modules

MF0812_3: Design of structures in shipbuilding and ship repair (180 hours)

MF0813_3: Shipbuilding and ship repair design (120 hours)

MF0814_3: Design of armament in shipbuilding and ship repair (180 hours)

MF0815_3: Technical documentation for shipbuilding and ship repair (120 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: DESIGNING STRUCTURES ELEMENTS IN SHIPBUILDING AND SHIP REPAIR

Level: 3

Code: UC0812_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Develop construction and assembly plans for the definition of structures in shipbuilding and ship repair, applying the established calculation procedures, based on the instructions received, specifications for basic engineering and technical documentation, complying with applicable quality standards, occupational risk prevention and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 The aspects related to the shape, dimensions, functionality, tolerances, technological data and finishing required by the type of structure are represented in compliance with the standards and requirements.

CR 1.2 The structure's constructive strategy is adapted to the requirements of basic engineering, naval architecture and classification society.

CR 1.3 The information regarding the cutting and shaping processes, the degree of edge finishing, the excess and the welding processes is in line with the required technical requirements.

CR 1.4 The identification of each element or set of the structure and the steps to be followed with the elements of the armament is reflected in the technical information contained in the plans.

CR 1.5 The aspects that have an impact on the definition of the production processes and quality control are collected in the construction and assembly plans, taking into account the quality standards and the applicable regulations prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

RP 2: Define the auxiliary documentation, for the elaboration, manufacture and assembly of structures in shipbuilding and repair, complying with the applicable regulations of quality, prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CR 2.1 The auxiliary documentation is attached to the plans and includes, among others: drawings of the panels, figured for the beds, data for the layout, templates of conformed, cutting of the elements, constructive details, between other.

CR 2.2 The parameters to be verified in dimensional control and shapes are collected in the documentation and comply with the technical specifications.

CR 2.3 The coding of the intermediate products and the routing thereof are defined according to the requirements of the applicable technical structures and specifications.

RP 3: Define the materials necessary for the manufacture, assembly or repair of the naval product according to the construction plans, taking into account the specifications of the basic engineering, complying with the applicable regulations quality, prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 3.1 The materials are selected according to the specifications of the classification and development plans, and comply with the specifications and certifications of the classification societies.

CR 3.2 Material lists are coded and allow their identification and incorporation into each phase of the process, areas or lines of work, according to the constructive strategy.

CR 3.3 Intermediate products, elaborated in earlier phases, are contemplated in the material listings.

CR 3.4 The types, dimensions, and qualities of the product to be incorporated are defined and collected in the list of materials.

CR 3.5 The characteristics of the materials are defined taking into account the constructive solution and the cost of the materials.

RP 4: Develop the cutting information for shipbuilding and ship repair, including data for the programming of automatic CNC and robot machines, according to the materials defined in the assembly plans or constructive, with the general instructions and complying with the applicable quality regulations, prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 4.1 The dimension, chaflanes, quality and the use (nesting) of the material to be cut are specified in the cutting documentation, taking into account the criterion of leftovers.

CR 4.2 Cutting information is generated for each process, work area, and machinery used.

CR 4.3 The plot data for each piece (dimensions, shapes, type, degree of edge finish, among others), are established taking into account the technical requirements of the different automatic machines and type of material.

CR 4.4 The identification, coding, and destination of the parts is incorporated into the cutting information.

CR 4.5 Machine and robot programming data are established taking into account the requirements of the cutting process, type of material and type of machine or robot to be used.

Professional context:

Production media:

Specific computer applications and applications for design and calculation.

Products and results:

Development plans for each intermediate product for manufacturing, manufacturing and assembly. Additional documentation to the plans. Croquis and court documentation. Cutting and marking data for automatic machines. Auxiliary graphic information. Listing of parts and materials.

Information used or generated:

Contract specification. Coding criteria. Classification plans. Documentation of naval architecture. Constructive strategy. Material listings. Catalogue of intermediate products. Development plans. Characteristics of the areas of work, machinery and processes. Phase welding procedures and work areas. Dimensional and excess control criteria. Applicable rules on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection. Approval requirements. Applicable sector-specific rules.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: DESIGN THE SHIPBUILDING AND SHIP REPAIR MANEUVERS

Level: 3

Code: UC0813_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Calculate the maneuvers of ships, elements, blocks, machinery, heavy or complex assemblies, following instructions given by the basic engineering to determine the capacity of the means to be used, defining the means to be involved and how to implement them, taking into account the applicable rules on the prevention of occupational risks and the protection of the environment.

CR 1.1 The capabilities of the means of transport and the maneuvering process are obtained from the process of calculating weights and center of gravity of the different elements.

CR 1.2 The disposal of the fish and the characteristics of the fish is obtained by the calculation of loads that favour a uniform distribution of effort, in order to avoid deformation on the vessel, grate or dike.

CR 1.3 The ballast tanks and ballast volume in the vessel and floating dock are determined by stability calculations to minimize the stresses of the hull and floating dock.

CR 1.4 The uniform distribution of weights is obtained from the studies and calculations of preparation of the bed of varada, considering the conditions of trimado, obtaining that the support of the ship is safe and uniform.

CR 1.5 The shooting elements (cables, slings, balances, cancomers, or others) are arranged with the angle of inclination to support the efforts to which they are to be subjected.

CR 1.6 The quantification and distribution of the weights to be moved and their location during vessel stability tests are obtained in the stability calculations.

RP 2: Elaborate the set and detail plans for the definition of the move and the block voltous maneuvers, following instructions given by the basic engineering and taking into account the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 2.1 The characteristics of the work area and the equipment that compose it are included in the documentation that defines the maneuvers.

CR 2.2 The disposition of the maneuver is reflected in the information and allows to know the situation of the starting elements, the useful employees (shackles, slings, among others), and the angle of shooting, as well as the reinforced required in the areas attached to the mooring points.

CR 2.3 The maximum workloads of all elements are determined by calculation of efforts applied to each type of maneuver.

CR 2.4 Each phase and stage of construction for sub-blocks, blocks and heavy equipment of weaponry are collected at the planes, these will include the information of the transport process.

RP 3: Develop the set and detail plans for the definition of the anchorage, mooring and towing maneuvers, following instructions given by the basic engineering and taking into account the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 3.1 The sequence and phases that characterize the different manoeuvres are defined in such a way that they are optimized and ensuring all aspects of safety in them.

CR 3.2 The means to intervene, the way to make them, the materials, their qualities, and the technical specifications are collected in the plans, and are the ones required by the type of maneuver and conform to the regulations in effect.

CR 3.3 The shooting elements and their arrangement for each type of maneuver are defined to obtain the angles of inclination that reduce the stresses and stresses and improve the resistance.

CR 3.4 The establishment of a delimited safety area is contemplated in the prior and subsequent study of information development for the maneuver.

RP 4: Develop the set and detail plans for the definition of the launching and float manoeuvres, following instructions given by the basic engineering and taking into account the applicable risk prevention regulations work and protection of the environment.

CR 4.1 The means involved, the constructive process thereof, the materials and the technical specifications required according to the type of maneuver are defined in the manoeuvres plans.

CR 4.2 The situation, capacity and load distribution of the vessel, as well as the tanks to be weighed and the amount of ballast for the float or float are obtained by applying stability and stress calculations.

CR 4.3 The materials, their arrangement on the train of imades and eels, as well as the way to retain the ship during the course until its being afloat is collected in the launching planes and meet the technical specifications Required maneuver.

CR 4.4 The areas that may suffer great efforts and deterioration in the bothor or float maneuvers are identified and the type of protection is available to avoid deformation and damage to the hull.

CR 4.5 The hold of the bottom is determined by applying the procedures set out in the calculations.

RP 5: Develop the set and detail plans for the definition of the stranding maneuvers, following instructions given by the basic engineering and taking into account the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 5.1 The situation, capacity and load distribution of the vessel, as well as the tanks to be weighed and the amount of ballast for the stranded, is obtained by applying stability and stress calculations.

CR 5.2 The types of materials, their arrangement on the stranded train, as well as the way to retain or pull the vessel during the course until the end of the manoeuvre are arranged in such a way as to avoid overefforts and damage to the vessel. vessel.

CR 5.3 Shooting elements (winches, molinetes, pastecs, or others) are arranged so that they maintain the most suitable inclination angles for the direction of shooting and maintain the stresses and stresses within the values obtained in the calculation of efforts and avoid damage to the ship.

CR 5.4 The areas of influence of the vessel in the stranding maneuver that may suffer over-efforts and damage are identified and the type of protection is available to prevent or minimize these.

CR 5.5 The positioning of the stings, trims of the vessel, system of centering, recognition of living work, ballast and elements of the hull, are collected in the plane of varada according to the technical specifications, and the requirements for the type of vessel and area of varada.

Professional context:

Production media:

Specific IT equipment and applications of CAD, CAE computer-aided design of the naval sector.

Products and results:

Development of calculations and manoeuvres with reference to applicable regulations.

Information used or generated:

Constructive strategy and development plans. Drawings of the general arrangement of the vessel and the manoeuvring area. Catalogue of intermediate products. Contractual specifications. Weights and centers of gravity of ships, blocks, elements and assemblies. Technical characteristics of the means of elevation, transport and the area of support. Technical characteristics of the work areas, their machinery and their processes. Capacity and disposal of vessel and dam tanks. Schemes of services in structural tanks. Regulations applicable in the field of shipbuilding, the prevention of occupational hazards and the protection of the environment. Applicable quality standards.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: DESIGN THE ELEMENTS OF ARMAMENT IN SHIPBUILDING AND SHIP REPAIR

Level: 3

Code: UC0814_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Develop the service schemes, to define the facilities, applying the procedures established from the technical documentation, taking into account the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 Service schemes are developed in compliance with the requirements contained in the basic preliminary diagrams of the project and the ones of each team or machine, and take into account the direction of the fluid and its connection.

CR 1.2 The regulations of the classification societies, the technical specifications of design, the regulation of the operation of the ship and the regulation of the International Maritime Organization (IMO), are contemplated in the of the facilities.

CR 1.3 The load, velocity, flow, pressure, and diameter losses of the pipes are calculated and reflected in the schemas.

CR 1.4 Schemes are elaborated using the established graphical representation symbology and regulations.

CR 1.5 The vents are calculated and plotted based on the required renovations for each department and the speed in the ducts and outputs.

CR 1.6 Component listings and the definition of valves, tubing, and equipment with their technical characteristics are collected in the different service facility schemes.

RP 2: Create 3D models as well as the definition and positioning of equipment and machinery, to meet the ship's specifications, based on the corresponding technical documentation.

CR 2.1 The grouping of the equipment is carried out according to the ship's specifications and the technical documentation of the machinery defined in the project development.

CR 2.2 The different zones are defined on the basis of sub-blocks, blocks, zones or type of vessel, allowing for the rational development of the project.

CR 2.3 The connection points in the 3D models of the different equipment and machinery are determined taking into account the technical specifications, instruction books and documentation submitted by the suppliers.

CR 2.4 The positioning of 3D equipment and machinery is defined in the arrangement of the installation by zones and services, as indicated by the reference schemes.

RP 3: Make the required constructive plans for the preparation and assembly of the armament, taking into account the specifications and technical documentation established and the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 3.1 The pipe rut, the ease of mounting and disassembly, load losses and dilations, and the good visual impact are collected in the definitive schemes.

CR 3.2 The arrangement of the pipeline with a globalized view of the designed area, collecting the various connected services, equipment and accessories, is contemplated in the installation's rough and outline.

CR 3.3 The manufacture and assembly of the pipeline and the determination of materials, dimensions and treatment are defined in the isometric.

CR 3.4 The design of the pipe supports is carried out taking into account the efforts caused to the structure and its possible reinforcement, avoiding noises and vibrations.

CR 3.5 Fixed and sliding supports are placed to allow good behavior of pipes to dilation deformations.

CR 3.6 The polines and reinforced structure for machinery and equipment are designed on the basis of their positioning and in accordance with the requirements of the classification societies.

RP 4: Determine the materials, components and assembly order of the armament according to the construction plans and the specifications defined in the basic engineering project, for the assembly of the vessel, taking into account the applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CR 4.1 The list of materials is prepared according to the schemes, provisions and isometric that define the pipeline, accessories and valves, indicating standard, quality and code or figure.

CR 4.2 Provisioning requests are made according to the construction plans and plans and define materials, pipes, valves, accessories, and measurement and checking elements.

CR 4.3 The sequences of the mounting process are established by defining the order to be followed for installation, based on the plans and constructive schemes.

CR 4.4 The cutting and shaping lists of the pipeline are provided in the fabricated and assembled isometric.

CR 4.5 The identification of valves and their function in the installation of the service are defined in the lists of label plates.

CR 4.6 The specifications of the sheet metal cutting and marking for polines, support and ventilation are determined and collected in the documentation elaborated with computer support.

Professional context:

Production media:

Computer-assisted design-specific computer-aided design and applications, CAD-CAE of the naval sector.

Products and results:

Service Schemas. Construction plans for development, isometric production and assembly of pipes, pipe, fittings and valves. Design of supports and polines. List of materials, lists for cutting and shaping, assembly sequences. 3D models for piping provisions and ruts. Positioning of equipment and machinery in zone, block or vessel. Technical reports.

Information used or generated:

Technical documentation (specification, constructive strategy, plans, isometric, general arrangement of the ship, preliminary and definitive diagrams, among others). Operation of machinery and equipment. Product catalogue. Quality standards and regulations. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment. Quality standards.

COMPETITION UNIT 4: DEVELOP THE TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION OF SHIPBUILDING AND SHIP REPAIR

Level: 3

Code: UC0815_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Draw the drawings of the product designed, and prepare the lists of materials, for their manufacture, from the technical specifications, taking into account the process of manufacture and assembly of naval products, obtaining the quality established and respecting the applicable rules on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 The shipbuilding and ship repair product is defined considering the feasibility of manufacturing, maintenance and assembly (accessibility, use of standardized tools, ease of assembly, possibility of automation, or others).

CR 1.2 The drawings are made using the symbology and drawing rules (formats of drawings, drawing lines, acotation, tolerances, views, sections, or other) established.

CR 1.3 The adjustments and tolerances are established according to the function of the parts and the type of manufacturing envisaged.

CR 1.4 The different elements are defined by setting the maximum transport dimensions, the fastening elements, the transport, weight, or other protections to enable them to be safely moved and handled.

CR 1.5 Elements are represented using standardized, constructive forms (carcloths, registers, groats, lightening, flanges, handrails, joints, or others) in order to normalize the product and facilitate its manufacturing.

RP 2: Draw schematic drawings to develop pneumatic and hydraulic circuits, considering the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 2.1 Schemes are performed by applying the industry's standardized drawing rules (flat formats, drawing lines, acotation, or other).

CR 2.2 Schemes are defined in compliance with the regulations of the classification societies, technical specifications of design, IMO, regulations for the exploitation and inspection of ships, environmental protection and standards of security.

CR 2.3 The elements that configure the system are arranged to ensure and facilitate their subsequent maintenance.

RP 3: Develop the product technical dossier (instructions for use and maintenance, assembly plans, schemas, parts listing, or others) and technical reports, related to the feasibility of the design, manufacturing and, where appropriate, putting into service, in compliance with the requirements of the project or the reference standards and the applicable rules on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 3.1 The instructions and manuals required for the use and maintenance of the developed product are included in the report.

CR 3.2 Documentation (memories, drawings, schemas, mounting plans, maintenance, presentation, or other) is ordered and checked to be complete.

CR 3.3 The report is prepared by considering the requirements of the project or reference standards (technical specifications, materials and products, functionality, maintenance, safety, costs, quality, means of handling, storage and transport, security of supplies, or other).

CR 3.4 The conclusions obtained are reflected in the written report, expressing them in a clear and orderly manner, and respecting the instructions received.

RP 4: Keep up-to-date and organized the technical documentation needed for product development.

CR 4.1 The 'historical' is updated by adding quality and manufacturing observations and product modifications, throughout their manufacturing and life.

CR 4.2 The technical documentation is updated and organized, allowing to know the validity of the existing documentation (catalogues, journals, quality manual, plans, or others) and systematically incorporating the modifications that affect plans and technical documents.

CR 4.3 The documentation is classified according to established rules and allows its easy location and access to it.

Professional context:

Production media:

Specific computer-assisted design and computer-aided design applications of the naval sector, specific applications of office equipment.

Products and results:

Planes: of assembly and cutting of products of manufacture and assembly of naval projects. Lists of materials. Technical dossier. Use and maintenance manuals.

Information used or generated:

Drawing Rules. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment. Standard elements. Blueprints of preliminary draft Technical specifications to be completed. Design manual. Commercial catalogues. Quality manuals. Schemas and sketches.

TRAINING MODULE 1: DESIGN OF STRUCTURES IN SHIPBUILDING AND SHIP REPAIR

Level: 3

Code: MF0812_3

Associate to UC: Design the elements of structures in shipbuilding and ship repair

Duration: 180 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: To analyze the technical information contained in plans of basic engineering and naval architecture in order to obtain the data that allow to develop constructive solutions and the elaboration of the constructive and assembly plans, applying established calculation procedures.

CE1.1 Get the profile and sheet dimension data, set of 'previews', and blocks to make the constructive and mounting plans.

CE1.2 Relate how to build and cut the ship, taking into account facilities, workshops and machines with the various constructive solutions.

CE1.3 Develop construction and assembly plans using 2D and modeling computing applications by identifying and coding the different building and material elements.

CE1.4 Develop the auxiliary documentation for each of the intermediate elements to perform the manufacturing and structure assembly processes.

CE1.5 In a practical case, of a block of a ship, characterized by the required technical documentation:

-Perform calculations of dimensions of constructive elements of structures: reinforcements at points of placement of polines, masts, hammers, watertight doors, structural ducts, or others.

CE1.6 In a practical scenario, from a 'previous' characterized by the required technical documentation:

-Define the join weld between two elements, indicating the process and expressing it in planes.

C2: Develop cutting and detail plans for constructive elements of structures, providing the information that can be manufactured, using specific software applications in 2D and modeling.

CE2.1 Get data from the construction and construction plans, to draw up cutting plans and technical documentation in detail.

CE2.2 Develop the processes of making, manufacturing and assembling structures, based on the technical documentation.

CE2.3 In a practical scenario, a block of a ship is characterized by the required technical documentation:

-Develop the cutting and detail plans.

-Define the documents and parameters for dimensional control.

-Encode the intermediate products and routing them.

C3: Determine the materials necessary for the manufacture, assembly and repair of naval structures according to the construction plans, specification of the materials, complying with the applicable quality and prevention regulations of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CE3.1 Assign materials, characterized and encoded to manufacture and mount pieces of structures.

CE3.2 In a case scenario, shipbuilding or ship repair:

-Develop the material lists for different processes, areas, and lines of work.

-Define each item in the list by its reference code, dimension, type, and quality of the material.

-Identify the various components of the cost of acquiring the materials.

C4: Develop cutting documentation and the programming of automatic CNC and robot machines, for drawing and cutting plates, profiles and tubes, depending on the materials defined in the assembly, construction or repair, complying with the applicable quality, occupational risk prevention and environmental protection regulations.

CE4.1 Interpret the information of constructive and mounting plans by obtaining information for the cut.

CE4.2 Properly define the layout and cutting processes of sheets, profiles and tubes for structures, identifying the aspects involved in manufacturing.

CE4.3 In a practical scenario, building a block of a ship:

-Develop machine, area, and work line programs using manual programming techniques and computer applications that conform to the established process.

-Perform the programming of automatic CNC cutting machines and robots for drawing and cutting materials.

-Encode the product for correct identification and destination.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.5 and CE1.6; C2 with respect to CE2.3; C3 with respect to CE3.2; C4 with respect to CE4.3.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and achieve your goals.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the organization's productive process.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Habit to the business pace of the business.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Contents:

1. Shipbuilding and ship repair projects

Ship specifications. Basic engineering of structures and armaments.

General and detail naval architecture.

Classification societies regulations.

Concepts of tightness and progressive flooding.

Intermediate Product Catalogs.

2. Constructive strategy of naval structures

Planning. Organization.

Inventory management.

Production systems.

Project management.

3. Construction of naval structures. Constructive technology. Rules and tables

Helmets.

Portics.

Sealed.

Covers.

Mamparos.

Notebooks.

Baos.

Profiles.

4. Chart applied to the design of structures in shipbuilding and ship repair

Composition, decomposition and balance of forces.

Triangulated structures. Graphic calculation of reinforcements, frames, baos and longitudinal.

Static moments. Center of gravity.

5. Calculation of structures in shipbuilding and ship repair

Materials and their resistances.

Centers of severity.

Module resistant.

Ship stability.

Vibrations.

Analysis of structural elements in shipbuilding and ship repair.

tensile stress; compression; cutting; bending; torsion.

Materials used in shipbuilding: technical specifications, certifications, intermediate products, standards and classification codes, coding methods, marine corrosion, protections, among others.

6. Tolerances and adjustments applied in the design of naval structures

Tolerances and settings systems.

Surface states.

dimensional control criteria.

Criteria for leftovers and chaplains.

7. Techniques and processes of design and thermal cutting in shipbuilding and ship repair

The design methods of the part. Plot lines.

Overtime utilization systems.

Nested techniques.

Numeric control programming techniques.

Robot programming techniques.

Cut by oxygen, plasma, laser. Cutting parameters.

Tape Sierra, Tronzadoras. Cutting parameters.

Numeric control programming techniques.

Leveraging leftovers.

Design of the part.

Soldeo processes in naval structures: description, characteristics, practical calculation of welded joints.

Angled to angle: features.

Butt-to-top: features.

Rules and tables: application.

Deformations and tensions in the welded junction.

Treatments.

8. Production planning techniques in shipbuilding and ship repair

Work areas.

Worklines.

Machines.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the design of structures elements in shipbuilding and ship repair, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 2: DESIGN OF MANEUVERS IN SHIPBUILDING AND SHIP REPAIR

Level: 3

Code: MF0813_3

Associate to UC: Design the maneuvers in shipbuilding and ship repair

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Develop and calculate the ship's maneuvers, elements, blocks, machinery and heavy assemblies to define the necessary means, complying with applicable quality regulations, prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CE1.1 Describe the different launching systems, manoeuvring, mooring and anchoring elements.

CE1.2 In a practical scenario, a maneuver of a ship, characterized by technical information:

-Perform the calculations of weights and centers of gravity.

-Define the capabilities of the lifting and transport media according to the weights and centers of gravity.

-Identify the various components of the cost of performing the maneuvers.

CE1.3 Define the maneuvering, quality, and type of auxiliary materials, taking into account the established calculations and means to be used.

CE1.4 Develop the placement of the stings in grate or dike depending on the loads.

CE1.5 In a practical scenario, of stability testing of a ship, characterized by technical information:

-Quantify the weights for that test.

-Distribute the weights for that test.

CE1.6 Define capacity and situation of tanks to be weighed on the ship itself as in the floating dock.

C2: Develop the set and detail plans for the definition of the movement of blocks and the turning of blocks, complying with the applicable regulations of quality, prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CE2.1 Identify information that allows us to know the maximum workloads of all elements.

CE2.2 Develop the technical maneuvering information according to the characteristics of a work area and the teams that compose it.

CE2.3 In a case scenario, of a block, characterized by technical information:

-Develop the cutting and drill-down plans using modeling and 2D computing applications.

-Create the information for each phase and stage of the construction for sub-blocks, blocks, heavy equipment, and transport if necessary.

C3: Develop set and detail plans for the definition of anchorage, mooring and towing manoeuvres, complying with applicable quality, occupational risk prevention and environmental protection regulations.

CE3.1 In a convenient mooring case, characterized by the technical documentation:

-Draw up the development plans of the maneuver by indicating the passage through gats, guides, bitches, among others, of the cables and stachas.

-Set a fenced security area.

CE3.2 In a practical scenario of anchoring characterized by the technical documentation:

-Develop the development plans of the maneuver with the characteristics of chains, anchors, anchor and chain stowage.

-Set a fenced security area.

CE3.3 In a convenient trailer scenario characterized by the technical documentation:

-Develop the maneuver development plans by indicating their fixed points on ship, shooting, vessel situation and signals for these maneuvers, according to regulation.

-Set a fenced security area.

C4: Develop the set and detail plans for the definition of bothering maneuvers, complying with applicable quality regulations, occupational risk prevention and environmental protection.

CE4.1 In a practical scenario of groping, characterized by the technical documentation:

-Develop the set and detail plans, defining the arrangement of pantoqueras, stings, struts, ballast tanks, imadas, eels and a launch bed.

-Set a fenced security area.

CE4.2 In a convenient cart-by-cart scenario characterized by technical documentation:

-Elaborate set and detail plans, defining the vessel layout in cart, shot, and pastecas.

-Set a fenced security area.

CE4.3 In a practical scenario of a botature maneuver characterized by the technical documentation:

-Develop the technical information of the launching process, defining the sequences and operations of the lastrate, strengthening of the prow and stern saints, the leanings of the eels, the mobile retained, retained by the stings and the struts, application of hydraulic jacks, fixed retained cut.

-Set a fenced security area.

C5: Develop set and detail plans for the definition of varada maneuvers, complying with applicable quality regulations, occupational risk prevention and environmental protection.

CE5.1 Successfully describe test protocols.

CE5.2 In a stranding scenario characterized by the technical documentation:

-Successfully prepare the varada plan.

-Elaborate set and detail plans by defining the stranding maneuvers taking into account transverse motors, sea sockets, plugs, probes, sliding and stings and supports.

-Set a fenced security area.

-Develop technical information for the stranded process depending on the work area and maneuver equipment.

-Mark the ballast, situation and weight of the ship, the ship's guiding procedure, and indicating the position and the angle of shooting of the winches, grasses and pastels.

-Set a fenced security area.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.2 and CE1.5; C2 with respect to CE2.3; full C3; full C4; C5 with respect to CE5.2.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and achieve your goals.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the organization's productive process.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Habit to the business pace of the business.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Contents:

1. Vessel and structural block manoeuvres

Move and dump of blocks.

Amarre, anchorage, trailer, bottom, float, and stranding.

Calculation of maneuvers.

Test protocols.

2. Graphostatica applied to the design of maneuvers in shipbuilding and ship repair

Composition, decomposition and balance of forces.

Triangulated structures. Calculation of material resistance.

Static moments. Center of gravity. Moment of inertia.

3. Analytical study of structural elements in ship repair and maneuver

Subjected to tensile stress; compression; cutting; bending; torsion.

4. Elements of manoeuvring and lifting in shipbuilding and ship repair

Shooting elements (cables, slings, balances, cannons, shackles, claws, among others).

Machinery (crane bridges, cranes, porches, trucks, among others).

Levar machines. Fastening elements. Boxes. Auxiliary elements.

5. Tolerances and adjustments applied to shipbuilding and ship repair maneuvers

Tolerances and settings systems.

dimensional control criteria.

Criteria for leftovers and chaplains.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the design of the maneuvers in shipbuilding and ship repair, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 3: DESIGN OF ARMAMENT IN SHIPBUILDING AND SHIP REPAIR

Level: 3

Code: MF0814_3

Associate with UC: Design the elements of armament in shipbuilding and ship repair

Duration: 180 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Analyze the technical documentation, for the development of the service schemes applying the established procedures, taking into account the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment environment.

CE1.1 Develop the plans of service and ventilation system schemes taking into account the situation of equipment and machinery, according to the data from the technical documentation.

CE1.2 Identify the parameters involved in the calculation of pipeline networks.

CE1.3 Interpret the symbology used in the schema representation.

CE1.4 In a practical case of pipe sizing, characterized by the technical documentation:

-Successfully perform preliminary calculations of the size of pipeline networks, based on data obtained from the technical documentation.

-Select pumps and control items according to calculations performed.

CE1.5 In a practical scenario of sizing of ventilation networks characterized by the technical documentation:

-Perform grid sizing calculations from data obtained from the technical documentation.

-Select the fans and accessories based on the calculations performed.

C2: Develop 3D models and define and position equipment and machinery for placement, taking into account data from the technical documentation, complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CE2.1 Define the positioning of equipment and machinery by zones and services according to the technical specifications of ship.

CE2.2 In a practical scenario of developing a 3D model of a machine or machine characterized by the technical documentation:

-Successfully perform 3D models, contemplating the exact placement of the inputs and outputs of the different services.

CE2.3 In a convenient location of equipment and machinery, characterized by the technical documentation:

-Make the plans for the disposal of such equipment and machinery according to the data obtained from the technical documentation, taking into account passageways, pipes, disassemblies, ventilation and rationalization of the space required for the intended function of the local.

C3: Develop constructive plans for the production and assembly of weapons, taking into account specifications, technical documentation, and applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment environment.

CE3.1 Draw the construction, general and detail plans for the elaborate and assembled parts.

CE3.2 Design a polin and structure reinforced for a machine.

CE3.3 Properly design media for different sections of pipeline.

CE3.4 Perform pipe ruts according to the definitive schemas, using a pipe and pipe rut software program.

CE3.5 In a practical scenario of making a pipe rut characterized by the technical documentation:

-Perform the fabricated and mounting isometric, using a design program.

C4: Set the materials and assembly order of the armament according to the construction plans and the specifications of the project, to make lists of materials and assembly sequences, taking into account the regulations applicable to the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CE4.1 Confect material listings with the identification and quality of materials.

CE4.2 Describe pipe, accessory, and equipment assembly sequences.

CE4.3 Develop a list of label plates.

CE4.4 In a scenario of pipeline assembly sequence processing characterized by mounting isometric:

-Develop the documentation for the rut, taking into account the ease of mounting and disassembly and the visual impact.

CE4.5 In a scenario of manufacturing a structure or pipeline:

-Develop the documentation for cutting and marking sheets.

-Identify the various components of the manufacturing cost of a structure or pipeline.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.4 and CE1.5; C2 with respect to CE2.2 and CE2.3; C3 with respect to CE3.5; C4 with respect to CE4.4 and CE4.5.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and achieve your goals.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the organization's productive process.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Habit to the business pace of the business.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Contents:

1. Services and spaces for ships

Main features.

helmet services. Machine services. Ventilation services.

Camera of machines. Flour factory. Local of scrubbers. Local pumps. Fishing park.

Bow zone.

2. Ship armament

Valves and accessories: Composition, operation and applications.

Measurement and control devices: Composition, operation, calibration, and applications.

Drive pumps and control and control elements.

Fans and accessories.

Engines.

Weapons in shipbuilding: constructive technology, standards and tables, supports, ports, pipes, transport equipment, location of machines and service facilities.

3. Systems of representation applied to armaments and ship repair

Principles of the Cavalry Perspective.

Cavalry perspective.

Principles of the axonometric perspective.

Isometric perspective.

4. Graphostatica applied to the design of armaments on ships

Composition, decomposition and balance of forces.

Triangulated structures. Calculation of material resistance.

Static moments. Center of gravity. Moment of inertia.

5. Analytical study of structural elements of armaments on ships

Subjected to efforts: of traction; of compression; of cutting; of bending; of torsion.

Armament calculation on ships: materials and their resistances, load losses, flow rate, speed and pressure, ship stability.

6. Union processes applied to ship armament

Typology and characteristics of welded joints.

Practical calculation of welded joins.

Angled Welding: Features. Butt-end: Features.

Application of rules and welding tables.

Deformations and tensions in the welded joint. Treatments.

Welding of pipes for high-pressure fluids.

Pasted joins: Description, features, and applications.

Bolted Joins: Description, features, and applications.

Practical calculation of pasted joins: Rules and tables.

Tolerances and adjustments applied to ship armament: tolerances and system of adjustments, dimensional control criteria, criteria for overlaying and chaffanes.

7. Armament projects on ships

General ship specifications.

Classification societies rules.

Manuals and books for machines and equipment.

International rules for the specification of risk prevention and pollution at sea.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the design of the elements of armament in shipbuilding and ship repair, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 4: TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION FOR SHIPBUILDING AND SHIP REPAIR

Level: 3

Code: MF0815_3

Associate to UC: Develop the technical documentation of shipbuilding and ship repair

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Draw in the production plans of elements, previous, blocks, or other, for the definition of the constructive elements, collecting the technical information necessary for their subsequent manufacture, complying with the quality standards, and applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CE1.1 Choose the graphical representation system and scale for each element, ensuring its interpretation and the level of detail required.

CE1.2 Represent according to the regulations, the raised, plants, sections and details, that are part of the graphic information that contain the plans.

CE1.3 Acute the dimensions of the pieces designed according to the process of obtaining them and applying the reference standards.

CE1.4 Specify the technological data of the designed element (materials, standard elements, thermal or surface treatments, surface qualities, applicable standards, or others) in the plans.

CE1.5 In a practical scenario of drawing up the definition of pipe products (pipe assembly), characterized by the sketches and the general instructions:

-Represent the assembly using the raised, plants, sections, and details using specific computer applications.

-Acute the set while respecting the graphical representation rules.

-Specify the materials, normalized elements, and surface qualities based on the information received.

C2: Draw the planes of the different maneuvers in shipbuilding and ship repair for their transport or handling, complying with the quality standards and the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CE2.1 Represent according to regulations, move and dump maneuvers.

CE2.2 Reintroduce according to the regulations, botation and float maneuvers.

CE2.3 Represent according to regulations, anchorage, mooring and towing maneuvers.

CE2.4 Represent according to regulations, varada maneuvers.

CE2.5 Specify the technical data (situation of the starting and shooting elements, the useful employees (shackles, slings, or others), the shooting angle, the situation, the capacities and the distribution of cargo, the technical data (situation of the elements), materials, their arrangement on the stranding train, provision on the train of imades and eels.

CE2.6 Identify the dangerousness of different types of maneuvers, delimiting the zones of influence for their protection.

C3: Reintroduce pneumatic and hydraulic circuit schemes, for the definition of the installation, complying with applicable quality regulations, occupational risk prevention and environmental protection.

CE3.1 Identify the elements involved in the pneumatic and hydraulic circuits, collecting it in the schemas.

CE3.2 Order the necessary information that appears in the same plane, guaranteeing your interpretation.

CE3.3 Represent in accordance with the regulations, the pneumatic and hydraulic schemes, which are part of the technical documentation concerning the manufacture of the product, using specific computer applications in their case.

C4: Represent the positioning of a ship's armament, for placement, taking into account the data of the technical documentation, complying with the quality standards, and considering the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CE4.1 Represent 3D models of equipment and machinery with their connection points, using specific computer applications.

CE4.2 Represent the rut and schemas that allow you to perform the piping provisions.

CE4.3 Represent the isometric that define the fabricated and mounting of the pipeline.

CE4.4 Define the technical data (materials, pipes, valves, accessories and measurement and checking elements, label plates, or others) in the plans.

C5: Develop the technical dossier of the product designed, organize and update it by contemplating the requirements of the project or the reference standards, respecting the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CE5.1 Develop the instructions and manuals necessary for the use and maintenance of the product developed using computer applications.

CE5.2 Develop the project dossier by integrating (memories, plans, schemes, assembly plans, materials characteristics, maintenance instructions, regulations and regulations, or others).

CE5.3 Describe the procedures for updating the project's graphical information, as well as document management.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.5; C5 with respect to CE5.1.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and achieve your goals.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the organization's productive process.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to your activity.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Contents:

1. Systems of representation in shipbuilding

Cavalry perspective principles.

Cavalry perspective.

Axonometric perspective principles.

Schematic.

Graphic representation rules in shipbuilding: views, cuts and sections, acotation according to the manufacturing process, surface state tolerances and shape, croquization, sets, normalization, representation of normalized elements.

Representation of elements and assemblies in shipbuilding: interpretation of naval architecture, interpretation of plans, graphic characteristics that define a shipbuilding, isometric, croking, tolerances and adjustments, dimensional control criteria.

2. Geometric developments and intersections in shipbuilding

Geometric bodies.

Transformations.

Intersections.

3. Computer-aided design in shipbuilding

CAD-CAM Program, 2D-3D.

Drawing Entities. Editing objects.

Isometric drawing. Three-dimensional modeling.

Models of surfaces. Models of solids.

4. Documentary management in shipbuilding and ship repair

Ofimatica applied to document management: text processors, editors, databases, spreadsheets, and presentations.

Organization of project information.

Document update procedures.

5. Electrical, pneumatic and hydraulic installations on ships

Equipment and circuit elements.

Symbology and representation.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the development of the technical documentation of shipbuilding and ship repair, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

ANNEX X

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION: MANUFACTURING AND ASSEMBLY OF INDUSTRIAL PIPELINE INSTALLATIONS

Professional Family: Mechanical Manufacturing

Level: 2

Code: FME351_2

General Competition

Perform processing, assembly and assembly operations of pipes, accessories and incorporated elements, as well as basic union operations, following established procedures, interpreting plans and technical documentation, (a) taking into account and respecting, at all times, the standards of quality, the environment and the prevention of occupational risks.

Competition Units

UC1142_2: Tracing and mechanizing pipelines

UC1143_2: Conforming and assembling pipes

UC1144_2: Mount pipeline installations

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its professional activity in the production department, dedicated to the manufacture and assembly of industrial piping installations, in entities of a private nature, small, medium or large enterprises, both self-employed persons, irrespective of their legal form. It develops its activity, depending on its case, functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. You may have staff in your position at times, for seasons or in a stable way. The principles of universal accessibility are applied in the development of professional activity in accordance with the applicable regulations.

Productive Sectors

It is mainly located in the shipbuilding and repair sectors, in the energy sector and in petrochemical and related industries.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs

The terms of the following relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomprensivo character of women and men.

Industrial Tubers

Naval Tubers

Calder-tubers

Associated Training (510 hours)

Training Modules

MF1142_2: Piping and machining (150 hours)

MF1143_2: Conformed and Armed Pipeline (150 hours)

MF1144_2: Pipeline assembly (210 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: PLOT AND MECHANIZE PIPELINES

Level: 2

Code: UC1142_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Get the information needed for pipeline layout and machining, interpreting blueprints, instruction sheets, technical documentation, and work orders.

CR 1.1 The information required for machine and tool handling is obtained from the interpretation of the production engineering documentation (graphic, technical, or other).

CR 1.2 Technical information for the drawing and machining process is obtained by interpreting the pipeline planes, represented in orthogonal (American and European), isometric or schematic systems.

CR 1.3 The machines and tools for the layout and machining of pipes are selected according to what is specified in the technical documentation.

CR 1.4 The work program is developed by establishing the durations and methods to be used in the making of the pipes.

CR 1.5 Self-control operations and parameters for pipeline tracing and machining are obtained by interpreting the technical documentation.

CR 1.6 The information obtained is documented, classified, and organized taking into account the established work sequence.

RP 2: Organize the workplace by collecting materials, preparing and maintaining equipment, tools, instruments and work protections, to mechanize the pipes in a workshop, according to the standards of quality and the applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CR 2.1 The collection and disposal of the elements and materials for the mechanization of the pipeline is carried out according to the criteria determined in the plans, isometric or list of materials.

CR 2.2 Individual protective equipment is selected and available for use, depending on the protection required during machining operations.

CR 2.3 The machines and tools are selected according to the mechanization to be performed in the pipeline and taking into account the specifications of the technical documentation.

CR 2.4 Machines and tools are prepared according to manufacturer's instructions for use and maintenance requirements.

CR 2.5 Lift and transport systems are selected based on the dimensions, weights and characteristics of the material to be moved.

CR 2.6 The maintenance operations of the equipment or machinery for the layout and machining are carried out, ensuring the operation of said equipment and the quality of the product.

RP 3: Tracing and cutting pipes with the required tools to obtain the sections specified in the technical documents, complying with the quality standards and applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 3.1 The layout for cutting and its rear bending is performed taking into account the space needed to position the jaws at the beginning of the curve and the required supercharge is given.

CR 3.2 The layout is done by contemplating the maximum use of the materials, optimizing the production.

CR 3.3 Parts are identified by marking and labeling, facilitating their subsequent assembly.

CR 3.4 The markup created with the granets is placed over the drawn lines or cue points.

CR 3.5 The intended cutting techniques are applied by following the work instructions received and controlling the parameters of advancement, depth, speed, pressure, consumption, gas type, nozzle distance, among others.

CR 3.6 The cutting technique is performed taking into account the characteristics of the chosen cutting method: mechanical cutting, thermal cutting, among others.

RP 4: Mechanizing the pipes according to requirements of their subsequent assembly, joining or assembling the parts that make up the piping elements, meeting the quality standards and the applicable risk prevention regulations work and protection of the environment.

CR 4.1 The edges of the pipe sections are prepared according to requirements for their subsequent assembly or welding.

CR 4.2 The machining operations are performed taking into account the element or equipment to be joined.

CR 4.3 The edge achaflade is made by taking into account the dimensions required to perform the welding afterwards.

CR 4.4 The thread is performed respecting the parameters of length, angle, diameter, step and depth.

CR 4.5 The extruded and the abocarbon is performed respecting the parameters required for welding.

CR 4.6 The rebordered is performed by respecting the parameters determined by the procedure.

CR 4.7 The machining processes are performed in compliance with the standards of use of the applicable equipment and regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards.

Professional context:

Production media:

Plot tools. Measuring and checking instruments. Thread. Drills. Sierra. Caladora. Barber. Refrenting and beveling. Extruder. Reborder. Means of lifting and transport. Manual, semi-automatic and automatic machines for mechanical cutting, oxycorte and plasma. Personal and collective protective equipment.

Products and results:

Tubing sections prepared for forming and assembling.

Information used or generated:

General plans, isometric, sketch, templates, schemes and work instructions. List of materials: standardization of piping, accessories and materials. Quality standards. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment. Rules for self-control.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: BUILD AND ASSEMBLE PIPELINES

Level: 2

Code: UC1143_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Get the information needed for the shaping and assembly, interpreting plans, instructions sheets, technical documentation and work orders.

CR 1.1 The information required for machine and tool handling is obtained from the interpretation of the production engineering documentation (graphic, technical, or other).

CR 1.2 The technical information for the shaping and assembly process is obtained by interpreting the lines of pipes represented in orthogonal (American and European), isometric or schematic systems.

CR 1.3 The operations and parameters of self-control for the shaping and assembly of the pipes are obtained by interpreting the technical documentation.

CR 1.4 The information obtained is documented, classified, and organized taking into account the established work sequence.

RP 2: Preparing the workplace by gathering materials, preparing and maintaining equipment, tools, instruments and work protections to build and assemble pipeline pipelines, in accordance with quality and quality standards. applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CR 2.1 The collection and disposal of the elements and materials for the shaping and assembly of the pipeline is carried out on the basis of the criteria determined in plans, isometric or material list.

CR 2.2 Individual protective equipment is selected and arranged for use, depending on the protection required during the shaping and assembly operations of the pipeline.

CR 2.3 The machines and tools are selected according to the armed shaping operations to be performed and according to the specifications of the technical documentation.

CR 2.4 Machines and tools are prepared according to manufacturer's instructions for use and maintenance requirements.

CR 2.5 The applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection during the operations of forming and assembling the pipeline are implemented in accordance with the instructions of the safety and health plan. set.

CR 2.6 The maintenance operations of the equipment or machinery for the shaping and assembly of piping are carried out, ensuring the operation of said equipment and the quality of the product.

RP 3: Conform pipelines for later assembly, using established equipment and tools, meeting quality standards, and applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 3.1 The array, radius, forward, mandrel, straight stretches, curvy length, revilings or turns and angle of curvature of the pipeline are verified, checking that they conform to the construction specifications.

CR 3.2 The machines are prepared with the required tools to perform the curving without deformations (wrinkles, ovals, cracks, or others).

CR 3.3 The nozzle for the hot curving is selected according to the material, and the filling of the tube if necessary, allowing the radius of curvature to be obtained without deformations.

CR 3.4 The programming of the cold curving sequences is performed taking into account the diameters, radii, thicknesses, quality of the material, in addition to the characteristics of the machine used, and considering the need for whether or not to perform a prior annealing.

CR 3.5 The shaping process is performed in compliance with the instructions for the use of equipment and machines and in compliance with the standards of occupational risk prevention and environmental protection.

RP 4: Arsea sections of tubing, flanges and grafts with the help of the required tools and by means of punting (including the tip by TIG) according to the specifications prescribed for the assembly of the pipes, meeting the standards of quality and the applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 4.1 Capillarity welding is obtained by obtaining the required slack between tubes and fittings.

CR 4.2 The flanges are positioned in the tube, aligning the different elements with the accuracy required for mounting.

CR 4.3 The assembly is carried out according to the projections indicated in the isometric or constructive plans.

CR 4.4 Armed sequences are performed according to the established procedure (coupling, aligning, and fixing).

CR 4.5 Welding points are performed at the given location and with the established procedure, including kicking with TIG.

CR 4.6 The work done is verified, ensuring that it meets the required conditions and specifications for assembly.

CR 4.7 Parts are identified by marking and tagging.

RP 5: Perform the treatment operations that allow the pipes to be left in the optimal conditions of service, complying with the quality standards and the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CR 5.1 The pipeline is intended to obtain the degree of finish required in specifications, work orders, classification societies and requirements of the services to which the tube will be destined.

CR 5.2 The final treatment is performed in the sequential order specified in the work orders and with the techniques indicated for each of the processes.

CR 5.3 Cleaning and pickling operations are performed with the parameters of each of the treatments.

CR 5.4 The pipeline is protected as specified after the completion of the tube and before it is mounted to prevent treatment deterioration.

Professional context:

Production media:

Measurement and Verification Instruments. Curvacators. Terrajas and shaping tools.

Lift and transport media. Manual, semi-automatic and automatic machines for cutting and welding. Tools and tools for the assembly. Personal and collective protective equipment.

Products and results:

Pipes finished, treated and prepared for assembly.

Information used or generated:

General plans, isometric, sketch, templates, schemes and work instructions. List of materials: standardization of piping, accessories and materials. Quality standards. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment. Rules for self-control.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: MOUNT PIPELINE INSTALLATIONS

Level: 2

Code: UC1144_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Preparing the job, collecting materials, preparing and maintaining equipment, tools, instruments and work protections, to enable the assembly of pipes in modules, blocks and subblocks, according to the with the standards of quality, and the applicable regulations on prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 The collection and disposal of all the necessary elements for the assembly of pipes, is carried out according to the criteria of material needs and services, determined in the plans, isometric or lists of materials.

CR 1.2 The machines and tools are selected based on the specifications of the technical documentation.

CR 1.3 Machines and tools are prepared according to manufacturer's instructions for use and maintenance requirements.

CR 1.4 The collection and disposal of all necessary personal protective equipment is made in accordance with the requirements of the pipe assembly operations.

CR 1.5 Accessories, valves, and small equipment are coupled according to the needs of the assembly to be performed.

CR 1.6 The assembly of the pipes is made from the information of plans, regulations and specifications prescribed.

CR 1.7 Equipment operation control is performed by following instructions to detect anomalies that are subsated with usage maintenance.

CR 1.8 Work risk prevention systems are applied in accordance with the instructions of the security plan established for the conformed and armed.

RP 2: Develop the isometric templates and planes that define the sections of pipes for later assembly and assembly, according to the project plans and technical documents.

CR 2.1 The schematic pipeline is elaborated according to the criteria that are established in plans and technical documents of the project and according to the criteria that the inspection of the classification societies establish.

CR 2.2 Installation is proven to allow easy disassembly of other pipelines, taking into account interference with other services and visual impact.

CR 2.3 The isometric templates and planes for closing tubes or pipes with a reduced diameter are elaborated by taking into account interferences with other services, the disassembly of other pipes or equipment and the visual impact.

CR 2.4 The templates are made with the necessary thickness and buttress, to avoid deformations in their handling.

RP 3: Mount the supports that facilitate assembly of the set of pipes and fittings in work, meeting the quality standards and applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 3.1 Supports are properly positioned to avoid tension and vibration of the pipeline and equipment.

CR 3.2 In the placement of the pipe supports the need is determined or not to be used reinforced in the structure to avoid deformations or breakages.

CR 3.3 Fixed points that can deform both the structure and the pipeline are mounted so that the lire or dilation joints can be worked perfectly.

CR 3.4 The materials that by the characteristics of their composition cannot be in contact with others or that by their movement of dilation can damage the surface, are detected and protected with softer materials or according to indicated requirements.

RP 4: Positioning, coupling and fixing (including TIG) the necessary piping and accessory assemblies, for the assembly of the pipes, using the necessary equipment and in accordance with the technical specifications, complying with the quality standards and applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 4.1 The pipe is mounted by following the reference points indicated in the mounting planes, and the procedure set (positioned, coupled and fixed).

CR 4.2 The positioning of the set of pipes and fittings is performed within the permissible tolerances for their subsequent attachment.

CR 4.3 Welding points are performed in the right place and with the established procedure (including the tip with TIG).

CR 4.4 The penetrations are performed and the handrails are placed following the indications of the isometric or mounting planes.

CR 4.5 Expansion joints are placed, voltage free, at the distance indicated by the manufacturer.

CR 4.6 The level and aplomb of pipes is performed using conventional levels, optical level, water hoses or laser, meeting the technical specifications.

CR 4.7 In joints by flanges, the drills are approximated and oriented, using tip bars and long screws, attached to the joint, the screws are tightened sequentially, on the cross and the torque is the same. specified.

CR 4.8 Self-control of the work performed is done in compliance with the specified requirements.

RP 5: Carry out the installation and end-point testing of the facility to check that the installation conforms to the prescribed specifications, meeting the quality standards and the applicable prevention regulations occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 5.1 Tests are performed according to the prescribed specification and in accordance with the regulations and regulations in force.

CR 5.2 welded joints are checked for possible cracks and losses.

CR 5.3 The elements, equipment, and instruments that can be damaged by the test pressure are checked and properly protected.

CR 5.4 Test development control all the parameters involved (times, temperature, pressure, or others).

CR 5.5 The security and control elements (thermostatic and security valves, or others), are independently checked, as well as the correct operation of the temperature and pressure indicators.

RP 6: Make simple welds with the most common techniques (electrode, semi-automatic MIG MAG, oxygenas, capillarity welding, resistance for asparagus, welding of plastic pipes and their derivatives by electrofusion, by Butt welding and bonding with adhesives) in different qualities of base material and in the most common positions, for joining sections of piping, meeting the quality standards and the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 6.1 The edges to join are prepared according to established specifications or rules.

CR 6.2 The parameters of the welding machines are fixed, according to the welding to be performed.

CR 6.3 Base materials to be used, carbon steels, austenitic stainless steels, cores, latons and plastics are required by welding procedures.

CR 6.4 In the welding of plastic pipes and their derivatives are used the accessories (sleeves, teas, among others) of material suitable for carrying out the welding by electrofusion.

CR 6.5 In the welding of plastic pipes and their derivatives are identified the materials of which they are composed to use the means necessary to perform the welds.

CR 6.6 The welding is performed in the most common positions and meets the quality standards specified in its field, in terms of surface quality, dimension, bites and cleanliness.

CR 6.7 Welding defects are identified and repaired to achieve their acceptability or communicate to the responsible technician by following the established procedure.

CR 6.8 The surfaces adjacent to the weld cord are left free from defects by stings or other causes.

Professional context:

Production media:

Lift and transport media. Equipment and assembly machines. Measuring and checking instruments. Useful and fluid machines for testing (hydraulic pump, compressor, manometers, or others). Welding machines and equipment. Personal and collective protective equipment.

Products and results:

Templates and isometric. Mounted supports for the pipe installation. Pipes mounted and tested.

Information used or generated:

Constructive, general and detail plans, sketches, assembly schemes. Isometric. Lists of materials. Work instructions. Standardization of pipes, fittings and materials. Specific quality standards. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

TRAINING MODULE 1: DRAWING AND MACHINING OF PIPELINE

Level: 2

Code: MF1142_2

UC Associate: Tracing and Machining Pipelines

Duration: 150 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Get the data required to perform the plotting operations by analyzing the technical and processing information.

CE1.1 Relate the different representation systems used in pipeline planes with the information that needs to be supplied in each case.

CE1.2 Interpret the views, sections, and details of the planes according to orthogonal, American, and European, isometric or schematic systems.

CE1.3 Interpret self-control sheets and recognize measures to control.

CE1.4 Identify the forecast time for the elaboration of the different sections of the pipeline.

CE1.5 In a scenario of obtaining data for the layout and cutting, characterized by a constructive plane of pipes:

-Identify and characterize the different elements that make up the set.

-Get the geometric shapes and dimensions of indistinct constructive elements.

-Distinguished the different types of lines used in the pipeline representation.

-Identify the different scales used and perform cote calculations with the escalometer and other means.

-Get the linear, geometric dimensions and their tolerances as well as the surface qualities.

-Get and characterize the self-control measures.

-Document the information obtained.

C2: Prepare the production machines for sections of the pipeline, complying with the required technical specifications, quality standards and applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CE2.1 Identify and characterize the material according to its dimensions, thickness and quality according to the work instructions.

CE2.2 Identify and characterize the equipment, tools and tools necessary for the manufacture of the different sections of the pipeline.

CE2.3 Relate the material (tubes, flanges, elbows, or other) and the processes related to piping (tracing and cutting) with the equipment, tools and tools for the manufacture of pipe sections.

CE2.4 Define the specific tasks for each machine or computer.

CE2.5 Check the status of tools and machines by keeping preventive.

CE2.6 In a scenario of manufacturing a pipe stretch, characterized by the technical documentation:

-Prepare equipment, machines, accessories and ancillary services according to the instructions and procedures, complying with the required safety standards.

C3: Bring the developments of various geometric shapes and intersections into tubes to define their shapes.

CE3.1 Identify and characterize the parameters and characteristics that define the two-dimensional forms and the development of intersections.

CE3.2 Successfully apply the graphical procedures that allow for the obtention of two-dimensional forms and developments, taking into account the variables of the constructive process.

CE3.3 Identify in the standard profile tables: dimensions, characteristics, and weight.

CE3.4 Operate with the usual layout tools in the representation of shapes and getting intersections.

CE3.5 Relate plastic deformations that can be produced during constructive processes with the realization of intersections.

CE3.6 In a practical scenario of developing geometrical shapes and pipe intersections, characterized by a 'type' pipe manufacturing plane, drawing tools and measuring instruments:

-Identify and characterize the required technical specifications.

-Identify and interpret the parameters and characteristics of two-dimensional shapes and intersections.

-Interpret the standardized profile tables to obtain the dimensions, characteristics, and weight of the various elements.

-Relate possible plastic deformations that can occur in constructive processes and their influence on the intersection of elements.

-Apply the graphical procedures to obtain the required development, meeting the established standards.

-Draw and mark the pipes, using the appropriate marking tools and instruments, taking into account the preparation of edges, type of cut, sangria of the cut and criteria of maximum use (minimum leftovers) and complying: required technical specifications, standards for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks.

-Verify the layout and marking using the required measuring instrument.

C4: Operate cutting and machining equipment (manual and semi-automatic), for the manufacture of piping, in compliance with the required technical specifications, quality standards and applicable risk prevention regulations work and protection of the environment.

CE4.1 Describe the components of the different cutting and machining equipment, and the function of each one of them and the interrelation thereof in the set, expressing the performance of the same.

CE4.2 Relate, to each other, the different cutting equipment, the different parameters of the procedure and with the results to be obtained.

CE4.3 Relate, to each other, the different cutting equipment, the different parameters of the procedure and with the results to be obtained.

CE4.4 Describe cutting and machining procedures, with their typical defects.

CE4.5 Operate cutting and machining equipment as instructed.

CE4.6 In a practical scenario of conducting pipe cuts characterized by the necessary means:

-Select the cutting equipment according to the characteristics of the required material and requirements, identifying the tools and tools involved in the cutting process.

-Check that the tools and useful employees meet the optimal conditions of use.

-Point out the cutting equipment, determining the usage parameters.

-Run the cut operations with the required quality properly cleaning the cut out.

-Verify that the pieces obtained have the required cut quality and are within the specified measurements.

-Identify or, where appropriate, relate possible defects to the causes that cause them.

-Apply security and hygiene measures during cutting operations.

CE4.7 In a practical case of machining (threaded, abocarbon, chambered, or other), characterized by a plane and technical documentation, where the necessary means are available:

-Choose the machining equipment according to the characteristics of the required material and requirements, identifying the tools and tools involved in the machining processes.

-Check that the tools and useful employees meet the optimal conditions of use: List technical characteristics that the previous tools must meet.

-Point to the machining equipment, determining the usage parameters.

-Run the machining operations with the required quality properly cleaning the cut out.

-Verify that the pieces obtained have the required machining quality and are within the specified measurements.

-Identify or, where appropriate, relate potential defects to causes that cause them.

-Apply security measures during machining operations.

-Apply equipment and media usage rules.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.5; C2 with respect to CE2.6; C3 with respect to CE3.6; C4 with respect to CE4.6 and CE4.7.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and achieve your goals.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the organization's productive process.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Habit to the business pace of the business.

Adapt to organization, organizational and technological changes as well as new situations or contexts.

Contents:

1. Graphical interpretation for line layout and machining

Orthogonal, American and European planes. Isometric.

Representation of views, cuts, and sections. Development of geometric bodies.

2. Qualities and behaviour of materials used in industrial piping

Pipes and their accessories. Standardisation. Business forms.

3. Measurements in the layout and machining of industrial piping

Dimensional control.

Tolerances.

Causes of deformations and correction procedures.

Tools and tools and measuring instruments used.

4. Processes used in the drawing and machining of pipelines

Plot rules.

Marks for identifying items. Construction of templates and layout tools. Thermal cutting process: oxyfuel, plasma and mechanical cutting (manual, automatic and semi-automatic).

Tronder and shear.

5. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection in the field of design and machining of industrial piping

Techniques and protective elements. Risk assessment.

Environmental management. Waste treatment.

Legislative and regulatory aspects.

6. Quality standards in the design and machining of industrial piping

Specifications.

Acceptance criteria.

Control measures.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the layout and machining of pipes, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 2: FORMING AND ASSEMBLING PIPES

Level: 2

Code: MF1143_2

UC Associate: Conforming and Assembling Pipelines

Duration: 150 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Analyze the technical and process information used in the manufacture of pipes, in order to obtain the necessary data to carry out the operations of forming and assembling.

CE1.1 Relate the different representation systems employed in flat pipes with the information that needs to be obtained in each case.

CE1.2 Interpret the views, sections, and details of the planes according to orthogonal, American, and European, isometric or schematic systems.

CE1.3 Interpret self-control sheets and recognize measures to control.

CE1.4 Deduct the time provided for the elaboration of the different sections of the pipeline.

CE1.5 In a scenario where a constructive pipeline of 'type' pipes is delivered:

-Identify and characterize the different elements that make up the set.

-Get the geometric shapes and dimensions of indistinct constructive elements.

-Identify the different types of lines used in the pipeline representation.

-Identify the different scales used and perform cote calculations with the escalometer and other means.

-Get the linear, geometric dimensions and their tolerances as well as the surface qualities.

-Identify and characterize self-control measures.

-Document the process, organize and classify the information.

C2: Preparing machinery and equipment for forming and assembling pipes, complying with the required technical specifications, standards of quality and prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CE2.1 Identify and characterize the materials according to their dimensions, thickness and quality according to the work instructions.

CE2.2 Identify and characterize the equipment, tools and tools necessary for the manufacture of the different sections of the pipeline.

CE2.3 Relate the material (tubes, flanges, elbows, among others) and the processes of forming and assembling the tubing with the equipment, tools and tools used in the manufacture of pipe sections.

CE2.4 Define the specific tasks for each machine or computer.

CE2.5 Handle and check the operation of machines by maintaining a preventive maintenance.

CE2.6 In a practical case of forming and assembling a pipe section, where the technical documentation is delivered:

-Prepare equipment, machines, accessories and auxiliary and material services, according to the instructions and procedures, complying with the required safety standards.

C3: Operate with equipment and means of conformed and curved employees in the manufacture of piping, complying with the technical specifications and standards of prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CE3.1 Relate the various shaped and curved equipment, with the required materials, desired shapes and finish.

CE3.2 Describe the different equipment and means used in the shaping of elements, relating them to each other and to the benefits they are intended to obtain.

CE3.3 Describe the deformations that are produced by the application of heat to different elements, relating them to the causes, making a practical demonstration.

CE3.4 Relate, with each other and with the results to be obtained, the different procedures of shaping and curving.

CE3.5 Identify the safety and hygiene measures required by the different media and equipment used in shaping.

CE3.6 In a practical case of forming and bending of piping, characterized by the plane and technical documentation:

-Identify and characterize the equipment and means of conformed to be employed, as well as the limitations presented by each of them.

-Different the different elements that make up the media and equipment.

-Point the shaped and curved equipment, determining the usage parameters.

-Run pipe shaping operations.

-Verify that the pieces obtained have the required quality of finish and are within the specified measurements.

-Relate possible defects to the causes that cause it.

-Demonstrate the way the deformations occur in tubes, applying the heat techniques.

-Apply security and hygiene measures during curving and shaping operations.

-Apply equipment and media usage rules.

C4: Perform the operations of the assembly of pipes, flanges and grafts, for the assembly of pipes, meeting technical specifications and standards of prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CE4.1 Describe the different techniques of assembling tubes, flanges, grafts, among others.

CE4.2 Describe the components of the different welding equipment and the function of each one of them and the interrelation thereof in the set, expressing the performance of the same.

CE4.3 Relate the tools and auxiliary means necessary for the armed and punctured with the results to be obtained.

CE4.4 Apply the different operating techniques of pipe welding, in simple positions.

CE4.5 Describe the security measures required by the different media and equipment used in the gun and stitch.

CE4.6 In a scenario of armed and dotted with a 'type' service, where the technical documentation is delivered and is available for execution:

-Identify and characterize the sections to be assembled by selecting the machines, tools, and auxiliary means necessary for such operation.

-Point the machines, equipment, and auxiliary media, determining the usage parameters.

-Run the operations of armed and dotted according to established procedures and taking into account the holguras, positions established in the isometric or established plans.

-Verify that the pieces obtained have the required quality of finish and are within the specified measurements.

-Apply security and hygiene measures during pipeline assembly operations.

-Apply equipment and media usage rules.

C5: Apply required pipeline treatment operations based on different types of service, meeting technical specifications and standards for occupational risk prevention and environmental protection.

CE5.1 Describe the characteristics of different cleaning, painting and surface treatment products.

CE5.2 Describe the incompatibility that exists between the various products for the treatment of pipes.

CE5.3 Describe the different equipment, tools, and auxiliary means used in the treatments.

CE5.4 Describe the security measures required by the different media and equipment used in the treatments.

CE5.5 Describe the environmental protection measures required by the different treatments.

CE5.6 In a scenario of treating a series of pipes, where the technical documentation is delivered and available for execution:

-Identify and characterize the treatment to be performed based on the technical documentation.

-Perform internal pipe cleaning operations.

-Apply the techniques of squirt to tubes, adjusting the machine parameters according to the type and quality of the material to be cleaned.

-Apply hand-painted and pistol techniques, controlling the thickness of the paint layer.

-Adopt the required safety and occupational risk prevention measures in pipeline treatment processes.

-Adopt the environmental protection measures required in the application of chemicals and in the treatment of waste generated.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.5; C2 with respect to CE2.6; C3 for CE3.6; C4 for CE4.6; C5 for CE5.6.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and achieve your goals.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the organization's productive process.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Habit to the business pace of the business.

Adapt to organization, organizational and technological changes as well as new situations or contexts.

Contents:

1. Graphic interpretation in shaping and assembly of pipes

Orthogonal, American and European planes. Isometric.

Representation of views, cuts, and sections. Development of geometric bodies.

2. Qualities and behaviour of materials used in piping

Pipes and their accessories and normalization. Business forms.

3. Measurements for the shaping and assembly of pipes

Dimensional control.

Tolerances.

Causes of deformations and correction procedures.

Tools, tools, and measurement instruments used.

4. Processes used in the shaping and assembly of piping

Cold and hot forming process. Process of assembly.

Electrical, semi-automatic welding and tiling with TIG.

5. Treatments applied to the pipes

Cleansing, painting and surface treatments. Tools, equipment and auxiliary means.

6. Quality standards and applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection in the shaping and assembly of pipelines

Techniques and protective elements. Risk assessment.

Environmental management. Waste treatment.

Legislative and regulatory aspects.

Quality standards applied to the shaping and assembly of pipes: Specifications. Acceptance criteria. Control measures.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the shaping and assembly of pipes, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 3: PIPELINE ASSEMBLY

Level: 2

Code: MF1144_2

Associate to UC: Mount pipeline installations

Duration: 210 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Analyze the technical information and the pipe mounting plans, in order to obtain the information needed for the assembly process.

CE1.1 Interpret the symbology and technical characteristics that are related to the pipeline assembly process.

CE1.2 Interpret the views, sections, and details of the planes according to orthogonal, American, and European, isometric or schematic systems.

CE1.3 Inferment the most suitable sequence of assembly, taking into account the assembly and disassembly of other pipes.

CE1.4 Describe the media and equipment to be used deduced from the mount plane.

CE1.5 Describe the security rules that are involved during the assembly process.

CE1.6 In a scenario of analysis of technical information, characterized by the delivery of a pipe assembly plane:

-Identify and define the elements that make up the set, relating them to their technical specifications.

-Describe the relative position of elements.

-Identify the functionality of the set.

-Set the mount order of the various elements that make up the set.

-Identify and interpret the different views, sections, and details of the planes according to the different types of mounting.

-Identify and interpret the cutting planes of the assembly in order to proceed with the elaboration of the different elements.

-Identify and properly evaluate the quality requirements expressed in the plans.

-Document the process with the information obtained.

CE1.7 In a scenario of building a pipeline stretch template:

-Develop a sketch, from the pipe section to be mounted.

-Perform rod templates for non-normalized curves.

-Tracing jigs for curves, grafts, and holes in material that can be wound to the outside of the tube.

-Select the type of profile to take care of the required effort and precision.

-Cut templates.

-Mark the templates and useful for later identification.

C2: Analyze the assembly processes, describing and relating the assembly sequences, material needs, equipment, human resources, auxiliary and occupational risk prevention and protection of the environment environment.

CE2.1 Explain the different assembly processes in pipelines in shipbuilding or in industrial piping.

CE2.2 In a practical scenario of mounting a pipeline pipeline characterized by drawings, technical specifications, quality of finish and applicable safety:

-Define the specific phases and parameters of each of the operations, evaluating the mount process.

-To state and describe the need for human resources and necessary materials.

-Precise the need for media and equipment that enable mounting.

-Identify applicable regulations regarding quality and safety controls in the assembly.

-Define a distribution scheme at the disposal and command of auxiliary media, collection zones, and, in general, how many needs to be met for conditioning the mounting zone.

-Explain the access and scaffolding that are required in the mount to be performed.

-Document the process.

C3: Make preparations for assembly and assembly of pipelines, taking into account the quality standards and applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CE3.1 Identify and characterize materials, services, accessories, valves, and small equipment required for assembly.

CE3.2 Prepare tools and machines, checking their smooth operation and keeping preventive.

CE3.3 Identify and characterize the individual protective equipment required for mounting.

CE3.4 Describe the different templates to be made for proper assembly and assembly of pipes and fittings.

CE3.5 Describe the reinforcements, thicknesses, and materials to be used in the preparation of the templates.

CE3.6 In a scenario of mounting a pipeline, characterized by the delivery of the technical documentation and having the necessary for its execution:

-Identify and characterize the required material.

-Define the templates required for the mount.

-Perform the templates with the marked reinforcements and thicknesses.

-Prepare machines, equipment, and materials.

-Apply labor and environmental risk prevention standards.

C4: Perform the mounting, alignment, positioning, and assembly of pipe conduction operations, according to mounting plans, avoiding stresses and vibrations of the pipeline and equipment, achieving the required quality and complying with the quality standards and applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CE4.1 Describe the measurement and levelling media and equipment used in pipeline conduction assembly.

CE4.2 Describe the types of pipes and brackets.

CE4.3 Describe the different auxiliary mounting and repair means, relating them to the security measures applicable to their use.

CE4.4 Describe the incompatibilities of contact between different materials.

CE4.5 Describe the consequences and solutions that produce the dilations of the different materials.

CE4.6 In a practical case of mounting a pipeline of pipes, characterized by the drawings, technical specifications, quality of finish and applicable safety, having the necessary for its execution:

-Identify and characterize the referential elements of the position and shape of the set.

-Repose items and subsets according to the mount plane.

-Choose the measurement elements and mounting auxiliary tools to be used as needed.

-Lead and level the elements and structures, leaving them presented as specifications.

-'Rigate ' the set appropriately, maintaining tolerances.

-Verify measurements during assembly with those indicated in planes.

-Choose and install the auxiliary media that is accurate to allow mounting. Use standard command signals used in handling equipment and auxiliary media.

-Operate according to instructions for use and securely the machines, tools and auxiliary means available in the workshop and used in the assembly of pipes.

-Get the specified bounds and tolerances.

-Apply equipment and media usage rules, as well as security during the assembly process.

C5: Join sections of pipeline of different materials by means of basic welds, meeting quality standards and applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CE5.1 Identify and characterize the edges to join and the required edge preparation.

CE5.2 Define the different welding procedures, taking into account the type of material to be welded.

CE5.3 Define defects that can occur in different welding processes.

CE5.4 In a practical case of welding of tubes of different materials, characterized by the technical specifications and the necessary for its execution:

-Identify and characterize the different processes to use and assess which one is best for the occasion.

-Set the parameters correctly on the machine.

-Perform the welding operations in simple positions.

-Clean the areas of the pipeline where the welds are to be performed.

-Use the elements required to perform the welds.

-Check that the areas adjacent to the weld do not have any defects (stings, projections, or others)

-Identify any defects that have occurred.

-Apply required usage and security rules.

-Verify the result obtained.

CE5.5 In a practical welding scenario characterized by a plastic base material:

-Identify the different processes to use and assess which one is best for the occasion.

-Set the parameters correctly on the machine.

-Perform the welding operations in simple positions.

-Clean the areas of the pipeline where the welds are to be performed.

-Use the elements required to perform the welds.

-Identify any defects that have occurred.

-Apply the security and hygiene measures.

-Apply equipment and media usage rules.

-Verify the result obtained.

C6: Perform structural resistance and pipeline tightness tests, in order to check the level of reliability and quality of the product, observing the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the product environment.

CE6.1 Identify and characterize the different means to perform stress tests and tightness.

CE6.2 Interpret the regulations in effect to perform such tests.

CE6.3 In a practical test case of tightness, characterized by the technical documentation:

-Prepare the clamping tools to perform the test.

-Perform the test according to the procedure set.

-Control test parameters (times, pressure, among others).

-Check the absence of losses in the joins.

-Check that there is no element that can be damaged.

-Perform security valve tests.

-Document the process.

CE6.4 In a properly characterized, structure-resistant test case where the technical documentation is delivered:

-Prepare the clamping tools to perform the test.

-Perform the test according to the procedure set.

-Control test parameters (times, pressure, or others).

-Check for the absence of cracks in junctions.

-Document the process.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.6 and CE1.7; C2 with respect to CE2.2; C3 for CE3.6; C4 for CE4.6; C5 for CE5.4 and CE5.5; C6 for CE6.3 and CE6.4.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and achieve your goals.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the organization's productive process.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Habit to the business pace of the business.

Adapt to organization, organizational and technological changes as well as new situations or contexts.

Contents:

1. Descriptive geometry applied to the pipeline assembly

Process procedures for irrigated surfaces.

Interpretation of isometric drawings. Rendering of views, cuts, and sections. Symbology of elements, fittings and tubing. Development of geometric bodies.

Developing isometric and templates.

2. Materials used in industrial piping installations

Pipes and fittings (steels, alloys, plastics, among others).

Normalization of tubing, accessories, and materials.

Material resistance.

3. Assembly of industrial piping installations

Pipelines supported.

Checking measures on parts assembly (squads, levels, or others).

Punting rules, including kicking with TIG.

4. Welding processes in the industrial pipeline assembly

Machine description.

Manipulation and parameters to regulate for different machines.

Surgical technique.

Punting rules.

5. Measurements in the industrial pipeline assembly

Dimensional control.

Tolerances.

Deformations and correction procedures.

6. Thermal expansion in industrial piping installations

Causes and effects.

Correction systems.

7. Structural and watertight testing in industrial pipeline installations

Design specifications.

Test Types.

Regulations.

Hydraulic testing.

pneumatic testing.

Machines and useful.

8. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection, applied to the assembly of industrial piping

Techniques and protective elements. Risk assessment.

Environmental management. Waste treatment.

Legislative and regulatory aspects.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the assembly of pipeline installations, which will be accredited by one of the following two ways:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

ANNEX XI

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION: ASSEMBLY AND COMMISSIONING OF GOODS FOR INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY

Professional Family: Mechanical Manufacturing

Level: 2

Code: FME352_2

General Competition

Mount and start industrial equipment and machinery, from assembly plans and technical instructions, using the necessary tools and tools, maintaining the goods of equipment and industrial machinery in operating and availability conditions during the warranty period and complying with the applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

Competition Units

UC1263_2: Mounting, repairing, and running mechanical systems

UC1264_2: Mounting, repairing and running pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical, and electronic systems for industrial equipment and equipment

UC1265_2: Perform machining and join operations on equipment and industrial machinery assembly processes

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its professional activity in the area of technical service, dedicated to the assembly and maintenance of equipment and industrial machinery, in entities of a mainly private nature, in medium-sized enterprises or large, generally for an employed person, regardless of its legal form, it develops its activity, depending on its case, functionally or hierarchically of a superior. You may have staff in your position at times, for seasons or in a stable way. The principles of universal accessibility are applied in the development of professional activity in accordance with the applicable regulations.

Productive Sectors

It is located in the production sector of machinery and equipment, subsectors for the manufacture of equipment, industrial machinery, electrical and electronic equipment and related equipment.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs

The terms of the following relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomprensivo character of women and men.

Team Goods Monters

Electrical Equipment Monters

Electronic Equipment Monters

pneumatic and hydraulic automatisms

Industrial machinery adjusters in general

General industrial equipment and machine adjusters

Associated Training (600 hours)

Training Modules

MF1263_2: Mechanical system assembly, repair and commissioning techniques (150 hours)

MF1264_2: Electrical, electronic, pneumatic, and hydraulic assembly, repair and commissioning techniques (270 hours)

MF1265_2: Mechanical manufacturing techniques (180 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: MOUNT, REPAIR, AND START MECHANICAL SYSTEMS

Level: 2

Code: UC1263_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Mounting and operating mechanical systems, from process sheets, plans and technical specifications, complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment environment.

CR 1.1 The necessary information concerning the activities to be carried out and put into operation is obtained by interpreting the technical documentation submitted.

CR 1.2 The shape and position dimensions of the coupling and functional surfaces of each piece or equipment are verified by the required measuring and useful instruments, checking that they are the ones specified in the technical documentation.

CR 1.3 The measurement tools and instruments are maintained, kept in a state of use and calibrated with the established periodicity.

CR 1.4 The mounting process is performed:

-Following established procedures, using the tools and tools required, ensuring that there is no deterioration or loss of the qualities of the elements and equipment during their handling to place them in their definitive position.

-Static and dynamically equating the elements that constitute rotating masses (pulleys, flyers, toothed wheels, among others) according to established procedures and using the means and tools required.

-Disposing the fluids used for grease, lubrication and cooling in the required quantity and in the specified locations and checking their presence in the intended circuits.

-Applying the tightening pairs specified in the technical instructions on the clamping elements, as well as the required locks.

CR 1.5 Regulatory and tuning operations are performed according to established procedures and using the necessary tools for checking or measuring the specified parameters.

CR 1.6 The functional and safety tests of the assembled electromechanical equipment are performed by checking that the values of the system variables, noises and vibrations are within the permissible values and the adjustments are made. necessary to correct the observed dysfunctions, following the established procedures.

CR 1.7 The transport of parts and components is performed by blocking the elements of the assembled assembly that require it, maintaining in perfect conditions of use the means of transport and handling.

CR 1.8 The process of assembling, transporting parts and components, as well as commissioning, is carried out in compliance with the standards of use of equipment, machines and tools, as well as the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks. and environmental protection.

RP 2: Diagnose the status, failure or breakdown of the mechanical system elements of industrial equipment and machinery, to check the scope of the dysfunctions, applying established procedures.

CR 2.1 The information on the functionality of the mechanical system, its composition and the function of each element is obtained from the interpretation of the technical and historical dossier of the machine, ensuring that it is sufficient for the purpose required.

CR 2.2 The information provided by the autodiagnostic system of the installation is interpreted, and is consequently derived.

CR 2.3 The scope of the dysfunctions observed in the different parts of the system is valued and determined, following a reasoned process of cause-effect.

CR 2.4 The status of the units and mechanical elements is valued by verifying their characteristic functions and checking each of the functional parts that integrate them.

CR 2.5 The interventions are carried out in compliance with the applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks, guaranteeing the safety of persons and equipment.

RP 3: Restituting the functional conditions of mechanical systems, replacing parts and elements of such systems, establishing the required disassembly/assembly process, using instruction manuals and drawings and complying with the applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 3.1 The sequences and phases of disassembly and assembly are executed by optimizing the process in terms of method and time, using the equipment, tools, tools, auxiliary means and spare parts required.

CR 3.2 The dimensional, position and functional requirements of the parts of the mechanical systems are verified, guaranteeing the prescribed conditions of adjustment in the assembly and the interchangeability of the parts.

CR 3.3 The replacement of the deteriorated element is performed according to the sequence of the disassembly and assembly process established, ensuring that there is no deterioration or loss of the qualities of the same during handling. to place them in their final position, and in compliance with the applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 3.4 The readjustments to be performed to correct the observed dysfunctions are performed from the required functional and safety tests.

CR 3.5 Machine or equipment reports are completed in an orderly and clear manner, collecting the information required to add to your history.

RP 4: Make drawings of mechanical elements and systems for the reconstruction or repair thereof, based on the data collected from the damaged element or system and from the available technical documentation.

CR 4.1 The operating diagram of the mechanical system, the identification, type, characteristics and functions of the components, is obtained by analyzing the installation of the system, the catalogues and the technical documentation and are the required for reconstruction or repair.

CR 4.2 The sketch is made using the representation rules and sector-specific ones.

CR 4.3 The sketch of the mechanical elements and the surfaces of the related parts functionally is elaborated by defining the shapes, dimensions and the technical characteristics (type of materials, qualities of the surfaces, finishing treatments, thermal treatments of the parts, among others).

CR 4.4 The geometric and technological data required for the reconstruction of machine organs are obtained using the means and tools required and applying established procedures.

CR 4.5 The diagram is made by presenting clearly and accurately the mechanical elements and systems, containing all the information required for reconstruction or repair and meeting the technical requirements. required.

RP 5: Carry out the assembly and 'commissioning' in mechanical systems, starting from the plans, technical specifications and manufactured assemblies, complying with the applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 5.1 The assembly is performed according to established procedures, using the tools and tools specified in each case, ensuring the absence of damage and the functionality of the equipment.

CR 5.2 The anchorage and level of the machinery is performed according to the prescribed procedures and conditions and verifying that the foundation meets the required technical conditions.

CR 5.3 The handling of components and equipment is performed by applying safety regulations for machines and persons, using the means of transport and specific procedures of each case.

CR 5.4 The connections to the energy and service fluid networks are made with the class and type of piping, accessories, devices and materials required by the technical specifications.

CR 5.5 The layout and assembly of the energy fluid networks meets the operating requirements and provides for the accessibility of the equipment, does not cause tension in the machinery and is carried out according to established procedures and in accordance with the requirements of the applicable rules for low voltage, pressure equipment or other equipment.

CR 5.6 Power installation and inter-element interconnection is performed:

-Meeting applicable regulations.

-Using the type of electrical pipe, layout and attachment specified in the mounting documentation, avoiding mechanical stresses and meeting the technical specifications.

-With the specified section, insulation, stiffness and protection drivers, without varying their characteristics during assembly.

-Using the required terminals and connectors, connected to the required pressure and identifying the drivers in accordance with the scheme.

-Monitoring power protections, while complying with the requirements of applicable low voltage regulations.

CR 5.7 The start up is carried out by loading the control program and operating the machine, following the established procedures, with the guards and quality systems activated.

Professional context:

Production media:

Dimensional, surface, geometric and physical properties measuring instruments. Portable machine tools: rivets, drilling machines, roscadors, grinding machines, among others. Manual assembly and positioning tools.

Products and results:

Industrial machinery and equipment mounted and put in place.

Information used or generated:

Mounting planes and electrical, pneumatic, hydraulic. Instructions for assembly and operation of machines. Maintenance manuals. Applicable rules for low voltage, pressure equipment, work risk prevention and environmental protection.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: MOUNT, REPAIR AND START PNEUMATIC, HYDRAULIC, ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS FOR INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT AND EQUIPMENT

Level: 2

Code: UC1264_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Mounting electrical installations and electronic equipment in equipment and industrial machinery, from assembly plans, schemes, specifications and technical instructions, complying with applicable regulations in the field of equipment for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 The necessary information regarding the electrical and electronic assembly activities is obtained by interpreting the submitted technical documentation or instructions.

CR 1.2 The components or equipment to be used are selected and classified according to the assembly sequence to be performed, established according to the mounting plans, verifying that their characteristics correspond to the specifications project techniques.

CR 1.3 Mount is done:

-Placing each component or equipment at the specified location, without forcing joins or anchors, using the required procedure and tools, ensuring their integrity and meeting security requirements.

-Employing the specified elements for the junctions of the pipes (couplings, sleeves, among others) according to the type of environment and security established.

-Using the connection elements and tools required depending on the type and section of the conductors (wires and cables).

-Marking the components and wiring with the signage specified in the schema (numbering, labels, normalized colors, or others).

CR 1.4 The slogan values of the protection, regulation and control elements are introduced or regulated according to the established nominal or project values, using the necessary instrument or tool (console programming, computer, specific tools, or others) and following the instructions given by the manufacturer.

CR 1.5 The execution of the assembly is carried out in compliance with the requirements of the applicable regulations on both low voltage and occupational risk prevention, environmental protection or other.

RP 2: Replace defective electrical or electronic components, to restore the functional conditions of equipment and industrial machinery, following established procedures and complying with applicable regulations in the field of low voltage, occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 2.1 System inputs and outputs are verified to check that they respond to what is ordered by the automaton program (PLC) or the associated technical documentation specifications.

CR 2.2 System units and elements (speed variators, progressive starters, electrical control and signalling devices, electronic and data acquisition tires, relays, among others) are diagnosed, by checking the functional parts that integrate them (mechanical, electromagnetic or electronic) and verifying that by stimulating the inputs, the outputs respond to the characteristic function of the element.

CR 2.3 Measurement equipment is used according to the established procedure and responds to the accuracy required in the measurement to be performed.

CR 2.4 The function of the system and each of its elements, as well as its composition, is verified, verifying that it is the one that is reflected in the technical documentation of the circuits or the affected elements.

CR 2.5 Electrical controls are checked with the specific equipment and procedure for each parameter, allowing to identify the fault and the cause that produces it, as well as to determine the elements to be replaced or repair.

CR 2.6 The disassembly and mounting sequences are established by optimizing the method and time process by selecting the required equipment, tools, auxiliary means, and spare parts.

CR 2.7 Electrical and electronic system repair operations are performed in compliance with applicable low voltage, occupational risk prevention and environmental protection regulations.

CR 2.8 Repair reports are completed to be incorporated into the machinery or equipment history, according to established procedures.

RP 3: Mounting pneumatic and hydraulic circuit installations on equipment and industrial machinery by placing the components, equipment, fittings and pipes, from the plans, schemes, standards and specifications (i) technical standards, in compliance with the applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 3.1 The necessary information concerning the activities to be carried out for the assembly of pneumatic and hydraulic circuit installations is obtained from the interpretation of the technical documentation delivered or from the instructions received.

CR 3.2 The components, equipment, fittings and pipes are selected and classified according to the set sequence according to the plans of the installation, verifying that their characteristics correspond to the technical specifications of the project.

CR 3.3 Mount is done:

-Placing each component or equipment at the intended location, positioned and aligned within the tolerances prescribed in each case, without forcing joins or anchors, using the specified procedure and tool.

-Identifying the pneumohydraulic components with the signaling reflected in the circuit's schemas.

-According to the requirements of the applicable regulations for pressure equipment.

CR 3.4 The machining, shaping and laying of moisture-free and leak-free pipes is performed according to established specifications and standards.

CR 3.5 The slogan values of the elements of protection, regulation and control of the neutral-hydraulic systems, are introduced or regulated according to the established nominal or project values, using the useful and required tools and following established procedures and instructions.

CR 3.6 Functional and safety tests are performed according to established procedures, checking that the values of system variables and operating cycles are required and correcting deviations observed.

CR 3.7 The pneumatic and hydraulic circuit assembly operations are carried out in compliance with the applicable regulations for pressure equipment, for the prevention of occupational hazards and for the protection of the environment.

RP 4: Replace defective hydraulic and pneumatic components, to restore the functional conditions of industrial equipment and machinery, following established procedures and complying with applicable regulations pressure equipment, occupational hazards and the protection of the environment.

CR 4.1 Information on the functionality and status of the systems, their composition and the function of each element, is obtained from the technical dossier of the equipment, its specific self-diagnostic systems and, where appropriate, the inputs from the operator.

CR 4.2 The observed dysfunctions (sequential errors, grabbing, power losses, among others) in the different parts of the system, are valued to identify the origin of the same using a procedure of diagnosis of cause-failure, or following a reasoned process of cause-effect.

CR 4.3 The quality and status of the system's energy fluids (compressed air or oleohydraulic fluid), are checked and valued by analyzing the waste deposited in the circuits and proceeding accordingly.

CR 4.4 The status of the units and elements is determined by verifying the characteristic function of the units and elements by checking each of the functional parts that integrate them.

CR 4.5 Diagnosis operations are performed without causing other breakdowns or damage and adjusting to the allotted time.

CR 4.6 The disassembly and mounting sequences of the pneumatic or hydraulic elements are established by optimizing the process in terms of method and time, selecting the equipment and tools, auxiliary means and parts of the required spare.

CR 4.7 The preventive measures provided for in the plan for the prevention of occupational hazards and technical instructions for use are applied, ensuring the safety of persons and equipment.

RP 5: Make sketches of the circuits and elements of the pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical and electronic systems for reconstruction or repair, based on the data collected from the equipment and machinery themselves industry, as well as its technical documentation.

CR 5.1 The system operating diagram, the identification, type, characteristics and functions of the components, are obtained by analyzing the equipment itself, the catalogues and their technical documentation, ensuring that the provided information is required for reconstruction or repair.

CR 5.2 The sketch is elaborated by applying the rules of representation and the sector specific, ensuring the identification of the different circuits and elements.

CR 5.3 The protection equipment, actuators and control of automatisms are represented in the sketch and are placed in the circuits according to the established technical standards or recommendations.

CR 5.4 The diagram is made by presenting clearly and accurately the elements and circuits, containing all the information required for reconstruction or repair and meeting the required technical requirements.

Professional context:

Production media:

Measurement and diagnostic instruments electrical, electronic, pneumatic and hydraulic: polymeters, amperimetric tweezers, manometers, vacuometers, among others. Programming equipment. Registrars. Electrical, electronic, pneumatic and hydraulic mounting tools. Tube stapling useful. Tightening keys.

Products and results:

Functional diagnostics of electrical, pneumatic and hydraulic elements. Equipment and systems for the control, regulation and automation of goods of industrial equipment and machinery repaired, assembled and put to the point.

Information used or generated:

Drawings and mounting schemes. Maintenance manuals. Quality standards. Regulations applicable in the field of low voltage, pressure equipment, environmental protection, prevention of occupational hazards, among others.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: PERFORM MACHINING AND JOIN OPERATIONS ON EQUIPMENT AND INDUSTRIAL MACHINERY ASSEMBLY PROCESSES

Level: 2

Code: UC1265_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Perform machining operations with chip-start machine tools, to assemble equipment and industrial machinery, reconstructing or repairing elements as appropriate, and complying with applicable regulations in prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CR 1.1 The cutting tools are selected according to the characteristics of the surfaces of the mechanical elements to be reconstructed.

CR 1.2 Cutting tools are selected based on the machining operations to be performed and the materials of the item to be mounted, repaired, or rebuilt.

CR 1.3 The parameters and cutting conditions used in the machining operations are regulated to achieve the required finishing, position, shape and tolerances requirements in the assembly, repair or reconstruction.

CR 1.4 The mechanized forms are dimensional, geometrically and superficially verified to ensure their suitability for the characteristics specified in the technical documentation.

CR 1.5 The machined parts by road start are obtained by operating the corresponding machine tools in safety conditions.

RP 2: Perform 'bank jobs' to assemble equipment and industrial machinery, reconstructing or repairing elements as appropriate and complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CR 2.1 The tools used in the 'bank jobs' are selected according to the shapes and qualities to be obtained, as well as the materials of the element to be mounted, repaired or rebuilt.

CR 2.2 The parameters and cutting conditions used during the scraping, drilling, reaming, hazelnut and threaded operations, among others, are regulated to achieve the finishing, position, shape and tolerance requirements. set.

CR 2.3 The mechanical adjustment of the different elements is performed by operating the equipment, tools and tools necessary to manually mechanize and perform the required measurement operations, in order to obtain the necessary specified characteristics.

CR 2.4 Mechanized parts are obtained by operating manual tools and machines in safety conditions.

RP 3: Perform electrical welding operations to assemble equipment and industrial machinery, complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 3.1 The elements to be joined are prepared, conditioning the edges, cleaning the area, fixing them and giving them the appropriate rigidity, ensuring the quality of the union.

CR 3.2 The consumable and the values of the operating variables are selected according to the base materials, the type of welding and the requests to which the union will be subject, among other aspects.

CR 3.3 The welding procedure is carried out at all times according to the requirements specified and complying with the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 3.4 The welded zones are checked for possible defects, correcting them in their case, checking that the cords are passed and end, guaranteeing the quality of the union.

CR 3.5 The material and equipment used is collected and cleaned, clearing the working area and complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

RP 4: Perform drawing, bending and folding operations to assemble industrial equipment and machinery, reconstructing or repairing elements as appropriate, and complying with applicable risk prevention regulations work and environmental protection.

CR 4.1 The parts are plotted and marked, adjusting to the shapes and dimensions to be obtained, using the tools and techniques established, ensuring the required accuracy.

CR 4.2 The reconstruction or adjustment of the mechanical elements to be formed (sheets, profiles, tubes) is performed by applying the specified procedure.

CR 4.3 The set of pieces in the assembly is made with the necessary tools and tools, applying established techniques, without producing tensions, deformations or deterioration of their qualities, checking the adjustments achieved and the functional fitness of the assembly.

CR 4.4 Tracing, bending and folding operations are carried out in compliance with the applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

Professional context:

Production media:

Azeros. Dimensional measuring instruments and physical properties. Machine tools and tools: drilling machine, milling machine, grinding machine and lathe. Welding equipment. Curvacators. Grinding machines, among others.

Products and results:

Equipment and equipment mounted. Parts and structures of industrial goods and industrial machines repaired by machining by means of a road or conformed grubbing-up. Welded joints and input of electrical welding material.

Information used or generated:

Mount planes. Maintenance manuals. Team goods manuals. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

TRAINING MODULE 1: TECHNICAL ASSEMBLY, REPAIR AND COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS

Level: 2

Code: MF1263_2

Associated with UC: Mounting, repairing and running mechanical systems

Duration: 150 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Analyze the mechanical and electromechanical groups that constitute the mechanical systems, identifying and characterizing the different mechanisms that constitute them and the function they perform, as well as their characteristics techniques.

CE1.1 Classify and characterize the different type mechanisms by the function they perform: rod-crank, gear trains, cams, auger, pulleys, among others, and explain the functioning of each one of them.

CE1.2 In a practical scenario of mechanical group analysis, characterized by a 'representative' mechanical system and its technical documentation:

-Identify and characterize the mechanical and electromechanical functional groups that constitute the system and its main elements.

-Describe and characterize the function of each of the identified groups.

-Describe the characteristics of the elements and pieces of the groups, their functional relationships, and classify them by their typology.

-Identify the parts or critical points of the elements and pieces where they can appear, reasoning the causes that may cause them.

-Check that what is specified in the technical documentation corresponds to the physical reality of the analyzed system.

C2: Determine the status of the machine elements and parts by applying measurement and verification techniques.

CE2.1 Describe the process of wear of the pieces in motion by friction, erosion, rolling, among others relating this to the possible causes that cause it.

CE2.2 Identify normal and abnormal pieces of used parts by analyzing and comparing the parameters of the eroded surfaces with those of the original piece.

CE2.3 In one or more practical assumptions of verification of the state of elements or parts, characterized by photographs, actual pieces damaged by different causes (damage of erosions in valve seats, in sliding Hydraulic, bearing and bearing damaged, inter alia) and technical documentation:

-Identify and characterize the eroded zones.

-Analyze and characterize breakages.

-Determine possible causes (lack of grease, high temperature, dirty oil, or others).

-Compare the current measures with the original ones that are reflected in their respective plane, quantifying the magnitude of the wear and erosion, making the measurements with appropriate useful.

C3: Run assembly and disassembly operations of mechanical and electromechanical system elements, as well as perform functional tests on them.

CE3.1 Describe and characterize the fundamental contents of the documentation that defines the processes of assembling mechanical and electromechanical elements.

CE3.2 Describe the disassembly/assembly techniques of mechanical and electromechanical assemblies constituent of mechanical systems.

CE3.3 Identify and characterize the tools and auxiliary equipment used in the assembly operations of mechanical and electromechanical elements, classifying them by their typology and function, explaining the way of use and conservation of the same.

CE3.4 In a practical scenario of dismantling and assembling an electromechanical system, characterized by the technical documentation of the system, the tools and tools required for dismantling and mounting:

-Interpret plans, procedures, and specifications by setting the mount/dismount sequence, indicating useful tools and tools.

-Prepare and organize the necessary means, tools, and tools.

-Verify the features of the parts, applying the required procedures.

-Mount/unmount the constituent elements and parts according to procedures.

-Perform mount/dismount process controls according to established procedures.

-Adjust the couplings, alignments, movements, among others, according to the specifications, using the measurement equipment and useful according to requirements.

-Meet applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

-Prepare the assembly mounted for operation, cleaning the impurities, greasing, balancing, among others, according to the specifications.

-Perform the functional tests, regulating the devices to obtain the conditions set.

-Develop the work parts of the process with the required precision.

C4: Elaborate sketches of mechanical systems and equipment and industrial equipment, applying industrial drawing standards.

CE4.1 Relate the different representations (views, cuts, among others) with the information to be transmitted.

CE4.2 Describe the characteristics and functions of the industrial machinery and equipment components.

CE4.3 In a practical case of drawing a sketch with the objective of restoring a system, characterized by a real or simulated machine or equipment that has been caused a dysfunction:

-Adopt the required personal and team security actions.

-Elaborate sketches of mechanical elements and surfaces of the related parts functionally defining their dimensions and characteristics (material, qualities of surface states, finishing treatments surfaces, thermal treatments of the parts, among others).

-The sketches of the equipment and elements, express the conditions that they must meet for their 'interchangeability'.

-Perform the sketches in compliance with applicable regulations and industry.

C5: Run, with accuracy and security, adjustment and regulatory operations on mechanical assemblies, using procedure and tools specific to each system, meeting the requirements of the equipment.

CE5.1 Describe the adjustment systems that are used in machine construction.

CE5.2 Select the appropriate adjustments for the coupling between two mechanical elements, taking into account the relative movements between the two pieces, the efforts, the contact length, among others.

CE5.3 Apply metrological techniques and verification tools, describing their characteristics.

CE5.4 In a scenario of adjustment and regulation characterized by a mechanical group (speed reducer, speed variator, or other), the corresponding technical specifications, tools and tools required:

-Identify and characterize each of the elements that configure them.

-Unmount and clean each of the elements by applying appropriate techniques and tools.

-Check the dimensional and state specifications of the functional surfaces of the elements, using the required equipment.

-Verify flat and cylindrical surfaces, eccentricities, wheel drives, among others, using the required equipment.

-Mounting and preparing each element under operating conditions, reputting, if applicable, the damaged parts and verifying the coupling and functional conditions in each operation.

-Regulate and set the mechanical group to the point, complying with the given specifications and check its operation.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.2; C2 with respect to CE2.3; C3 with respect to CE3.4; C4 with respect to CE4.3; C5 with respect to CE5.4.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and achieve your goals.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the organization's productive process.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Habit to the business pace of the business.

Adapt to organization, organizational and technological changes as well as new situations or contexts.

Contents:

1. Industrial graphical representation

Croking. Sections and cuts views.

Acutation.

Set and cutting planes.

Drawing Rules.

2. Verification of physical quantities

King's foot. Micrometer. Goniometer. Clock comparator. Machine for measuring by coordinates.

Verification of surfaces: flat, cylindrical, conical or threaded.

Verifying relative surfaces.

Measurement of physical magnitudes: revolutions, torque, power, voltages, intensities, vibrations, pressures, flow rates, dynamic efforts, bearing temperature, among others.

3. Assembly of equipment and structures of equipment and industrial machinery

Assembly of reducers. Linear motion transformers to circulate and vice versa, clutches.

Brakes. Gear trains. Pulleys. Speed change boxes. Spreads. Angular motion transmissions. Transmission shaft couplers.

Rodings. Bearings. Levas. Springs. Join elements.

Sliding surfaces: guides, columns, casings, carts, among others.

Seals.

Unmount and Mount Techniques.

Join devices.

Mount tools.

Protection of mount surfaces.

Handling loads with cranes and forklifts.

Mounting and mounting stands.

Foundations and anchorages of machines: types of machines, foundation, levelling of machines, etc.

4. Materials used in industrial equipment and machinery

Metal materials: technical characteristics, treatments and applications.

polymeric materials: technical characteristics, treatments, and applications.

Composite materials: technical characteristics, treatments, and applications.

5. Maintenance and commissioning of goods for industrial equipment and machinery

Load of the control program.

Operating modes of industrial machines.

Handling of industrial machines.

Getting the first piece and tuning systems and parameters.

Evolution of the maintenance concept.

Current concept of maintenance.

Maintenance strategies (corrective, preventive, and predictive maintenance).

Plan or maintenance program.

Range-Sign.

6. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational hazards and protection of the environment in the assembly and repair operations of mechanical systems and equipment

Techniques and protection elements.

Risk assessment.

Environmental management.

Waste treatment.

Legislative and regulatory aspects.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the assembly, repair and commissioning of mechanical systems, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 2: ASSEMBLY, REPAIR AND COMMISSIONING TECHNIQUES FOR ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC, PNEUMATIC AND HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS

Level: 2

Code: MF1264_2

Associate with UC: Montar, repair and start pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical and electronic systems of equipment and industrial machinery

Duration: 270 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: To analyze the operation and constitution of electrical installations applied to equipment and industrial machinery, based on the technical documentation thereof.

CE1.1 Identify and characterize the different parts (power to machines, automatisms, among others) that configure this type of facilities, explaining its structure and characteristics.

CE1.2 Describe the physical principle of operation of the different types of electrical line and receiver protection devices.

CE1.3 Relate the electrical characteristics of the protection devices with the characteristics of the electrical lines and receivers to be protected.

CE1.4 Describe the systems for starting, braking and regulating the speed of electric motors.

CE1.5 List and describe the fundamental requirements that the applicable low voltage regulations impose on these facilities.

CE1.6 In a practical case of handling a machine or industrial equipment, with electrical installation, characterized by its technical documentation:

-Identify and characterize the electrical installation, the parts that constitute it, and the elements of each of them.

-Check the variation experienced by the most characteristic parameters of the electrical machines when subjected to different loading situations and justify the results obtained.

-Indicate the magnitudes to be modified for the regulation of the speed of the electric motors, relating them to the equipment or element to be used in each case.

-Develop a report of the developed activities and obtained results, structuring them in the necessary sections for proper documentation of the same (analysis of the process followed, schemes and plans, explanation functional, calculations, among others).

C2: To analyze, from its technical documentation, the operation and constitution of pneumatic, electronic, hydraulic, electrohydraulic, electrical, wired and control by program employees in goods of industrial equipment and machinery.

CE2.1 Identify and characterize the different automatisms.

CE2.2 Identify and classify by its function and typology the different elements used in the realization of automatisms.

CE2.3 List and describe the different areas of application of the automatisms, explaining the evolution of these.

CE2.4 In a scenario of analysis, characterized by an automatism or a wiring control equipment and the technical documentation of the same.

-Describe the control team's operating or command sequence.

-Interpret the schemas, discriminating the equipment/control circuit of the circuit of force and identifying the different elements that compose them.

-Identify variation in the characteristic parameters of the circuit assuming and/or making modifications to elements thereof, explaining the relationship between the effects detected and the causes that produce them.

-Develop a 'memory report' of the activities developed and results obtained, structuring it in the necessary sections, for an adequate documentation of the same (analysis of the process followed, means used, schemes and plans used, calculations, measures, among others).

CE2.5 In a scenario of analysis, characterized by a programmed control team and the technical documentation of the same:

-Describe the control equipment command sequence.

-Interpret the electrical schemes, discriminating the control equipment/circuit of the circuit of force, identifying the different elements that compose them.

-Interpret the control program by relating the various subprograms-subroutines to the functional stages of automatism.

-Explain the control equipment command sequence.

-Interpret the electrical schemes, discriminating the control equipment/circuit of the circuit of force, identifying the different elements that compose them.

-Interpret the control program by relating the various subprograms-subroutines to the functional stages of automatism.

-Develop a 'memory report' of the activities developed and results obtained, structuring it in the necessary sections, for an adequate documentation of the same (analysis of the process followed, means used, schemes and plans used, calculations, measures, among others).

C3: Measure the fundamental physical quantities of electrical, electronic, pneumatic and hydraulic circuits and of the materials used in them, using the specific instruments for each case, acting under personal security.

CE3.1 Describe the most relevant features (types of errors, sensitivity, accuracy, among others), the typology, classes, and procedures for using measuring instruments.

CE3.2 In a scenario of analysis, characterized by a real or simulated industrial machine or equipment with its electrical installation and its technical documentation:

-Select the measuring instrument (vatimeter, tellurometer, or other) and the most appropriate auxiliary elements according to the magnitude to be measured (voltage, intensity, power, ground resistance, among others), range of the measurements to be performed and the required accuracy.

-Conexion with the required security and following established procedures the different measuring devices.

-Measure the required magnitudes, operating the measuring instruments and applying the standard procedures, with the required security.

-Interpret the results of the measurements made, relating the effects that occur on them to the causes that originate them.

-Develop a 'memory report' of the activities developed, the procedures used and the results obtained (analysis of the process followed, means used, schemes and plans used, calculations, measures, between other).

CE3.3 In a scenario of analysis, where analog electronic modules are available for an industrial, real or simulated machine or equipment and their technical documentation:

-Select the measuring instrument (polymer, oscilloscope, or other) and the auxiliary elements required according to the magnitude to be measured (stress, intensity, resistance, frequency, among others), of the range of the measures to be performed and the required accuracy.

-Conexion with the required security and following standard procedures, the different measuring devices.

-Measure the basic magnitudes of analog electronics (voltage, intensity, resistance, frequency, among others), properly operating the instruments and applying standard procedures with the required safety.

-Interpret the results of the measurements made, relating the effects that occur with the causes that originate them.

-Develop a 'memory report' of the activities developed, the procedures used and the results obtained (analysis of the process followed, means used, schemes and plans, functional explanation, measures, calculations, among others).

C4: Diagnose faults or anomalies located in mechanisms, hydraulic circuits, tires and electrical and electronic equipment of equipment, industrial machinery, and materials used therein.

CE4.1 Identify and characterize the nature of the most frequent breakdowns in the machines or systems that integrate it and relate them to the causes that originate them.

CE4.2 Describe the general techniques and specific means used for the location of breakdowns.

CE4.3 In a scenario of diagnosis of breakdowns, characterized by a machine in service with its technical documentation, on which it has previously been intervened causing a breakdown or dysfunction in different systems:

-Interpret the technical documentation for each system by identifying the different functional blocks and the elements that make up them.

-Identify the symptoms of the breakdown by characterizing it for the effects it produces.

-Make assumptions about the possible causes that the breakdown can produce, relating to the symptoms that the system presents.

-Develop an intervention plan to determine the cause or causes that cause the breakdown.

-Determine the necessary equipment and tools.

-Adopt the required security measures to intervene according to the plan set.

-Locate the elements responsible for the breakdowns, applying the required procedures and in the appropriate time.

-Develop a report to diagnose breakdowns, describing the activities developed based on the results obtained.

C5: Mounting/disassembling hydraulic circuits, tires and electrical and electronic equipment of equipment and industrial machinery, based on their technical documentation, applying the electrotechnical regulation and complying with the applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CE5.1 Identify, characterize and classify the specific materials used in these facilities, describing the most important electrical and mechanical characteristics of the facilities.

CE5.2 Describe the different phases to be followed in the preparation and assembly processes of these facilities.

CE5.3 Identify the auxiliary tools and equipment used in the assembly operations of electrical and electromechanical elements, classifying them by their typology and function and explaining the way of use and conservation of the same.

CE5.4 In a practical scenario of mounting/disassembling a hydraulic circuit and other tyre characterized by appropriate technical documentation, tools, tools, and equipment itself:

-Interpret plans, procedures, and specifications by setting the mount sequence.

-Prepare and organize the necessary means, tools, and tools.

-Set the required security plan in the various phases of the mount.

-Verify the characteristics of the elements, applying the required procedures.

-Mount the constituent elements and parts according to procedures.

-Perform the conductions with the specified materials, mount and connect according to the established procedures.

-Perform mount process controls according to established procedures.

-Adjust the couplings, alignments, movements, etc. according to the specifications, using the appropriate measurement and equipment equipment.

-Prepare the assembly mounted for operation, cleaning the impurities, greasing, among others, according to the specifications.

-Perform functional tests by regulating devices to obtain the conditions set.

CE5.5 In a practical scenario of mounting/disassembly, connected and set up of the electrical boxes for an industrial, real or simulated machine or equipment, characterized by the appropriate technical documentation, tools, useful and the team itself:

-Perform the assembly plan, properly sequencing the phases of the assembly, determining the means and materials necessary for its execution and interpreting the schemes and plans corresponding to the alleged installation.

-Perform material collection according to the assembly plan and verify its correspondence with those described in the material listing.

-Distribute the attachment elements, profiles, and pipes inside the enclosure by making the necessary drawings of the elements available.

-Place and fix the different elements according to the programmed distribution, ensuring the mechanical attachment of the elements, using the appropriate tools and applying the appropriate procedures.

-Prepare the conductors (cables and pletins) properly, choosing them from the appropriate section, following the standard color code, preparing the terminals and coding them according to the connection plans.

-Perform the physical interconnectedness of the elements, ensuring good mechanical attachment and correct electrical connection.

-Run the functional tests in vacuum and electrical characteristics (isolation, among others) according to the documentation of the equipment, making the necessary measures and modifications for an appropriate functionality of the same.

-Act at all times in compliance with the personal safety standards and the means and materials used, achieving an adequate level of quality in time.

CE5.6 In a practical scenario of mounting/disassembling the equipment, channelling and connection of the electrical installation for a real or simulated industrial machine or equipment, characterized by the technical documentation, tools, tools, and equipment itself:

-Perform the assembly plan, properly sequencing the phases of the assembly, determining the means and materials necessary for its execution, interpreting the plans and drawings of the installation.

-Prepare the pipes, tubes, conductors and materials to be used, applying the required procedures.

-Conexate the various components by following appropriate procedures, correctly applying the standard color code and ensuring proper mechanical fixing and good electrical contact.

-Perform the necessary tests and measures to ensure the correct functionality of the installation (on the cutting and protection devices and checking the proper value of ground resistance and insulation).

-Perform all operations by applying the rules of personal safety and accurate materials and achieving the final quality expected.

C6: Carry out maintenance operations on industrial equipment and equipment, acting under applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CE6.1 Describe the basic procedures used for the replacement of mechanical, pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical, electronic and protective equipment, regulation and control.

CE6.2 Identify and characterize the basic tools used in maintenance, describing their use and the main characteristics of the tools.

CE6.3 In a practical maintenance scenario, characterized by a machine or equipment containing mechanical systems, hydraulic, electrical and electronic tires, the corresponding technical documentation, with the means necessary to perform the maintenance and indicate the equipment or elements to be replaced:

-Identify and characterize these in the technical documentation by obtaining their characteristics.

-Set the unmount/mount plan and the procedures to apply.

-Select the required tools, measurement equipment, and media.

-Set and apply the required security plan in the various stages of disassembly/assembly.

-Perform raised-hand schemas of the affected circuits.

-Perform the sketches of the equipment and elements by expressing the conditions they must meet for interchangeability.

-Unmount, verify the status, if any, replace and mount the equipment and items.

-Conexate the equipment to the corresponding circuits.

-Check the proper operation of the equipment and the installation, regulating the systems, if applicable, in order to restore the functional conditions.

C7: Develop programs for programmable automatons dedicated to the control of simple automatisms, using the coding language and the required programming equipment.

CE7.1 Describe the features and content of programs used in programmable automatons for the control of simple processes in mechanical manufacturing.

CE7.2 Characterize equipment used for programming programmable automatons in mechanical manufacturing processes.

CE7.3 In a practical scenario of performing a simple automatic control of programming, characterized by functional specifications, and a specific machine of automatic control (programmable automata):

-accurately and clearly elaborate the sequence diagram of the automatic control, accurately determining the number of entries, outputs, and program elements to be used.

-Encode the control program that meets the prescribed specifications in the appropriate language.

-Purge the program, performing the precise functional tests, optimizing the resources used and the reliability of the program.

-Properly document the developed program, performing the appropriate sequence diagrams (flowcharts, GRAPHIC, among others) and program listings in the language used (contacts, list of instructions, among others) with corresponding comments.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.6; C2 for CE2.4 and CE2.5; C3 for CE3.2 and CE3.3; C4 for CE4.3; C5 for CE5.4, CE5.5 and CE5.6; C6 for CE6.3; C7 for CE7.3.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and achieve your goals.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the organization's productive process.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Habit to the business pace of the business.

Adapt to organization, organizational and technological changes as well as new situations or contexts.

Contents:

1. Industrial automation

Continuous processes and sequential processes. Features.

Elements used in the realization of electric automatisms. The relay. Contactors.

Sensors and actuators. Protections used. Symbology.

Tools and equipment used in the assembly and maintenance of electric automatisms: typology, function and characteristics. Characteristics of the wired automatisms. Command and power.

Signage and protection elements. Types and features.

Technical assembly and verification of wired automatisms.

Types of electrical boxes depending on your application.

Features of sequential automatic systems: wired and programmed. Technology and media used.

2. Combinatorial logic

Base of binary logic. Basic systems.

Combined logical functions.

Sequential logic: foundation of sequential systems.

Basic sequential functions.

Electrotechnical technology elements and devices. Characteristics, application field and selection criteria. Symbology. Graphical representation.

The function that each section plays in the system structure.

Different system functions and features.

Emergency situations that can occur in the automatic process.

Fundamental parameters and parameters in sequential automatic systems.

Loads notebook.

3. Measuring electrical variables

Electronic Instrumentation: Types, features, and applications.

Symbology of measuring devices. Regulations. Technical characteristics and procedures for use.

Conexion and read system.

Extending the measure scope.

Measurement procedures with the oscilloscope and polymeter.

4. Electrical automation of equipment and industrial machinery

Structure and features.

Electrical line and receiver protection devices. Physical functioning and principles.

Basic systems for starting and regulating the speed of electric motors. Magnitudes to vary.

Fundamental parameters of electrical machines.

Applicable low voltage regulations.

5. Pneumatic automation of equipment and industrial machinery

Principles. Basic laws and properties of gases.

Pneumatic actuators: features. Application field and selection criteria. Symbology. Graphical representation.

pneumatic control elements: characteristics, application field, and selection criteria. Symbology. Graphical representation.

Electronic electronic control elements: features, application field, and selection criteria. Symbology. Graphical representation.

differential characteristics between a pneumatic control system and an electronic electronic control system.

The function that each section plays in the system structure.

Different system functions and features.

Emergency situations that can occur in the automatic process.

Parameters and fundamental measures in automatic systems.

6. Hydraulic automation of equipment and industrial machinery

Principles. Basic laws and properties of liquids.

Hydraulic actuators: features, application field, and selection criteria.

Graphical representation.

Hydraulic control elements: features, application field, and selection criteria. Graphical representation.

Electrohydraulic control elements: characteristics, application field and selection criteria. Graphical representation.

differential characteristics between a hydraulic control system and an electrohydraulic control system.

The function that each section plays in the system structure.

Different system functions and features.

Emergency situations that can occur in the automatic process.

Parameters and fundamental measures in automatic systems. Load notebook.

7. Programmable automation in industrial equipment and equipment

Evolution of hardwired systems to programmable systems.

programmable automatons.

Automation programming techniques. Languages most used. Diagrams and symbology.

Auto-on. Employee elements.

Most common breakdowns in the use or application of automatons to processes. Verification systems. More commonly used tools or equipment. Verification and commissioning of automatism.

8. Assembly of electrical, electronic, pneumatic and hydraulic elements

Elements of the electrical, pneumatic, and hydraulic frame: distribution, channelings, fasteners, among others.

Normalized drives.

Tools used in the assembly of electrical, pneumatic and hydraulic installations.

Processes to be followed in the assembly of electrical, pneumatic, and hydraulic frames.

Conoing tables to auxiliary and control elements.

Power supply to pneumatic and hydraulic systems.

9. Applicable rules for the prevention of risks and protection of the environment in the assembly and repair operations of electrical, electronic, pneumatic and hydraulic elements

Techniques and elements of occupational risk protection and environmental protection.

Assessment of occupational and environmental risks.

Environmental management.

Waste treatment.

Legislative and regulatory aspects of occupational risk prevention and environmental protection.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the assembly, repair and commissioning of pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical and electronic systems of equipment and industrial machinery, which will be accredited by one of the two Following forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 3: MECHANICAL MANUFACTURING TECHNIQUES

Level: 2

Code: MF1265_2

Associate with UC: Perform machining and union operations on equipment and industrial machinery assembly processes

Duration: 180 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Analyze the technical information regarding the product to be machined, obtaining information from the starting material, machining phases, machines and necessary means.

CE1.1 Identify and characterize the symbology and normalized elements represented in the plane.

CE1.2 Identify and characterize the different views, cuts, sections, details, or others, of the elements contained in the plans.

CE1.3 Relate the forms and qualities represented, with the machining procedures.

CE1.4 In a practical scenario of analysis of technical information, characterized by a constructive plane of a mechanical manufacturing product and the technical specifications:

-Identify the most significant form and bounds from the constructive point of view.

-Identify and characterize quality technical specifications, treatments, and materials.

-Describe characteristics of the starting material and its raw dimensions.

-Specify the machining phases and operations.

-Describe the machines and the necessary means of work for each operation.

C2: Analyze the properties of the most used materials in the assembly and maintenance of equipment, as well as the variations of the same materials that can be obtained by applying treatments.

CE2.1 Describe the characteristics and properties of the metal materials used in the assembly and repair, relating to the function of the parts or elements of the machinery or equipment.

CE2.2 Describe the structural characteristics and mechanical properties of reinforced plastic, composite and plastic materials used in maintenance and assembly, relating to the function of parts or elements of the machinery or equipment.

CE2.3 Relate the most common thermal and thermochemical treatments in the industries (mettle, reed, annealing, cementing, nitriding, among others), with the properties that they confer to the metal materials.

C3: Analyze machining techniques, in order to select the conventional machines, equipment and tools needed to perform them.

CE3.1 Describe the capabilities and operation of conventional machine tools (lathe, milling, drilling, among others).

CE3.2 Describe the turning, milling and drilling processes and calculating the cutting speed according to the material to be machined.

CE3.3 Relate the different types of tools with the materials to be machined, explaining the parts that make up them and the angles that characterize them (cut angle, deset, among others).

CE3.4 Relate the shape of the surface and finishes to be obtained, with the conventional machine tools that are usually used.

C4: Operate equipment and tools for manual machining, performing the required measurement operations to achieve the specified characteristics, complying with applicable risk prevention regulations work and protection of the environment.

CE4.1 Describe the operation of dimensional measuring instruments (gauge, micrometer, comparator clock, goniometer, among others) and associated measurement procedures.

CE4.2 Describe the safety and hygiene measures required in the use of the different equipment and manual machining tools.

CE4.3 In one or more practical scenarios of taking measurements of parts (linear, angular, threaded, among others) characterized by planes and measuring instruments:

-Choose the required instrument, depending on the type of measure to be performed and the precision set.

-Calibrate the measurement instrument according to patterns.

-Perform the measurement by following the procedure set and with the required precision.

-Apply the usage and security rules during the measurement process.

CE4.4 In one or more practical manual machining scenarios, necessary for mechanical adjustment, involving the operation of serrated, limated, threaded (interior and exterior), among others, characterized by the plans of the Machining tools and parts:

-Select the required tools and set the sequence of operations to perform.

-Perform the necessary calculations on the various operations (threaded, among others).

-Run the plotting and marking operations, adjusting to the given bounds in the plane.

-Handle the tools by following the established procedures.

-Perform internal and external threads, selecting the materials and tools and applying the established procedure.

-Select the measuring devices to use.

-Perform the measures by handling the tools according to the instructions for use, ensuring the accuracy of the measurement and the preservation of the useful.

-Verify that the final finish conforms to the measures, tolerances, and surface characteristics given in the plane.

C5: Operate conventional tools (drilling, lathe, milling and grinding) to perform machining by road start, achieving the specified geometries, dimensions and characteristics of the part, complying with the applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational hazards and the protection of the environment.

CE5.1 Describe the safety and hygiene measures required for the use of different machining equipment.

CE5.2 In one or more practical scenarios of machining processes with lathe, drill, milling and grinding, characterized by the plane of the parts to be performed and the required machinery:

-Identify and characterize the machining symbology, interpreting the parts drawings.

-Define the process required for your manufacturing (phases, operations, machines, among others).

-Select the necessary tools (strawberries, drill bits, blades, among others).

-Prepare the equipment.

-Select the cut parameters (cut rate, depth, progress, among others) for each tool.

-Perform the necessary manoeuvres to run the machining (part assembly, tool, drive command, among others).

-Perform machining operations, according to the procedure set.

-Apply the rules of use and security during the machining process.

-Analyze the differences that occur between the defined and the observed process.

-Set appropriate corrections to the cutting tools and conditions depending on the deviations observed with respect to the defined process.

C6: Operate tools, products and materials necessary to perform the different types of unwelded joints (bolted, glued, riveted, or others), achieving the specified characteristics of the junction, complying with the applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CE6.1 Describe the different types of non-welded joins and their most common applications, as well as the procedures used, depending on the materials to be joined and the characteristics of the junction.

CE6.2 Describe the different types of bonded joins and their most common applications, as well as the procedures used, depending on the materials to be joined and the characteristics of the junction.

CE6.3 Explain the safety and hygiene measures required in the use of the tools and products for assembly/assembly.

CE6.4 In a practical case of manual riveting, characterized by the drawings, the pieces, different rivets and the tools:

-Select the rivet type based on the materials to be joined.

-Make the brunes of the drills performed in the required cases.

-Run the riveting while respecting the measures and features given in the plane.

-Apply the usage and security rules during processing.

CE6.5 In a practical manual screwing scenario characterized by drawings, parts, joining elements, and tools:

-Place the elements to be joined for subsequent attachment.

-Use the required brakes and locks on the screws.

-Apply the required tightening pairs.

-Apply personal security rules during processing.

CE6.6 In a scenario of joining, involving the operation of pasting, characterized by the required technical documentation, parts and equipment and consumables:

-Place the elements to be joined for subsequent attachment.

-Prepare the junction zones.

-Perform product mixtures according to the materials and characteristics of the union, meeting the manufacturer's specifications.

-Apply the products as instructed by the manufacturer.

-Perform the pasting of the elements, according to the established procedure and with the required quality.

-Meet personal and environmental risk prevention rules during the process.

C7: Operate electrical welding equipment manually and semi-automatically, achieving the specified binding characteristics, with applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CE7.1 Relate the different types of base materials with the input materials, depending on the type of welding, welding materials and the characteristics of the union.

CE7.2 Identify and characterize the components of the welding equipment, as well as the operation thereof.

CE7.3 Explain the safety and hygiene measures required in the use of the different welding equipment.

CE7.4 Relate the welding procedures with different electrodes and materials.

CE7.5 In practical scenarios of welding processes (manual and semi-automatic electrical) conveniently characterized by the plane of the pieces to be joined and the process sheet:

-Identify the welding symbology.

-Choose the most appropriate procedure for materials, consumables, and thicknesses.

-Choose the type of welding (abutment, overlapping, in 'V' and' X') to be used, depending on the materials to be joined and the characteristics required of the union.

-Perform cleaning of the junction zones by removing existing waste.

-Identify the various components of the welding equipment.

-Proceed to the preparation for welding (positioning, preparing edges, among others).

-Adjust the welding parameters on the equipment according to the base and input materials.

-Perform the welding operations, according to the procedure set in the process sheet.

-Apply labor and environmental risk prevention rules during the welding process.

-Analyze the differences between the defined and the obtained process by setting the corrections according to the deviations observed.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.4; C4 with respect to CE4.3 and CE4.4; C5 for CE5.2; C6 for CE6.4, CE6.5 and CE6.6; C7 for CE7.5.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and achieve your goals.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the organization's productive process.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Habit to the business pace of the business.

Adapt to organization, organizational and technological changes as well as new situations or contexts.

Contents:

1. Graphical Interpretation

Industrial drawing.

Views, cuts, and sections.

Cavalry perspective.

Isometric perspective.

Welding symbols and finishes used in manufacturing plans.

Acutation: principles. Systems. Application of the rules of the acotation.

2. Measures, adjustments and tolerances

Dimensional, geometric, and surface measurement.

Direct metering: Types and applications.

Measurement appliances by comparison: types and applications.

Types of adjustments.

Nomenclature.

Selection of settings.

Rules on acotation with tolerances.

Shape and position tolerances.

Surface signs and written indications.

3. Metal, plastic and composite materials

Metal, plastic and composite materials: technical characteristics and identification.

Thermal and surface treatments of materials.

Corrosion: origin and prevention.

Foundation and object of the treatments. Types and classification.

Preparing the parts.

4. Machined by road start

Structure and constituent elements of machine tools.

Operating and capabilities (machine capacity) of the different machine tools.

Machining with machine tools.

Selection of tool holders and cutting tools.

Selection of part tie and tie tools.

Turning techniques.

Milling techniques.

Cylindrical and flat grinding techniques.

Manufacturing Capabilities of the different machine tools.

Calculation of machining parameters.

Tools and machinery use procedures.

Manual Machining: plotting, sawing, liming, drilling, threading, scraping, hazelnut and reaming.

Remachado: types and applications.

Clamping useful.

5. Welding by welding

welding techniques.

Preparing parts.

Consumables and Equipment.

Manual and semi-automatic electrical welding.

6. Bonding by pasting

Paste procedure: preparing surfaces. Product application conditions. Finish.

Types of industrial glues. Mechanical characteristics.

7. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection applied to mechanical manufacturing techniques

Techniques and protective elements. Risk assessment.

Environmental management. Waste treatment.

Legislative and regulatory aspects.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the performance of machining and union operations in the assembly processes of equipment and industrial machinery, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

ANNEX XII

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION: THERMAL TREATMENTS IN MECHANICAL MANUFACTURING

Professional Family: Mechanical Manufacturing

Level: 2

Code: FME353_2

General Competition

Perform thermal treatments on metal products, determining operational processes from type processes and technical information, preparing parts, operating equipment and installations, performing maintenance of first level, verifying the characteristics of the products obtained, applying quality criteria and complying with the applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

Competition Units

UC0104_2: Preparing the automatic process equipment and facilities for thermal and surface treatments in metal products

UC1266_2: Perform thermal treatments on metal products

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its professional activity in production area, dedicated to thermal treatments, in entities of a private nature, small, medium or large enterprises, both self-employed and others, regardless of their legal form. It develops its activity, depending on its case, functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. You may have staff in your position at times, for seasons or in a stable way. The principles of universal accessibility are applied in the development of professional activity in accordance with the applicable regulations.

Productive Sectors

It is located in the sector of metal transformed industries, in the subsectors of: manufacture of metal products, construction of machinery and mechanical equipment, construction of motor vehicles and their parts, construction shipbuilding, construction of transport material and manufacture of precision optical equipment, among others.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs

The terms of the following relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomprensivo character of women and men.

Metal and alloy heat treatment operators

Thermal treatment equipment and equipment preparerers

Thermal treatment equipment maintenance technicians

Thermal Treatment Process Controllers

Thermal Treatment Technicians

Finished Product Verifiers

Automatic system preps on site

Associated Training (330 hours)

Training Modules

MF0104_2: Auxiliary systems in metal surface and thermal treatments (120 hours)

MF1266_2: Metal heat treatment operations (210 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: PREPARE AUTOMATIC PROCESS EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES FOR THERMAL AND SURFACE TREATMENTS IN METAL PRODUCTS

Level: 2

Code: UC0104_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Set up automatic treatment machines or installations, preparing and mounting the required mooring and accessories, according to the technical documentation and the characteristics of the system, complying with the regulations applicable to the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 The information for the configuration of machines or installations is obtained from the interpretation of the plans and technical specifications of the product or process (sequence of operations, useful employees, among others).

CR 1.2 The tools and accessories (fastening elements) are selected according to the process to be performed and according to the manufacturer's specifications for use and assembly.

CR 1.3 The assembly of the tools is performed with the required tools, ensuring their attachment, taking care of the cleaning of the supports and the good state of conservation and according to technical specifications (sequence, pairs of tightening, regulating, among others), as well as those of the manufacturer.

RP 2: Schedule equipment (PLC and robots) or treatment facilities, depending on the work process and technical requirements.

CR 2.1 The technical specifications of the program (displacements, speeds, mooring forces, among others) are obtained by interpreting the technical documentation (plans, process, manuals of use, among others).

CR 2.2 The program is performed according to the technical specifications of the process (sequence, fastening parameters, speeds, among others), adapting its syntax to the equipment to be programmed.

CR 2.3 The interaction between the auxiliary mechanical system and the machine is performed at the right time, with the lowest possible dead time and with the maximum degree of utilization.

CR 2.4 The load of the program of the robot or PLC and the operation of the system is verified by simulation or realization of a first cycle in a vacuum.

RP 3: Operate the regulatory elements of automatic treatment facilities, in accordance with the established process and complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 3.1 The movements of the regulated elements (cylinders, tweezers, motors, among others) are performed in the shortest time possible and in accordance with the safety standards.

CR 3.2 The parameters (speed, flow, pressure, among others) are regulated according to the technical specifications of the process and checking that they are within the limits allowed by the system specifications.

CR 3.3 The variables (speed, force, pressure, acceleration, among others) are verified using instruments required and previously calibrated, ensuring the reliability of the measurement.

RP 4: Perform first-level maintenance of automatic equipment and installations, according to the manual of technical instructions, complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment environment.

CR 4.1 The amenable elements are lubricated with the required periodicity, avoiding unnecessary wear.

CR 4.2 The damaged or worn-out elements are replaced safely and effectively by restoring normal operating conditions.

CR 4.3 The verification, measurement and control elements of the equipment and facilities are used according to requirements, ensuring that they are calibrated.

CR 4.4 Equipment safety conditions (equipment grounding, equipment mass, equipment electrical connections, gas network connections, among others) are maintained according to applicable regulations.

CR 4.5 Operating anomalies and detected breakdowns whose repair exceeds their level of responsibility, are promptly communicated to the person responsible.

Professional context:

Production media:

Facilities for thermal and surface treatments of metal products, plastics and composites. Transport systems, forklifts and conveyor belts. Programming consoles. PLC's, robots and manipulators. Automation elements: electrovalves, cylinders, relays, among others.

Products and results:

Ready, scheduled and regulated treatments equipment. First level maintenance performed.

Information used or generated:

Electrical, pneumatic, hydraulic, and synoptic schemes. Maintenance manuals. Process manuals for surface treatments. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment. Manufacturer's technical specifications.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: PERFORM THERMAL TREATMENTS ON METAL PRODUCTS

Level: 2

Code: UC1266_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Determine the process of heat treatment from established processes, part plans and technical instructions, preparing their instruction sheets, establishing the sequence of operations and complying with the applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and for the protection of the environment.

CR 1.1 The technical information needed to perform the heat treatment, is obtained from the interpretation of the received technical documentation, collecting among other data:

-The process of making the part (virouting, casting, forging, stamping, among others).

-The shape and dimensions of the part to be treated and the treatment area.

-Treatment operations (preheating, heating, and cooling).

-The equipment and installation to use.

-The bracket devices for the part.

-Treatment variables (temperatures, dwell times, among others).

-The parts power system (conveyor belt, robots, among others).

-The applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and for the protection of the environment.

CR 1.2 The type of oven chosen is the one required by the treatment to be performed, the material of the piece and the temperature to be reached.

CR 1.3 The duration and temperature of the heating is set according to the diameter, thickness of the part and composition of the material.

CR 1.4 In the instruction sheets is detailed:

-Operations sequenced according to the process.

-The base material of the piece (steel, titanium, aluminum, among others).

-Auxiliary tools (for attachment, type of ceston, among others).

-The specifications of the base material of the part (shape, state, composition, among others).

-The mechanical characteristics to be achieved (hardness, elimination of internal tensions, elimination of acrimony, increased machinability, among others).

-The critical diameter of cylindrical parts in the template and work patterns.

-The heat cycle of the treatment to be performed (heating temperature, cooling rate, among others).

-The batch of parts to be treated.

-The areas of the part to be masked.

-The instruction sheets are completed according to the requirements of the sector or company.

RP 2: Prepare the metal parts for thermal treatment, applying the standards and technical specifications, complying with the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 2.1 The pieces to be processed are checked and checked that they are the ones listed in the shipped parts listing.

CR 2.2 Parts are handled appropriately to prevent damage, as required.

CR 2.3 The surfaces of the parts and materials to be treated are prepared according to specifications and are free of grease, dirt, oxides and stains.

CR 2.4 The parts are inspected to check that the condition of the material conforms to the required specifications (absence of cracks, cracks, slits, among others).

CR 2.5 The protection (partial, total, interior and exterior) of the parts of the parts is carried out according to the subsequent thermal treatment and the material of the piece, masking with bath of salts, surface treatment (charged, tanning, among others), ideal atmosphere, among others.

RP 3: Prepare the equipment and facilities for thermal treatment, performing the first level maintenance of the equipment and facilities in your area, complying with the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 3.1 Parts clamping devices are prepared considering:

-The disposition of the supports and useful to ensure the uniformity of treatment.

-The space between the pieces to ensure the free circulation of the heating and cooling means on the entire surface.

-The release of the zunchos and the separation of spirals by distenders of the plates and bands, the generatrices of the rolls parallel to the direction of entry in the middle of the off are available.

-The displacement of the automatic pusher in the trays and baskets.

CR 3.2 Equipment and instruments (thermometers, pyrometers, automatic regulators, among others) used for the control of the parameters are located so that they do not suffer vibrations, are free of dust and that temperatures to measure or support does not exceed the permissible values, ensuring that they are calibrated.

CR 3.3 The furnaces, heating equipment, controlled atmosphere generators and cooling baths are prepared according to the technical specifications, depending on the treatment and composition of the material.

CR 3.4 The electrodes are firmly held and changed when they are impaired.

CR 3.5 The first level maintenance for the operation of the treatment facility is carried out taking into account the technical documentation, maintenance records and the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks. and environmental protection, including:

-Unmount, clean, and mount the most relevant parts.

-Emptying of chemicals, keeping the container clean.

-Regeneration of the bathrooms.

-Elimination of raw materials and contaminants.

-Periodic refresh of the contents of the vats.

-Changing control elements in case of need (detectors, career ends, thermocouples, electrovalves, valves, among others).

-Detection of malfunction or malfunction.

-Engrase and lubrication of specified parts.

-Replacing broken or worn out items.

-The communication to those responsible if it detects a breakdown that exceeds its attributions.

RP 4: Control the process of heat treatment and, if necessary, adjust the variables thereof, to obtain the mechanical characteristics specified in the technical documentation, complying with the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 4.1 The inert atmosphere is controlled in order to prevent oxidation, decarburation or reduction of mechanical characteristics.

CR 4.2 The heat cycle of the treatment is controlled by maintaining the variables (temperature, time, speed, among others) of the process within the established ranges, monitoring during the cycle the mechanical movements of the installation and the indicators (temperature, greases, among others).

CR 4.3 The emission of gases from the process is controlled to comply with safety and environmental protection regulations.

CR 4.4 The instruments used in temperature control (thermometers, contact pencils, SEGER pyramids, radiation pyrometers, thermocouples, optical pyrometers, automatic regulators, among others) are selected in function of the characteristics of the treatment that has to be performed and before use is ensured that they are calibrated.

CR 4.5 The permanence, transfer, furnace recovery, regime, or balance times are regulated, adjusting to those specified.

CR 4.6 The half used for cooling is selected based on the rate of temperature drop required by the treatment.

RP 5: Verify the treated product in accordance with the established rules and procedures, to check compliance with the specifications of the manufacturing plane, complying with the applicable risk prevention regulations work and protection of the environment.

CR 5.1 The technical specifications of the product are verified using specific instruments according to the characteristics to be measured by measurement.

CR 5.2 The verification items are used by ensuring that they are calibrated.

CR 5.3 Verification is performed in accordance with the procedures set out in the rules.

CR 5.4 The absence of defects (lack of penetration of treatment, oxidation, discarding, excess frailty, lack or excess of hardness, deformation, cracks, breaks of the treated pieces, among others) is found in the inspection process.

CR 5.5 The process is documented according to the requirements of the reference standard.

Professional context:

Production media:

Induction ovens. Installations for thermal treatment of metal products. Gas and electric furnaces. Controlled atmosphere generators. Baths for cooling. Instruments for temperature control, hardness and penetration.

Products and results:

Pieces treated by means of: temperate, reed, annealed, normalized, cementing, nitriding, sulfocyanuration, solubilization/maturation, stabilized, precipitation hardening, stress relief, other.

Information used or generated:

Specific product or process standards related to thermal treatments (UNE, EN, ISO). Flat. Thermal treatment procedures. Manuals for the operation and maintenance of thermal treatment facilities. Safety and hygiene plans in the company. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and for the protection of the environment. Waste treatment.

TRAINING MODULE 1: AUXILIARY SYSTEMS IN METAL SURFACE AND THERMAL TREATMENTS

Level: 2

Code: MF0104_2

Associate with UC: Preparing automatic process equipment and facilities for thermal and surface treatments in metal products

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Relating the auxiliary processes of thermal and surface treatments of metal parts (parts feeding, tools, emptying or filling of tanks, waste disposal, among others) with the phases, techniques and manual or automatic employee media.

CE1.1 Describe the techniques of handling, transport, storage, among others, used in the treatment processes.

CE1.2 Interpret the technical information that comes with an auxiliary process of metal parts treatments.

CE1.3 Identify and characterize the elements used in the automation of manufacturing processes.

CE1.4 Describe the media used for machine power automation (robots, manipulators, among others) by explaining the function of:

-Structural elements.

-Cinematic chains.

-Compressors, hydraulic pumps.

-Control elements.

-Actuators (engines, cylinders, tweezers, among others).

-Information capers.

CE1.5 In a practical case of treatment of a metal part in which phases of material selection, machine feeding, treatment, storage, among others are contemplated:

-Develop process flow diagrams.

-Set an elementary process security system.

-Make a listing of the means required for process automation.

-Develop a report with the assessment of the adopted solution.

C2: Adapting control programs for automatic parts feeding systems and auxiliary operations of thermal and surface treatments of metal parts (handling and cooling, fluid supply, between other).

CE2.1 Relate the characteristic functions of the PLC languages and robots with the operations to be performed with the auxiliary equipment of treatments.

CE2.2 Describe the transmission and storage systems of information used in the programming of PLC's and robots.

CE2.3 In a practical case of feeding systems of metal parts treatments in which PLC's and robots are used respectively:

-Set the sequence of moves.

-Identify the variables to be controlled (pressure, force, speed, among others).

-Perform the corresponding flowcharts.

-Adapt the PLC control program and the robot.

-Adapt an alternative control program that provides solutions to a possible contingency.

C3: Operate the pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical, programmable, inter-other organs involved in the handling, transport and other operations of the thermal and surface treatment processes of metals.

CE3.1 Describe the variables that can be regulated in the auxiliary processes of metal treatments (force, pressure, speed, among others).

CE3.2 Relate the variables with the elements that act on the adjustable variables in the processes of metal treatments (tires, hydraulic, electrical, among others).

CE3.3 Describe the techniques of regulation and verification of variables (force, speed, among others).

CE3.4 Respect the technical specifications of the various organs when necessary to perform manipulations on and with them.

CE3.5 Run the assembly and disassembly of actuators (hydraulic, pneumatic, electrical, among others) in an orderly manner and using the appropriate means of an automatic handling system.

CE3.6 In a practical operation of equipment, characterized by a system of handling, transport and power, in which there are hydraulic, pneumatic and electric actuators:

-Regular the variables (force, pressure, speed, among others) for the different maneuvers of a manipulator.

-Verify the magnitudes of the variables with the appropriate instruments (gauges, rules, tachometers, dynamometers, among others).

-Perform first-level maintenance on handling, transport, and power systems.

-Describe the behavior of the different systems based on the requests to which they are submitted.

-Identify the risks that arise when operating with electrical, hydraulic, or pneumatic elements.

C4: Control the response of automated systems by checking, by means of the necessary measurements, the work trajectories and the motion synchronism.

CE4.1 Describe the relationship between system parameters and response time.

CE4.2 Identify and characterize measuring devices.

CE4.3 Describe the units of measure used.

CE4.4 Use the measurement and verification instruments with dexterity.

CE4.5 In a practical scenario of applying an automated treatment, characterized by the equipment, the technical documentation and the measurement tools:

-Identify the variables to be controlled in the parts handling phases, among others, in which pneumatic, electrical, programmable and robot elements are involved.

-Measure the magnitudes of the different variables to different requests for a manipulation system.

-Regular the control elements, so that the process is developed within the tolerances set.

-Verify the paths of the moving elements and proceed with modification, if necessary.

-Optimize trajectories by avoiding unnecessary displacements.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.4 and CE1.5; C2 with respect to CE2.3; C3 with respect to CE3.6; C4 with respect to CE4.5.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and achieve your goals.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the organization's productive process.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Habit to the business pace of the business.

Act quickly in problematic situations and not just wait.

Contents:

1. Interpretation of technical documentation used in thermal and surface treatments

Set and cutting planes.

Perspectives.

Croquization and Schemas.

2. Handling, transport and storage in thermal and surface treatment processes

Semi-automatic (electro-neutral-hydraulic) equipment.

Automatic equipment: manipulators, robots, among others.

3. Programming of automated systems used in thermal and surface treatment processes

Flow diagram.

Programming language (robots, PLCs, among others).

Modification of programs.

Simulation.

4. Regulation and implementation of automated systems used in thermal and surface treatment processes

Regulatory organs (tires, hydraulic, electrical, among others).

Control parameters (speed, travel, time, among others).

Verification tools (presostat, flowmeter, among others).

Correction drives (throttles, power limiters, flow limiters, among others).

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to auxiliary systems in thermal and surface treatment of metals, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 2: METAL HEAT TREATMENT OPERATIONS

Level: 2

Code: MF1266_2

Associated with UC: Perform thermal treatments on metal products

Duration: 210 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Analyze the processes of thermal treatments in metal products, relating their phases to the means used, the transformations that originate and the parameters to be controlled.

CE1.1 Identify and characterize the symbology and normalized elements, represented in the technical documentation: views, cuts, sections, details, among others.

CE1.2 Identify and characterize the different types of materials describing their characteristics.

CE1.3 Relate the different types of thermal treatments with the modifications that result in the mechanical characteristics of the different metallic materials.

CE1.4 Describe the purpose and application of cooling media (water, mineral oil, metals and molten salts, chain air, pressure air, sand, hot ash, among others), depending on heat treatment.

CE1.5 Describe the types of thermal treatments (phases, operations, products and media, among others), relating them to their purpose and application.

CE1.6 Describe the transformations that occur (depending on the temperature, percentage of carbon, time, among others), using the Hierro-Carbon diagram.

CE1.7 In practical scenarios of thermal treatments, from the one-piece plane, the applicable standards and their technical specifications, obtain:

-Information about the shape and measures of the zone to be treated.

-The type of material (with help of tables), composition, and features.

-The critical points specified in the plane.

-The technical specifications (surface to be treated, current density, current intensity, thickness, among others).

-Characteristics of the treatments to be performed.

-The degree of penetration of treatment.

-The zones to be masked.

-The cooling medium.

-The phases and operations of each treatment.

-The description of the facilities, equipment, and means of work required to perform the treatment.

-The parameters that characterize the applicable treatment (warming temperature, warming time, cooling rate, among others).

-The treatment instruction sheet where all aspects of the treatment are collected in an orderly and clear manner.

C2: Apply preparation techniques for parts to be treated, equipment and facilities for thermal treatments, complying with the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and for the protection of the environment.

CE2.1 Describe the characteristics of the different types of atmosphere for heat treatment (nitrogen, ammonia, air, argon, among others) and their influence on the mechanical characteristics of the treated parts.

CE2.2 Describe first-level maintenance operations (grease, cleaning, general assistance, among others) and the elements that require them (electrovalves, detectors, valves, among others).

CE2.3 Describe the most frequent abnormalities or alterations that may occur during the operation of treatment equipment and facilities.

CE2.4 In a practical case of thermal treatment and from the plane of the piece, the applicable regulations, the technical specifications, the piece to be treated and having everything necessary for its realization:

-Perform the first level maintenance operations that are required.

-Identify and characterize the base material of the part.

-Select and perform the required masking (copper, paint, among others) depending on the material of the part and the type of treatment to be performed.

-Perform the cleaning of the part (fats, oils, among others).

-Verify the status of equipment and facilities for performing thermal treatments.

-Select and adjust the control and control parameters depending on the treatment.

-Check the condition of the ovens, adjusting the parameters according to the treatment.

-Check the atmosphere of the oven, according to the specifications.

-Identify and apply the measures to be taken for security and risk prevention.

-The installation and the piece to be treated is ready for treatment.

C3: Operate thermal treatment equipment and facilities (mettle, reed, annealing, normalized, stress relief, solubilization/maturation, precipitation hardening, among others) specified and complying with the applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and for the protection of the environment.

CE3.1 Describe the purpose and field of application of the different heat treatments.

CE3.2 Relate the different thermal treatments with the parameters to be controlled and material of the piece.

CE3.3 Describe the most common typical defects that occur in the parts that are subjected to heat treatments.

CE3.4 In a practical case of thermal treatment, from the plane of the piece, applicable regulations, the technical specifications, the prepared installation and the piece to be treated, the thermal treatment of annealing:

-Get the preheat and annealing temperature, adjusting the controls so that the piece reaches these temperatures.

-Control the preheating and annealing temperature, using the appropriate instrument (pyrometer, bars, among others), as well as the length of time.

-Apply the required length of time depending on the type of material and thickness of the part.

-Apply the required cooling procedure.

-Perform control (carburation, structure, hardness, among others) in the annealed part.

-Run the operations required to perform the annealing.

-Operate compliance with safety and environmental standards.

CE3.5 In a practical case of thermal treatment, from the part plane, applicable regulations, technical specifications and the part to be treated, perform the heat treatment of mettle:

-Get the preheat and mettle temperature, adjusting the controls so that the piece reaches these temperatures.

-Control the preheat and mettle temperature, using the appropriate instrument to the required range and precision.

-Apply the required stay times depending on the type of material and thickness of the part.

-Apply the cooling procedure required by the process.

-Run operations to perform the tempering.

-Perform control (layer depth, deformation, cracks, breaks, among others) in the tempered part.

-Operate compliance with safety and environmental standards.

CE3.6 In a practical case of thermal treatment, from the plane of the part, the applicable regulations, the technical specifications and the part to be treated, perform the heat treatment of the recomo:

-Get the return temperature, depending on the material in the part.

-Control the temperature of the return, using the instrument (pyrometer, thermometer, bars, among others) appropriate to the range and precision required.

-Apply the length of time required depending on the type of material and thickness of the part.

-Apply the cooling procedure required by the process.

-Run the operations required to perform the return.

-Perform control (hardness, microstructures, cracks, breaks, among others) of the piece.

-Operate within security rules.

C4: Operate equipment and installations of thermochemical treatments (nitriding, cementing, carbonituring, sulfacing, cyanidation, among others) achieving the specified characteristics and complying with the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and for the protection of the environment.

CE4.1 Describe the purpose and field of application of the different thermochemical treatments.

CE4.2 Relate the different thermochemical treatments, with the parameters to be controlled and the material of the piece.

CE4.3 Explain the most common typical defects that occur in the parts subjected to thermochemical treatments.

CE4.4 In a practical case of thermochemical treatment, from the part plane, applicable regulations, technical specifications and the part to be treated, perform at least one cemented treatment:

-Identify the temperature of the cementate based on the material of the piece and the depth of the treatment layer.

-Determine parameters (% of carbon, temperature, among others), for medium creation.

-Determine the length of time of the pieces in the oven, to acquire the desired layer depth.

-Identify the media removal technique.

-Determine the cooling medium.

-Run the operations required to perform the cementing.

-Perform control (layer depth, deformation, microstructures, hardness, cracks, breaks, among others) in the cemented part.

-Operate within security rules.

C5: Apply thermally treated product verification techniques, in accordance with established rules and procedures, in compliance with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CE5.1 Describe the instruments and techniques of verification and control used in the verification and control of thermal treatments.

CE5.2 Relate the tests with the characteristics that they can measure or verify.

CE5.3 Verify calibration of control instruments (thermometers, pyrometers, among others).

CE5.4 Apply metrological techniques and operate the instruments designed to determine the dimensions and geometrical characteristics of the product.

CE5.5 Identify the constituents of a metal alloy and the influence of metallurgical quality (shape, size and distribution of constituents, presence of defects, among others) using procedures metallograph.

CE5.6 Describe non-destructive assays (penetrating liquids, magnetic particles, induced currents, conductivity, ultrasounds, radiographic, among others), relating them to the defects they can detect.

CE5.7 Operate destructive test media and equipment (machinability, traction, compression, bending, fatigue, torsion, resiliency, hardness, metallography, among others) to check structural characteristics and behavior product mechanic, interpreting the results obtained.

CE5.8 Operate media and non-destructive testing equipment (penetrating liquids, magnetic particle, induced currents, conductivity, ultrasounds, radiographic, among others).

CE5.9 In a practical scenario where several pieces have been subjected to different thermal treatments, given the technical specifications of each one and having the means of verification and control required:

-Select the appropriate control techniques for the parameters to verify.

-Select instruments, machines and test equipment according to the characteristics to be measured or verified.

-Control or verify the characteristics of the treated product, depending on the selected instruments, machines or verification and control equipment, in accordance with the procedures established and complying with the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

C6: Analyze the occupational risks and environmental impact of thermal treatment processes and relate them to the security measures to be taken.

CE6.1 Identify and characterize the risks (burns by projection of burning substances, burns by contact with hot pieces, ingestion of poisonous substances, among others) and measures (fastening of parts, drying of the parts prior to their introduction in the ovens of salt baths, knowledge of the incompatible salts, among others) to be adopted for their prevention in the heat treatments.

CE6.2 Identify and characterize the risks (burns by projection of burning substances, burns by contact with hot parts, explosions in ovens, ingestion of poisonous substances, among others) and the measures (slow introduction of the parts in the bathroom, purge of the oven, fastening of parts, drying of the parts prior to their introduction in the bath ovens, knowledge of the incompatible salts, among others) to be adopted for their prevention in the thermochemical treatments.

CE6.3 Analyze the applicable environmental regulations in thermal treatment processes to determine the aspects that affect treatment processes.

CE6.4 In a practical scenario of performing a thermal or thermochemical treatment from the part plane, applicable regulations, technical specifications and the part to be treated:

-Identify applicable risk prevention rules.

-Identify the risks in the process and describe the actions to be performed in an alleged accident.

-Propose corrective and preventive measures to prevent accidents.

-Identify applicable environmental protection rules.

-Identify, in the process, possible attacks against the environment and ways to avoid them.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.7; C2 with respect to CE2.4; C3 with respect to CE3.4, CE3.5 and CE3.6; C4 with respect to CE4.4; C5 with respect to CE5.7, CE5.8 and CE5.9; C6 with respect to CE6.4.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and achieve your goals.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the organization's productive process.

Participate and actively collaborate with the work team.

Habit to the business pace of the business.

Adapt to organization, organizational and technological changes as well as new situations or contexts.

Contents:

1. Interpretation of technical documentation of thermal treatments

Normalization.

Graphic documents, plans, views, and sections. Technical manuals.

2. Modification of the characteristics of metals by means of heat treatment

iron-carbon diagram.

Temperature and hotspots.

Structural and meta-stable constituents of steels.

3. Parts masking procedures to be heat-treated

Fundamentals and object.

Different types of protection.

4. Preparation of facilities and equipment for thermal treatment

Ovens.

Pirometry.

Controlled atmosphere generators.

Power off equipment.

Useful.

Point-to-point and facility preparation operations.

User maintenance of thermal treatment facilities and equipment.

5. Thermal and thermochemical treatments of metals

Fundamentals and object.

Thermal Treatments: Tempe, Recome, annealing, normalized, stress relief, solubilization/maturation, precipitation hardening, stabilized, among others.

TTT Diagrams of the different heat treatments.

Thermochemical treatments: nitriding, cementing, sulfinization, carbonituration, sulfocyanuration, cyanidation, among others.

Preparing parts.

Handling of installations and equipment.

Variables to be controlled in the process.

Defect detection and evaluation.

6. Dimensional verification

Measure concept.

Metrological instrumentation, physical patterns, and direct and indirect measuring instruments.

Measurement, dimensional, geometric shapes, and surface quality techniques.

Managing measurement instrumentation in parts verification.

7. Destructive and non-destructive testing for the verification of heat-treated parts

Mechanical properties tests.

Technological tests.

Magnetic Particles.

Penetrating liquids.

Ultrasounds.

X-rays.

8. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks in thermal treatment processes

Techniques and protection elements.

Risk assessment.

Legislative and regulatory aspects.

Environmental regulations.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the performance of thermal treatments in metal products, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

ANNEX XIII

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION: INDUSTRIAL PIPELINE DESIGN

Professional Family: Mechanical Manufacturing

Level: 3

Code: FME355_3

General Competition

Designing and elaborating the technical documentation of industrial pipeline installations, starting with basic engineering projects and instructions, complying with the required standards, with quality criteria, risk prevention work and protection of the environment.

Competition Units

UC1149_3: Design Industrial Pipeline Schemes

UC1150_3: Design industrial pipeline installations

UC1148_3: Develop the technical documentation for metal building products

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its professional activity in the production department, dedicated to the design of industrial piping, in entities of a private nature, in small, medium or large companies, for hire, regardless of its legal form. It develops its activity, depending on its case, functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. You may have staff in your position at times, for seasons or in a stable way. The principles of universal accessibility are applied in the development of professional activity in accordance with the applicable regulations.

Productive Sectors

Develops its activity in the petrochemical, industrial, repair and shipbuilding and railway construction sector.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs

The terms of the following relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomprensivo character of women and men.

Outline Pipeline Projects

Pipeline development technicians

CAD technicians in pipeline

Associated Training (480 hours)

Training Modules

MF1149_3: Industrial pipeline schema design (150 hours)

MF1150_3: Industrial pipeline facility design (150 hours)

MF1148_3: Technical documentation for metal building products (180 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: DESIGN INDUSTRIAL PIPELINE SCHEMES

Level: 3

Code: UC1149_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Develop industrial pipeline schemes to define the installation, applying the established procedures, based on the technical documentation received, complying with the applicable risk prevention regulations work and protection of the environment.

CR 1.1 Schemes are elaborated according to the requirements of the basic preliminary engineering, including machinery, equipment and elements that will be incorporated into the manufacturing.

CR 1.2 Schemas are represented using the symbology set in the graphical representation rules applicable to each field.

CR 1.3 The security rules set for the represented system are incorporated into the schemas made.

CR 1.4 The list of components and their technical characteristics are indicated in the schemas.

CR 1.5 The circuit (pneumatic or hydraulic) technology is selected based on the appropriate functionality of the scheme and the capabilities requested in the technical specifications.

CR 1.6 Schemes are represented by taking into account equipment connection, fluid direction, speed, flow rate, pressure, pipe diameter, and project regulations.

RP 2: Determine the materials, equipment and elements to configure the installation of industrial piping, considering the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 2.1 The pumps and machinery are determined to meet the project specifications in terms of objectives, cost and quality.

CR 2.2 The valves, pipes, actuators, accessories and equipment are defined taking into account the technical specifications, approvals, certifications and recognition of the materials, ensuring the operation and compliance of the installation rules.

CR 2.3 The standard elements (flanges, fast sockets, casings, handrails, among others) are selected according to the requests to which they are submitted and considering their ease of exchange and maintenance.

CR 2.4 The materials and their surface treatments for the manufacture of the product are determined by considering the established strength, finish, costs and quality.

RP 3: Dimensions the installation of industrial piping, to meet the requirements of the project, carrying out the required technical calculations and considering the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CR 3.1 The fluid velocity, pump flow, wheel and pipe diameter are determined based on the result of the load loss calculation and the specified flow rate.

CR 3.2 The safety coefficients in the calculations to size the elements are applied, complying with the technical specifications of the project and with those of the equipment manufacturers.

CR 3.3 Liras, joints and dilation sleeves, or others, are adapted to the type of pipe rut, fluid characteristics, and temperature, and possible dilations and consequences are foreseen.

CR 3.4 Regulatory actuators and equipment are sized according to the results of the calculations of the technical variables of the process and taking into account established safety margins.

RP 4: Automate industrial pipeline installations, to optimize their operation, complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 4.1 The operating conditions or cycle are set according to the technical specifications and the work process, and meet the objectives of quality, functionality and productivity.

CR 4.2 The actuator technology and regulatory equipment (pneumatic, hydraulic or electrical) is determined based on the functional adequacy of the service, performance, reliability and cost.

CR 4.3 Power and command schemes are designed to respond to the established operating cycle, taking into account the features of the actuators and other elements of the installation.

CR 4.4 The features, functionality and location of the actuators are determined according to the needs and requirements of the installation.

Professional context:

Production media:

Computer-aided design computer applications: Industrial pipeline specific CAD. Compute computing applications, spreadsheets, among others.

Products and results:

Industrial Piping products and installations schemes. Lists of materials and standard elements. Power and command schemes for industrial piping installations.

Information used or generated:

Basic preliminary engineering instructions. Blueprints of preliminary draft Technical specifications. Design manual. Technical documentation of standard elements. Commercial catalogues. Standards of standardization and quality. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks. Approval requirements.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: DESIGN INDUSTRIAL PIPELINE INSTALLATIONS

Level: 3

Code: UC1150_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Design general provisions, sets and details of industrial piping, for definition, complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 The shape and dimensions of the designed elements (pipes, joining elements, fittings, among others) are adapted to the results of the specified calculations, meeting the technical specifications, the requirements of the the quality and safety required.

CR 1.2 The pipe rut, the ease of assembly and disassembly, load losses, dilations and interferences with the rest of the services, as well as the access to the machinery and valve are collected in the

CR 1.3 The modifications made by the production supervision are incorporated into the design, thus enabling their adaptation to the needs of the production and improvement of the product.

CR 1.4 Valve and equipment identification and function are collected in the place-label.

CR 1.5 The routing and mounting sequence is performed taking into account interference and allows for its execution in a preferential and sequential order.

CR 1.6 The welds by strong and soft capillarity, by resistance for asparagus, welds for plastics and derivatives, bonding by adhesives, and welds with the most common techniques (electrode, semi-automatic, MIG-MAG, oxygenas, and (TIG) is represented in the plans in compliance with the applicable symbology and regulations.

RP 2: Design pipes in manufacturing and assembly isometric, to define the installation, complying with applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 2.1 The manufacturing and assembly isometric are elaborated according to the pipe rut and the characteristics, dimensions, pressure and materials of the pipes and fittings, their types and models are established.

CR 2.2 The manufacturing characteristics of the pipeline, the radii, degrees of curvature, lengths, welds, among others, are incorporated into the isometric using the applicable symbology and regulations.

CR 2.3 The expansion of the pipe between fixed point supports is compensated by determining the means adapted to each circuit and type of pipe (lire, sliding joints, dilation joints, elastic sleeves, among others). complying with the project and service specifications.

CR 2.4 The polines of equipment and machinery are designed taking into account the indications of the manufacturer and the appropriate system is used in each case to avoid vibrations and breakages (elastic cleats, resins, adjustment bolts, etc.). Among others) getting a perfect anchor for its operation.

RP 3: Define the specifications of cutting, forming and machining in the manufacture of industrial piping, to determine the elements of the pipeline, complying with the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CR 3.1 The cutting and shaping of piping are prepared, complying with the requirements of the manufacturing isometric and include technical specifications, equipment, machines, matrices, mandrel and type of cutting (mechanical, Oxygen, plasma, among others) both manual, semi-automatic or automatic.

CR 3.2 The machining of the tubing to prepare the joints (abridged, extruded, abocated and bordered) are determined according to the requirements, both for welding and for accessories.

CR 3.3 The specifications of the types of threaded joints are determined according to the pressures and the type of fluid (BSP, NPT, metric, or other).

RP 4: Establish the test and test plan to check the level of reliability of the service, complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 4.1 The procedures, human resources, and materials required for the conduct of the trials and evaluation of the results are determined, collected in the test and test plan.

CR 4.2 The safety and control elements (safety valves, pressure and temperature indicators) are determined according to the test plan and its development ensures the tightness and the tuning.

CR 4.3 The service operation check is performed under the most extreme operating conditions that the product will have to support for life in the test plan, ensuring the reliability of the tests.

CR 4.4 The degree of compliance of the product with respect to the current regulations and the requirements for the technical specifications of the contract is verified by applying the test plan.

CR 4.5 The elements to be protected, both accessories and instruments of measurement, control and automatisms, are detailed in the test plan, in order to avoid their deterioration in the performance of the same and in particular the elements of safety and control (safety valves, thermostats, among others).

Professional context:

Production media:

Computer-aided design and computer applications: CAD of pipes. Office-specific software applications.

Products and results:

Defining the product in its technical and functional aspects. List of materials. Constructive solutions for industrial piping installations. Test and test plan.

Information used or generated:

Basic preliminary engineering instructions. Plans of preliminary draft, of assembly and manufacture. Technical specifications. Design manual. Technical documentation of standard elements. Commercial catalogues. Procedures for manufacturing industrial pipeline projects. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment. Approval requirements.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: DEVELOP THE TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION OF METAL BUILDING PRODUCTS

Level: 3

Code: UC1148_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Draw the drawings of the designed product and specify the lists of materials, to define the product, based on the technical specifications, taking into account the process of manufacture of products of metallic constructions, achieving the appropriate quality and respecting the applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 Manufacturing, maintenance and assembly (accessibility, use of standardized tools, ease of assembly, possibility of automation, among others) is guaranteed in the product definition.

CR 1.2 The drawings are elaborated by applying the drawing rules and technical requirements (formats of drawings, drawing lines, acotation, tolerances, views, sections, among others).

CR 1.3 The adjustments and tolerances are established according to the function of the parts and the type of manufacturing envisaged.

CR 1.4 The element is defined to enable its transport and handling safely, determining the maximum transport dimensions, the fastening components, the protections in the transport, the weight, or others.

CR 1.5 The elements are represented using standardized, constructive forms (guts, striates, screws, among others) in order to normalize the product and facilitate its manufacturing and interchangeability.

RP 2: Drawing automation plans, pneumatic, hydraulic and electrical circuits, for the product definition, from the technical specifications.

CR 2.1 Schemes are elaborated by applying the drawing rules and technical requirements (format of drawings, drawing lines, acotation, among others).

CR 2.2 Defined Schemas are made in compliance with applicable regulations as regards security, equipment, facilities, and environment.

CR 2.3 The elements that configure the system are arranged to ensure and facilitate their subsequent maintenance.

RP 3: Develop the product technical dossier (instructions for use and maintenance, assembly plans, schemas, parts listing, among others) and technical reports related to the feasibility of the design, manufacturing and, where appropriate, putting into service, including the requirements of the project or the reference standards.

CR 3.1 Product maintenance is guaranteed by preparing the instructions and manuals required by product manufacturers and specifications.

CR 3.2 Documentation (memories, drawings, schemas, mounting plans, maintenance, presentation, or other) is ordered and checked that it is complete.

CR 3.3 The procedure for making the dossier is optimized, using computer media (databases, text processors, editors, or others).

CR 3.4 The report is prepared by looking at the requirements of the reference project (s) (technical specifications, materials and products, functionality, maintenance, AMFE, modal analysis of product failures and effects). process, security, costs, quality, means of handling, storage and transport, security of supplies, among others).

CR 3.5 The report is prepared by expressing clear and orderly conclusions obtained by adjusting to the instructions received and required requirements.

RP 4: Keep up-to-date and organized the technical documentation needed for product development.

CR 4.1 The 'historical' (AMFE or others), are updated by adding quality and manufacturing observations as well as product modifications, throughout their manufacturing and life.

CR 4.2 The technical documentation is updated and organized, allowing to know the validity of the existing documentation (catalogues, journals, quality manual, plans, or other) and systematically incorporates the modifications that affect to drawings and technical documents.

CR 4.3 The documentation is classified according to established rules and allows its easy location and access to it.

Professional context:

Production media:

Computer-aided design-specific applications: mechanical, electrical, pneumatic, and hydraulic CAD. Office-specific software applications.

Products and results:

Set and cutting planes of manufacturing products and assembly of metal constructions. Lists of materials. Technical dossier. Use and maintenance manuals.

Information used or generated:

Drawing Rules. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment. Standard elements. Blueprints of preliminary draft Specifications. Design manual. Commercial catalogues. Schemas and sketches.

TRAINING MODULE 1: DESIGN OF INDUSTRIAL PIPELINE SCHEMES

Level: 3

Code: MF1149_3

UC Associate: Design Industrial Pipeline Schemes

Duration: 150 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Analyze the technical documentation by obtaining the information required to perform the industrial pipeline schemes in accordance with established procedures and specifications.

CE1.1 Identify and interpret the symbology used in the representation of the schemas according to the rules set for each field.

CE1.2 Differentiate and characterize the different types of circuits, depending on their performance.

CE1.3 In a practical scenario of manufacturing industrial pipeline schemes, characterized by the delivery of the technical documentation:

-Develop pipeline schemes including machinery, equipment, and elements that are incorporated into manufacturing.

-Indicate the list of components and technical features in the schemas.

-Indicate equipment connection, fluid direction, speed, flow rate, pressure and pipe diameter, complying with regulations and regulations affecting the project.

C2: Determine the pipeline, valvular, accessories and their materials, to establish the components of the installation, complying with the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CE2.1 Describe the different normalized elements (flanges, fast sockets, casings, passa-partitions, among others).

CE2.2 Define and characterize the approvals, certifications, and recognition of materials that the valve and equipment must have.

CE2.3 In a scenario of determining elements and equipment, characterized by a schema of a pipeline installation:

-Determine the pumps and machinery, relating to the fluid, pressure and flow of the installation.

-Define valves, tubing, actuators, and accessories, justifying the decision.

-Indicate the required materials and surface treatments, to obtain established resistance, finishing, costs and quality.

C3: Calculate the dimensions of the products designed, to support the loads and the flow, complying with the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CE3.1 Define the parameters involved in the calculation of the product (loss of load, flow rate, speed, among others).

CE3.2 Define the different types of junction and dilation joints (lire, gaskets, dilation sleeves, among others).

CE3.3 In a scenario of sizing, where you have a schema of a pipeline installation:

-Calculate the load and flow losses required.

-Apply the security coefficient as they mark the technical specifications of projects and equipment manufacturers.

-Calculate the dilations based on the piping and temperature.

-Size the actuators and regulatory equipment, taking into account established safety margins.

C4: Design the automation of industrial pipeline installations, considering the conditions and the operating cycle, complying with the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment environment.

CE4.1 Identify and characterize the different technologies of the actuators and regulatory equipment.

CE4.2 Relate power and command schemes, with the characteristics of different actuators and the operating cycle.

CE4.3 In a scenario of automation of a pipeline installation, characterized by the technical documentation:

-Set the conditions and the operating cycle, according to the specifications and the work process.

-Select the actuator and regulatory equipment, justifying the decision.

-Locate the actuators under functionality and productivity criteria.

-Graphically reintroduce installation with power and command schemes.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.3; C2 with respect to CE2.3; C3 with respect to CE3.3; C4 with respect to CE4.3.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and achieve your goals.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the organization's productive process.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Habit to the business pace of the business.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to your activity.

Contents:

1. Systems used in fluid distribution process automation

Physical fundamentals: tires, hydraulic and electrical.

Pneumatic and Electronic Electronics.

Hydraulics and electrohydraulics.

Features and application.

2. Pneumatic and hydraulic elements used in pipes

Standard items: types, characteristics, selection criteria, calculation, among others.

Valves. Actuators.

Command, regulation and security systems: types, characteristics, selection criteria, calculation criteria, among others.

3. Graphical representation of pipes and fittings

Representation techniques.

Schematic representation.

4. Calculation applied to the design of pipeline installations

Determining loads.

Load losses.

Battering ram.

Calculating the diameter of the pipeline.

5. Regulations for the prevention of occupational and environmental risks applicable to industrial piping installations

Prevention of occupational and environmental risks in the installation of industrial pipelines. Application rules.

Risk assessment.

Legislative aspects.

6. Pipe junctions

Mechanical joins: flanges.

Threaded joins.

Welded joins.

Applications.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the design of industrial pipeline schemes, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 2: DESIGN OF INDUSTRIAL PIPELINE INSTALLATIONS

Level: 3

Code: MF1150_3

UC Associate: Design Industrial Pipeline Facilities

Duration: 150 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Design general provisions, sets and details of industrial piping, for the definition of the installation, complying with the quality standards and the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CE1.1 Describe the different welding and bonding processes by adhesives employed in pipelines, relating them to their applications.

CE1.2 Define the label plates and their use in facilities, explaining their need.

CE1.3 Define the shape and dimensions of designed elements (pipes, joining elements, accessories, among others), depending on the calculations obtained.

CE1.4 In a practical design scenario of an industrial pipeline installation, where design specifications are delivered:

-Perform the pipe rut, taking into account: definitive schemes, disassembly spaces, load losses, dilations, and interferences with other services, machinery and valves.

-Define the sequence and routing of the mount based on interferences.

C2: Isometric drawing for manufacturing and assembly of industrial piping, meeting quality standards and applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CE2.1 Identify and characterize the different types of union (liras, sliding joints, dilation joints, sleeves, among others), explaining their application.

CE2.2 Define the different anchoring systems (elastic cleats, resins, adjustment bolts, among others), indicating their characteristics.

CE2.3 In a practical design scenario of a rut of industrial piping, characterized by the technical documentation:

-Make isometric indicating the radii, degrees of curvature, lengths, welds, among others.

-Set the characteristics, dimensions, pressure, and materials of the pipes and fittings, their types and models.

CE2.4 In a scenario of installing a pipeline installation machine or equipment:

-Design the polin, taking into account the manufacturer's indications and requirements of the installation, to avoid vibrations and breakages.

C3: Develop the specifications of cutting, shaping and machining for the manufacture of industrial piping, complying with the quality standards and applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment environment.

CE3.1 Identify and characterize the different types of cut (mechanical, oxygen, plasma, among others) manual, semi-automatic and automatic, indicating their applications.

CE3.2 Identify and characterize the different types of machining (edge-of-edge, extruded, abocarbon, rebordered, explaining its function.

CE3.3 Differentiate between different types of threaded joins (BSP, NPT, metric, among others), describing their characteristics.

CE3.4 In a practical scenario of making the cutting specifications, characterized by the delivery of the general manufacturing instructions for an industrial pipeline installation:

-Make the cut and shape list from the manufactured isometric.

-Determine the machining of the pipe, taking into account whether it will be welded, threaded, or otherwise.

C4: Develop the test and test plan that to check the reliability of the service pipeline facilities, meeting the quality standards and the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CE4.1 Describe the tests and tests that are required according to the current application regulations.

CE4.2 Determine the equipment, security and control elements required to perform the different tests and tests, indicating the function of each.

CE4.3 In a scenario of verifying the service reliability of an industrial pipeline installation:

-Determine the test plan indicating the required procedures, human resources, and materials.

-Define the values that ensure compliance with the quality and safety requirements required in the contract and regulatory requirements.

-Document the process.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.4; C2 with respect to CE2.3 and CE2.4; C3 with respect to CE3.4; C4 with respect to CE4.3.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and achieve your goals.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the organization's productive process.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Habit to the business pace of the business.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to your activity.

Contents:

1. Chart applied to the calculation of pipeline installations

Composition, decomposition and balance of forces.

Triangulated structures. Calculation of material resistance.

Static moments. Center of gravity. Moment of inertia.

Analytical study of structural elements subjected to traction, compression, cutting, bending, torsion, or other stresses.

2. Industrial piping installations

Graphical rendering systems.

Constructive technology.

Rules and tables.

Pipes. Supports. Dilators.

Polines.

Transport material.

3. Cutting, joining and machining processes for industrial piping

Types and cutting processes (oxygen, plasma, among others).

Welding types and processes (MIG-MAG, electrode, TIG, among others).

Industrial pipeline welding techniques: description, characteristics, practical calculation of welded joints, angle welding, application of standards and tables in welded joints, deformations and stresses in the welded joint.

Pasted joins: description, characteristics, practical calculation of attached joins, rule application, and tables in pasted joins.

Types and processes of machining (edge-of-edge, extruded, abocked, rebordered, among others).

4. Anchorages used in industrial piping installations

Location criteria.

Determining loads.

Types and applications (elastic cleats, resins, adjustment bolts, among others).

5. Testing and testing plan in industrial pipeline installations

Determination of tests and trials.

Realization criteria.

Acceptance criteria.

6. Development of projects in industrial pipeline

Needs to be considered in the development of an industrial pipeline project. Sources of information and consultation.

Components of a project. Description and analysis.

Pipeline projects in industrial craft.

Applicable rules on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the design of industrial pipeline installations, which will be accredited by one of the following two ways:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 3: TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION FOR METAL BUILDING PRODUCTS

Level: 3

Code: MF1148_3

Associate to UC: Develop the technical documentation of metal building products

Duration: 180 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Draw the construction plans of constructive elements, collecting the technical information necessary for their subsequent manufacture, using conventional and computer means, complying with the standards of quality and the applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CE1.1 Choose the graphical representation system and scale for each element.

CE1.2 Represent according to the regulations, the raised, plants, sections and details, that are part of the graphic information that contain the plans.

CE1.3 Acute the dimensions of the pieces designed according to the process of obtaining them and applying the reference standards.

CE1.4 Specify the technological data of the designed element (materials, standard elements, thermal or surface treatments, surface qualities, applicable standards, among others) in the plans.

CE1.5 In a practical scenario of the elaboration of the technical documentation, in which we provide sketches and general instructions, to make plans of definition of products of metallic constructions, complying with the norms and required specifications.

C2: Represent 'schemes' of pneumatic and hydraulic circuits, for the definition of the installation, complying with the standards of quality and applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CE2.1 Identify and characterize the elements involved in pneumatic and hydraulic circuits.

CE2.2 Sort the necessary information that appears in the same plane.

CE2.3 Represent in accordance with the regulations, the pneumatic and hydraulic schemes, which are part of the technical documentation concerning the manufacture of the product.

C3: Develop the technical dossier of the product designed, organize and update it using conventional and computer media, including project requirements or reference standards.

CE3.1 Develop the instructions and manuals necessary for the use and maintenance of the product developed using computer applications.

CE3.2 Develop the project dossier by integrating (memories, plans, schemes, assembly plans, materials characteristics, maintenance instructions, regulations and regulations, or others).

CE3.3 Describe the procedures for updating the project's graphical information, as well as document management.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.5; C3 complete.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and achieve your goals.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the organization's productive process.

Participate and actively collaborate on the work team.

Habit to the business pace of the business.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to your activity.

Contents:

1. Graphical representation applied to the design of metal constructs

Views, cuts, and sections. Croquis. Normalization.

Acutation according to the manufacturing process.

Surface state. Dimensional and shape tolerances.

Sets.

Representation of normalized elements.

2. Representation systems applied to metal constructs

Principles of the Cavalry Perspective. Cavalry perspective.

Principles of the axonometric perspective. Isometric perspective.

3. Representation of elements and assemblies in metal constructions. Views

Joins. Types. Features. Components. Graphic features that define a metallic construction (industrial ships, calderry, pipe assembly, among others).

4. Geometric developments and intersections applied in metal constructions

Geometric bodies.

Transformations.

Intersections.

5. Computer-assisted metal construction product design (CAD)

CAD Program-CAM, 2D-3D Drawing Entities. Editing objects.

Isometric drawing. Three-dimensional modeling.

Models of surfaces and solids.

Calderry products and metal structures.

6. Office design applied to the design of metal constructions

Text processors. Editors.

Databases. Spreadsheets.

Presentations.

7. Document management in metal constructions

Organization of project information. Document update procedures.

8. Pneumatic and hydraulic in metal constructions

Symbology and representation.

Equipment and circuit elements.

Valves. Actuators. Command. Regulation.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the elaboration of the technical documentation of metal building products, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

ANNEX XIV

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION: PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT IN MECHANICAL MANUFACTURING

Professional Family: Mechanical Manufacturing

Level: 3

Code: FME356_3

General Competition

Schedule and control production in mechanical manufacturing, to ensure its adjustment with production objectives and manufacturing orders, determining the batches to be manufactured and the start of production, guaranteeing the production supply of raw materials and semi-finished products on lines and manufacturing positions, applying quality criteria, prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

Competition Units

UC1267_3: Schedule and control production in mechanical manufacturing

UC1268_3: Aprovisioning the productive processes of mechanical manufacturing

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its professional activity in the area of production management, dedicated to the management of production in mechanical manufacturing, in entities of a private nature, small, medium or large enterprises, both by is self-employed, irrespective of its legal form. It develops its activity, depending on its case, functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. You may have staff in your position at times, for seasons or in a stable way. The principles of universal accessibility are applied in the development of professional activity in accordance with the applicable regulations.

Productive Sectors

It is located in the productive sector of metal processing industries, in the metal construction, metal processing and treatment subsectors, among others.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs

The terms of the following relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomprensivo character of women and men.

Production Programmers in Mechanical Manufacturing

Sourcing technicians in mechanical manufacturing

Production organization technicians

Product storage technicians

Associated Training (330 hours)

Training Modules

MF1267_3: Production programming and control techniques in mechanical manufacturing (210 hours)

MF1268_3: Sourcing in mechanical manufacturing (120 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: PROGRAM AND CONTROL PRODUCTION IN MECHANICAL MANUFACTURING

Level: 3

Code: UC1267_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Establish the quantity of parts or articles and the time of their manufacture to obtain the subassemblies, finished products, processed or processed from the mechanical manufacturing sector within the prescribed period and with the maximum using the resources, from the technical documentation of the process and manufacturing orders.

CR 1.1 Programming is done based on demand, available resources, and external provisioning, enabling delivery times to be met and the amounts set.

CR 1.2 The manufacturing phases and operations described in the technical documentation are integrated into the programming and take into account that:

-The needs and operational situation of the materials, means of production and human resources are required.

-The duration of the actual times of the different processes (machine time, wait time, contingency supplement, interferences, among others) are within the established margins.

-absenteeism, loss of labor, vacation, work schedules, among others, as well as the level of average returns of the work teams are considered in the programming.

-The sequence, synchronism or concurrency of the operations and critical points of the process are taken care of according to the manufacturing requirements.

-Preventive maintenance needs are scheduled in relation to production needs.

CR 1.3 Subhires are made by setting the deadline for delivery of the finished product.

CR 1.4 External supply materials, parts, and subsets are included in the programming by optimizing the cost with the provisioning of quantities on the required dates.

CR 1.5 The workshop load and product delivery times to the customer are optimized to achieve maximum resource performance and meet delivery times.

CR 1.6 Production information management is optimized using, depending on its complexity, production management computing (GPAO) applications.

CR 1.7 The launch of the manufacturing orders to the production units, including the specification of quantities to be processed, delivery times and considering the manufacturing forecasts and the availability of means.

CR 1.8 The technical data needed to prepare the programming is obtained from the technical documentation of the process.

RP 2: Control production to achieve the intended objectives, proposing corrective measures when deviations exist.

CR 2.1 Data concerning the occupation of workers, machines and resources consumed, are analyzed, checking that they are the required and comparing with the distribution of resources allocated in time, correcting the detected deviations.

CR 2.2 The effects of bottlenecks are minimized by controlling the flow of materials and products, and reallocated resources that balance production.

CR 2.3 Production deviations, with respect to the program, are remedied by reallocating tasks or adjusting programming.

CR 2.4 Production control is performed using GPAO (production management) computing applications.

CR 2.5 The necessary corrective measures shall be applied taking into account the technical specifications.

RP 3: Manage the data record to understand the evolution of production and its incidents.

CR 3.1 Location and quick access to documentation is made possible through its classification and systematic archiving.

CR 3.2 The file and record is updated by systematically incorporating modifications that affect deadlines and technical documents.

CR 3.3 The evolution of production and its incidences are constantly known through the required or established channels of information.

CR 3.4 The incidences produced are systematically valued to study possible improvements in the process.

Professional context:

Production media:

Specific computer applications of the production organization in mechanical manufacturing (GPAO). Enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems.

Products and results:

Programming and control of the production of mechanical manufacturing. Allocation and optimization of material and human resources in the production plant.

Information used or generated:

Process Synoptic. Spreadsheets of times and methods. Pareto diagrams and tables. Manufacturing orders (delivery times, quantities, among others). Process planning. Production data (time, occupancy, status, among others). Production programming. Preventive maintenance program. Roadmaps. Parts of manufacture: production, times, accidents, incidents, among others.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: PROVISION OF PRODUCTION PROCESSES FOR MECHANICAL MANUFACTURING

Level: 3

Code: UC1268_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Determine the supply of materials, products and components to ensure the supply, based on the technical documentation of the process and the production required.

CR 1.1 The materials, products and components required for production are identified qualitatively and quantitatively according to the established production schedule.

CR 1.2 The order receipt date is set based on the needs of the production schedule.

CR 1.3 The material and/or orders of the production/sales plan are checked, verifying that they are required by the intended needs and are calculated according to the criteria established, using systems in their case contrasting production planning that optimizes the supply chain.

CR 1.4 The list of materials is prepared according to the criteria established, using the appropriate computer applications.

CR 1.5 Materials are provided after verification of compliance with the required technical requirements.

RP 2: Manage the warehouse, ensuring that stocks are adjusted to the production schedule to ensure manufacturing requirements, reducing the value of the fixed assets.

CR 2.1 The optimal stock is determined by combining manufacturing requirements with the possibilities of sourcing, storing and rotating stocks and responding to manufacturing needs.

CR 2.2 The inventory of parts and materials is performed, checking that the minimum and maximum stocks are indicated.

CR 2.3 The materials are stored allowing their location, their layout optimizes the space available, the rotation is possible and their preservation is guaranteed.

CR 2.4 Storage-specific software applications are used to facilitate their management.

CR 2.5 The materials, components or products received are checked, verifying that they correspond to the specifications of the order, sending in their case to 'product control' the samples required for verification.

RP 3: Manage and control maintenance between the different sections and jobs, to ensure the flow of material, ensuring compliance with the applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment.

CR 3.1 The supply of worksheets, useful, parts and materials is performed at the time required by the production schedule.

CR 3.2 The control of handling operations of materials and products is carried out, supervising that they comply with the requirements specified in the programs and orders of manufacture, allowing to minimize the times and routes.

CR 3.3 The storage of materials, in sections or jobs is done in a way that allows and facilitates their location and easy disposal, optimizing the available space and complying with the regulations of the handling and storage.

CR 3.4 The equipment and means defined for the transport are adapted to the useful, material and elements that must be transported and adapted to the characteristics of the workshop so as not to produce deterioration or in the transported or in its environment and comply with the established security rules.

CR 3.5 Transport routes to the job are optimized for their lowest cost.

Professional context:

Production media:

Provisioning, warehouse management, and production-specific computing applications used in mechanical manufacturing. Enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems.

Products and results:

Managing job and warehouse supplies of mechanical manufacturing plant.

Information used or generated:

Inventories. Manufacturing programmes. Drawings and manufacturing orders. Tracking and control tabs. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

TRAINING MODULE 1: PRODUCTION CONTROL AND PROGRAMMING TECHNIQUES IN MECHANICAL MANUFACTURING

Level: 3

Code: MF1267_3

Associated with UC: Schedule and Control Production in Mechanical Manufacturing

Duration: 210 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Analyze the technical documentation used in the programming and control of production in mechanical manufacturing, organizing and processing the generated information.

CE1.1 Interpret the different types of documents (roadmaps, lists of materials, work sheets, instructions sheets, loading sheets, advance sheets, among others) used in the organization of production.

Ce1.2 Elaborate charts and diagrams used in the methods, planning, and programming studies (movement, tasks, times, among others).

CE1.3 Prepare and complete the documentation used in the production organization with the appropriate data and information.

CE1.4 Develop the necessary documents for the organization of production, through the application of software and software.

CE1.5 Apply techniques to keep data, file, and technical documentation organized and updated.

CE1.6 In a practical scenario where a mechanical manufacturing order is delivered, the product documentation, layout and features of the production media:

-Determine tasks and cycle time.

-Develop the process and process diagrams of the operation.

-Develop the tour diagram.

-Optimize the use of the means of production and human resources by determining the number of machines that can be handled without interference.

-Graphically reintroduce the cycle.

C2: Develop the mechanical manufacturing program of a serial product, starting from the process, the technical specifications of the product and delivery time.

CE2.1 Explain how to eliminate bottlenecks and dead times in the mechanical manufacturing of a serial product.

CE2.2 Explain the line balancing techniques, and interpret the corresponding instruction sheets.

CE2.3 Explain how a load chart is set, analyzing the time allocation.

CE2.4 Describe the features that a roadmap must gather.

CE2.5 List and describe the most relevant programming techniques.

CE2.6 In a practical scenario where you have a custom manufacturing order, product documentation, quantity, delivery time, cost, manufacturing process, time study, disposal of the means of production, work schedule, labour force incidents, time for maintenance and supply of production materials:

-Determine the total daily and cumulative production of each means of production and jobs.

-Determine the date of completion of the order and, where appropriate, the duly quantified partial deliveries.

-Optimize the use of the means of production and human resources.

-Set the roadmap for each piece, depending on the transformations and processes to be submitted.

-Set the workload on the different jobs, balancing the loads.

-Identify, by name or standard code, the materials, tools, tools and equipment required to undertake the various operations of production.

-Set the scheduling of preventive maintenance, starting from the maintenance plan.

-Generate the information you define: means, tools, and tools, parts paths, and intermediate 'stocks'.

-Apply a computer program for production management (GPAO), tasks, and movements.

C3: Identify and characterize production control models used in mechanical manufacturing, analyzing existing control techniques, production deviations, and causes that cause them.

CE3.1 Describe the production data capture process.

CE3.2 Identify causes that cause deviations in production programs.

CE3.3 Explain the techniques and resources needed to correct deviations from the production program.

CE3.4 Calculate the variables of a mechanical manufacturing process (production, performance, workload, unproductive times, among others), adopting the appropriate measures to optimize the processes.

CE3.5 Interpreting and reporting for manufacturing monitoring and control:

-Graphics and statistics indexes.

-Type times designated for each basic operation.

-Production control journal journal.

CE3.6 In a scenario where a previously established production schedule is available, with established deviations:

-Identify the causes of deviations.

-Apply techniques to resolve deviations.

-Adjust the production program using GPAO software.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.6; C2 with respect to CE2.6; C3 with respect to CE3.4, CE3.5 and CE3.6.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and achieve your goals.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the organization's productive process.

Participate and actively collaborate with the work team.

Habit to the business pace of the business.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to your activity.

Contents:

1. Programming of production

Different production policies: with stock limitations, regular and extraordinary production, and batch production.

Production programming. Plan added.

Production capabilities and workloads.

Production master program.

Assignment and sequencing of workloads.

Productivity. Efficiency. Effectiveness. Effectiveness.

2. Adjusted production

Just in time (J.I.T.) method.

Level of production.

Kanban cards.

Technology method for production optimization (O.P.T.).

Theory of limitations (T.O.C.).

3. Project programming

Project programming, PERT method.

ROY Method.

4. Planning your needs

Planning the MRP and MRP II material requirements.

Launch of orders.

5. Production control

Techniques for production control.

Rescheduling.

Production tracking methods: PERT method, minimum cost method, ROY method, diagrams, and Pareto tables.

6. Documentation and management

Documentation used in programming and production control. Integrated production planning and control systems, assisted by computer.

Processing, archiving, and querying the documentation.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Mastery of knowledge and techniques related to the programming and control of production in mechanical manufacturing, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 2: SOURCING IN MECHANICAL MANUFACTURING

Level: 3

Code: MF1268_3

Associated with UC: Aprovisioning the Production Processes of Mechanical Manufacturing

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Determine the sourcing needs of materials based on the product and the work process.

CE1.1 Explain the phases and techniques involved in a provisioning process.

CE1.2 Describe the required specifications to be taken into account in provisioning processes (quantity, delivery time, transport, among others).

CE1.3 Explain the procedures of the supply control (warehouse control, distribution points, deadlines, form of delivery, destinations, among others), indicating the most common correction measures (discounts, refunds, among others).

CE1.4 In a scenario where you have a productive process, determine the sourcing needs of materials by documenting the process.

CE1.5 Manage provisioning using specific computing applications.

C2: Analyze the procurement or distribution procedures that guarantee the deadlines set in the production schedule.

CE2.1 Identify and characterize the means of transport from the optics of provisioning and distribution.

CE2.2 Identify the different items that make up the total cost of transport and supply to jobs.

CE2.3 In a scenario where a provisioning operation is defined for multiple jobs:

-Choose the most suitable means of transport, according to profitability and safety criteria.

-Calculate possible routes to supply different target points.

-Calculate the cost of transport.

-Select those routes that optimize the operation.

C3: Analyze reception and storage processes, estimating internal organization and distribution, handling system, complying with applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment environment.

CE3.1 Describe the process of receiving materials.

CE3.2 Describe the most widely used manipulation media in product storage.

CE3.3 Describe the different types of plant or job warehouse and your organization.

CE3.4 Identify and describe the most commonly used types of packaging and palletizing in each mode of transport.

CE3.5 Feature the main stock control systems, valuing their advantages, drawbacks, and applications.

CE3.6 In a scenario where the specifications of a warehouse and certain products are delivered to store:

-Determine the internal distribution (through the necessary sketches) of zones and products.

-Represent the flow and mobility of products in the warehouse that optimize space and time.

-Identify the necessary manipulation media.

-Describe applicable security rules.

-Use computer applications for warehouse management.

-Identify and characterize the current regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection applicable to the storage of products.

-Document the process.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.4 and CE1.5; C2 with respect to CE2.3; C3 with respect to CE3.5 and CE3.6.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and achieve your goals.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Recognize the organization's productive process.

Participate and actively collaborate with the work team.

Habit to the business pace of the business.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to your activity.

Contents:

1. Sourcing of raw materials on production lines

Importance of logistics.

Information and management computing systems.

Objectives of logistics.

Provisioning and manufacturing logistics.

Managing with suppliers.

Provisioning policies.

Allocation of 'stocks'. Stock control.

Load and transport.

2. Transport and supply

Modes of transport.

Assessment of transport.

Sourcing Routes.

Distribution and transport logistics.

3. Storage

Receipt of orders.

Storage activities.

Storage goals.

Manipulation of the goods.

Packaging and tagging.

Stock valuation methods.

Inventories.

Optimal level of stocks.

Warehouse management computing applications.

4. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and protection of the environment in the transport and storage of products

Legislative and regulatory aspects.

Risks due to harmful elements in the workplace. Risk assessment.

Waste and products generated in the work activity: characterization, classification, use and treatment.

Protection equipment (individual, collective, and equipment) used.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Mastery of knowledge and techniques related to the supply of productive processes of mechanical manufacturing, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other higher level of professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.